Marked for Death: A Rational Naruto Quest (STORY ONLY)

Chapter 560: Students

The maid set down the tray laden with tea and snacks. Hazō smiled at her. "Thank you, Kanae," he said, stuffing down an irrational distaste at having to pour tea from a mug emblazoned with the Hagoromo clan crest. The girl bowed and retreated to a corner, while Hazō faced Harumitsu again.

"Sensei, I d-don't understand your note on th-th-this page of m-my work. The theory books say that I should be using a Rafu s-selector here, so why should I be using this new c-c-component you made?"

Hazō shrugged. "I'm not sure if that's exactly what you should be using, but studying your seals so far, there's quirks in your chakra that suggest that the standard components for aetheric channel diversion won't work for you. Every sealmaster's chakra is different, and that doesn't just change the way we put the standard components together; it sometimes also changes the components we use. Sometimes you can use pieces from the standard libraries and scribing the seal is incredibly easy. Other times, you need to design components from scratch that will match your chakra's elemental affinity and prismatic alignment and everything else, and then scribing it gets complicated."

Harumitsu nodded. "Okay sensei, but why d-d-did you shape this stroke convex?"

"Well, show me your blank for the storage seal," Hazō said. Harumitsu pulled it out, and Hazō pointed at the lower third. "Here, in the primary dimensional channel, you can see…"

Once they'd finished the day's theoretical discussion, Hazō and Harumitsu repacked their things and started off for the Gōketsu seal research facilities. As they walked out of the Hagoromo main building and through the compound, Hazō smiled and nodded at the servants and civilians he'd met during his infrequent visits, while exchanging only cold glares with the few ninja who crossed his path. He'd met a couple Hagoromo genin too. Mostly, they had no interest in interacting with him and didn't adequately hide their distaste for Hazō. Still, a handful talked with him or were even friendly.

It was strange, Hazō considered, how much variety a clan could hold. There were honest, good souls like Harumitsu, and then there was…

"Gōketsu."

"Hagoromo."

Hazō slowed his stride naturally, letting Harumitsu stop by his side. He met 'Lord' Hagoromo's stare and held it.

"You've finally returned to your Hokage-assigned duties, then? I'm surprised you didn't find a way to spurn Harumitsu for longer," Hagoromo said.

"I'll note that we are more than a year beyond when the Hokage instructed me to take an apprentice," Hazō responded coolly. "I have fulfilled my duty."

Hagoromo's eyes narrowed. "You were teaching him for barely a month before you left for another month to further your own power as a summoner. You taught him well during the war, I'll confess, though that power as a summoner failed to materialize. Then, no sooner than the war ended, you went off gallivanting to parts unknown. I am aware that when you returned from your first trip, the Hokage instructed you to return to instructing Harumitsu, and you immediately left for months more."

Impressively, Hagoromo had learned to suppress that permanent sneer that formerly graced his features, but his tone was no less derisive. "Tell me, Lord Gōketsu," he said (and wasn't it testament to the man's incredible depth of character that he could fit so much contempt into two words otherwise meant to be respectful?), "is this your first time instructing Harumitsu since your return from your journey two, maybe three months ago?"

"I have been busy with missions and clan affairs, Hagoromo," Hazō said. "Harumitsu was instructed by Aburame Manjiro, Sarutobi Fumi, Nara Shikamippei, and my own uncle, Leaf's premier sealmaster after Orochimaru himself, all instruction paid for with my clan's resources. If you have an objection about Harumitsu being trained by a half-dozen world-class sealmasters instead of just one, do feel free to express it."

"Ah, how foolish of me," Hagoromo said, voice flat and dead. "I forgot the wisdom of whiplashing students between multiple teachers with distinct styles, none of whom know the student personally or who are particularly invested in their success. I will be certain to explain to the Lord Hokage that you have a new idea on how to structure teams in Hidden Leaf based not upon long-term mentorship from a skilled master, but instead on haphazard and variable teaching from a dozen people with different skills and specialties. I am certain he will be eager to discuss with you why your proposal will be better than the long years of instruction that let the Third cultivate the Sannin, or that let Lord Jiraiya nurture the Fourth into the man he was."

"What is your point, Hagoromo?" Hazō asked. Sage, was he sick of this cretinous man.

Hagoromo turned to Harumitsu and his cold expression softened by a hair. "Harumitsu, has Gōketsu satisficed his duties as a teacher? Do you believe you are well on the route to becoming a successful sealmaster?"

Harumitsu, who had been staring at the ground for most of the exchange, jumped slightly as he was addressed. He looked up to meet his clan head's gaze, then looked back down. "Yes, my lord," he said.

Hagoromo nodded, then faced Hazō again. "I trust Harumitsu's evaluation, because despite your neglect, I have watched him study and grow in his skills. He struggled honestly and fairly to extract wisdom from the different teachers you saddled him with, and he has found ways to learn on his own when there was no one to help him, even as an immature apprentice. That he has these skills are a testament to his ability and dedication, not yours."

Any hints of pride that had made their way into his voice dripped out, leaving only dull loathing. "Do not think that you have fulfilled the Hokage's instructions, Gōketsu. You've merely found the least you could do that does not invite further punishment." Hagoromo stepped aside and gestured to the grand double-gates of the Hagoromo clan compound. "But if you have found it in your heart to return to your apprentice after so long, please, do not let me stop you. Enjoy your afternoon of sealing."

Hazō looked Hagoromo again in the eyes, feeling the icy cold of hatred spreading through his body, then turned and walked out of the Hagoromo compound. Harumitsu jumped again at his sensei's sudden movements, but bowed to his clan lord with a muttered apology and followed soon after.

Once the walls of the Hagoromo compound had faded from sight, Hazō sighed. "Madara's treasonous member, what a prick."

Harumitsu didn't respond. After a couple of minutes of walking through the streets had brought them out of Leaf proper, Hazō asked, "Harumitsu, how is life in the Hagoromo clan? Have you found more friends?"

Harumitsu nodded. "The g-g-glasses the Aburame m-made for me, they're great. I c-c-c-can't play all the games that the other genin p-play, but I can do some. And I think I f-f-finally did a good service to my c-clan, like a normal ninja."

"Oh," Hazō asked. "Is that related to the heating seal you were working on?"

"Yes, sensei," Harumitsu said. "It was a c-cooling seal, not a heating one. It d-d-didn't work very well, but I just m-made lots. Lots of p-people came to me and asked me to m-make s-some cooling seals for them when it was hot in July and ah-August."

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "And you think they were accepting you, rather than just using you for the seals you could make?"

Harumitsu shook his head. "N-n-no, sensei. People d-didn't like me because I was d-doing nothing for the clan. Now that I can show I'm n-not a free-l-loader and that I always c-cared for the clan. People appreciate that I was just in the wrong specialty t-to contribute, before. I know I'll n-n-never be a normal ninja, sensei. I'm just happy to b-be accepted for the help I can give."

Hazō kept quiet. He had a bad feeling that the kindness the Hagoromo were showing his young apprentice was not any true acceptance. They'd already shown that they didn't care for him as a person or see him as family by neglecting him when he didn't have skills worth mentioning. If they were nice to him now, it was only because they wanted more of his seals. Still, saying this would only hurt Harumitsu.

"Huh," Hazō said as the pair arrived at the Gōketsu Research Facility #4. Hazō looked at the yellow-painted tablet that hung on the outer wall. "It's occupied? I don't remember anyone having it scheduled this morning."

Green meant theoretical research work, yellow meant infusion prep, and red meant live seal infusions. Technically speaking, Kagome's safety regulation said never to interrupt a sealmaster involved with yellow-level work (and to sprint away from any sealmaster involved in red-level work), but Kagome's safety regulation also said to register which facilities you were using ahead of time, and the facility hadn't been booked.

"Harumitsu, wait here for a moment," Hazō said as he crept over the wall. As soon as he peeked his head over the wall, he heard a male yelp from within the confined field of the research facility, followed by a female scream that quickly cut itself short. Hazō shook his head and walked back down to Harumitsu.

"What is it, s-s-sensei?"

"It's just Jinno," Hazō said, "and a… friend of his. They must not have known we were coming. Let's give them a moment to clear out."

A minute later, a flushed young blonde woman stepped out of the research facility gates and made the impressively coordinated maneuver of bowing twice to Hazō and Harumitsu while running away. "MyapologiesmylordsIwillnotdisturbyouanylongergoodday!" she said as she fled.

Jinno stepped up to the open gate and leaned casually against its side with his hair still ruffled and shirt half-unbuttoned. His face was flushed too, but unlike the embarrassed woman, he was grinning broadly. "Lord Gōketsu and his young apprentice. My deepest apologies, I hadn't realized you would be using this place today. I certainly don't want to get in your way."

"Yes, we need the space," Hazō said. "At the end of the day, it's meant for sealing research, not for," Hazō glanced at Harumitsu, "getting to know your friends better. And, Jinno, don't call me 'Lord'. Just 'Hazō' is fine."

Jinno bowed in apology, but Jinno's grin made it clear he was just messing with Hazō. "I don't know if I could be so familiar to you when I am but a humble clanless ninja and you are a Lord upon the Clan Council. Perhaps I can manage with Lord Hazō, instead."

Hazō sighed. "I'm working on getting more adoption tickets for you, I promise. KEI has been having 'production issues', whatever that means. You, Fuyuki, and Sugiyama are next on the list to be adopted though, no matter what."

Jinno smiled at that. "Excellent to hear, Lord Hazō."

"I am glad to be of service, Mister Yūdai," Hazō replied. "Before you go, one question." Hazō gestured at the civilian woman still fleeing towards the walls of Leaf. "Who is that? I swear I've seen you with a dozen different girls in the Gōketsu estate alone, and I don't think I've seen her before."

Jinno clutched a hand to his chest. "Ah, Lord Hazō, you wound me. A dozen different girls? You must be mistaken. Please do keep your voice down, as I wouldn't want my lovelies to be getting the wrong idea. For all the wonderful women that make their lives on your estate, I do try to be respectful of their time. I don't think I've had the chance to make the acquaintance of more than five or six. And I don't want to be rude to any of them, or make them believe they're not worth my time. Mikiko is the only one I've been seeing recently in the estate. She's moved in recently, you know? She's the daughter of a miller."

"Ah, I think I remember something like that." Hazō said. "So she's your only girlfriend living in the Gōketsu estate. How many girlfriends do you have inside of Leaf?"

"Ah," Jinno said. "You know how to ask questions that get to the heart of a man. I promise to you that I'm being modest. Only three more." He thought for a moment. "Maybe four."

"And how many in Tanzaku Gai?"

"...perhaps three more?"

"And in Otafuku Gai?"

"I've only had the chance to meet a single lovely lady there. Perhaps I need to visit again."

"And in Keishi?"

"Ah," Jinno's eyes lit up. "I haven't visited there yet. I ought to put it on the list."

'"So you have somewhere between eight and infinite girlfriends running around in at least three cities, and of all the places you could be, you're holding up the clan's seal research facility? It's not exactly a romantic destination. It must have taken you nearly an hour to walk here!"

"If we walked," Jinno agreed. "But there's a joy in clutching a woman to your breast as you race around the world with her. And getting princess carried around at speeds she's never experienced by a strong, handsome ninja often gets her in the mood for a little ravishing, you know?"

"Exc-c-cuse me," Harumitsu said. "Isn't it wrong t-to be dating so many women? You can't marry th-them all."

"Not at all," Jinno said with another roguishly handsome grin. "Each flower is unique and delicate and beautiful in its own way, with lovely smells and colors, yet we still have florists to mix them into bouquets. I adore each of my lovelies for who they are, with their charming smiles and perfect personalities. But each flower is made more beautiful by the bouquet, and regrettably, there are few men who know how to craft a beautiful bouquet, even with the most beautiful of flowers.

"But Lord Hazō, haven't you taught your apprentice the way, yet?" Jinno said, facing Hazō. "You can't exactly question my girlfriends when your bouquet is so full as well."

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "My 'bouquet' isn't full. It's just fine, I think."

"How can you say it isn't full?" Jinno asked. "After all, you've got Lady Yamanaka and Lady Akane," Hazō nodded, "and Amori Yukiko-"

"No, I don't-"

"And Toyoki Munakano-"

"Never heard the name."

"And Akimichi Choko-"

"Still a no-"

"And Kei Anko-"

"Hell no-"

"And, now, Uchiha Minori!"

"Absolutely not! Where do you people even come up with this?" Hazō said, throwing his hands in the air.

"Perhaps you should try listening to the rumors, Lord Hazō. I hear Lady Yamanaka knows her way around them."

Hazō shook the thoughts out of his head. Ino would not be pleased if there were really rumors going around about him dating a dozen different women.

"Jinno, I can assure you that my bouquet contains only two flowers. My girlfriends are intelligent, strong, good-hearted, beautiful, and more, but they number only two."

"Twice as many as an ordinary man, yet still a loss for the women of the world," Jinno said, looking dejected. After a moment, he perked up. "More opportunities for me I suppose. I'll keep your words in the front of my mind, Lord Hazō. Hopefully they'll make their way back to your mindreader girlfriend."

Hazō shook his head. "Enough of that, Jinno. I do want to teach Harumitsu something before the sun sets."

"Right," Jinno said, facing Harumitsu. "What exactly are you working on? Is it related to that cooling seal you were working on earlier?"

Harumitsu nodded. "Yes. It'll b-be winter s-soon, so I'm making a seal that'll keep rooms warm instead."

Jinno's eyes went wide. "That's a great idea, Harumitsu! There are thousands of families that live in one-room houses, and even then they struggle to keep their houses warm in the winter. If we could sell them a single seal that keeps their house warm cheaper than buying firewood, and if it were safer than going out and cutting it themselves, we could probably save a couple dozen people from dying to the cold each year, and that's only in Leaf!"

"B-but won't most ninja be able to easily afford firewood?" Harumitsu asked. "Or even c-cutting it down shouldn't b-be dangerous."

"I didn't say ninja," Jinno said, looking at Harumitsu. Harumitsu seemed confused, so Jinno turned to Hazō with a raised eyebrow. Hazō shook his head. Not the time.

"Anyway," Jinno continued, "we should compare notes sometime! I've worked with heat triggers before, so I understand a bit about how to represent heat and cold in sealing language. We could probably figure out something good together."

Jinno turned to Hazō. "Speaking of which, Lord Hazō, I wanted to run an idea by you. I've checked it with Kagome-sensei and he's given it a checkmark, which means it should be doable from the sealing angle, but I don't know if it would be useful. I want to make heat-triggered storage seals. I think if we set the activation threshold correctly, civilians should be able to trigger the storage seals themselves by pressing a hand to the trigger element for long enough. If we had that, we could hire civilians to staff the storage seal bank and expand it a ton. We could provide way more food security to Leaf."

Hazō blinked. "More than that, Jinno. We could just give the seals to civilian families to take home. They could store whatever food they needed. Their vegetables would never go bad and their meals would never go cold. They wouldn't need to make an arduous journey to the Gōketsu estate through snow and slush or wait on a ninja to look up and find their seals – they'd have the power to do it all themselves!"

Jinno beamed. "I'm glad to hear you think it's a good idea, Lord Hazō! I'll get started on it right away. Hopefully, I can have it ready before the first snowfall."

Hazō smiled back and placed a hand on the taller genin's shoulder. "I'll look forward to it. If that's all…?"

"Best of luck, Harumitsu, Lord Hazō," Jinno said with a smile as he stepped aside. "I should go catch up to Mikiko and make sure she's okay."

Hazō gestured to Harumitsu, and the master and apprentice walked into the sealing facility.

o-o-o​

Hazō turned the stone over in his palm, eyes closed. He focused on the sensation of his chakra flowing through the rock. Within it, he could feel shapes, vague and hazy. He'd learned to understand them from long hours examining various stones with his Earthshaping technique, then splitting them open by hand to examine their interiors. He could map the shapes he felt with his chakra to concrete features of the stone. Internal fractures, changes in color, or rough edges where the internal structure of the stone changed direction – he could see them all with the strange new sense the Earthshaping technique gave him.

So why did the technique make him feel like there was something more? As he'd developed his skill with the technique and heightened his sense of how the chakra was interlacing itself through the stone, he'd gotten the strange impression that his chakra had sunk more deeply into the stone than he was able to understand.

He could control the stone all the way to its core. He focused, and the stone started to melt and reshape itself. A minute later, a perfect octahedron rested in his hand. He focused again, and the stone melted again, forming itself into a spiraling bracelet around his wrist. He focused again and returned the stone to a lump in his palm. Each transformation was the matter of mere minutes, and completely changed its shape. There was no part of the stone that was beyond his control. So why did the technique's chakra feedback make him feel like his chakra was permeating the stone in a way he couldn't yet feel, much less control?

After a few minutes more, he pushed the stone back into the wall he'd scooped it out of and flattened it out, leaving one more distortion in the blank granite expanse behind his desk. He knew he wouldn't make any breakthroughs today, but his ability to sense and control stone with the technique improved with every day of focused practice, and he could tell he was getting close. Just a few days more…

"Morning, Hazō. Daydreaming or inventing new weapons of mass destruction?"

Hazō blinked away the Iron Nerve-summoned memory of the Great Seal to look at Mari as she entered the office. She wore an oversized fluffy bathrobe and a pair of remarkably un-ninjalike fleece slippers with long, floppy ears and hopefully-fake acid glands that made them look like little bunnies. She dropped a stack of papers on the desk, then raised an eyebrow. She leaned forward and placed a finger on a sheet of paper by Hazō's side.

"Are you planning another Uplift trip?" she asked. "Sadly, the hot springs there aren't nearly as good as the country, and we can't exactly go back there."

"What?"

Mari frowned. "Isn't this a map of northeastern Fire? It looks like the area around Fudami." She grabbed the paper off his desk to examine it.

"That's the pattern of my footsteps, from when I danced with Ami," Hazō said. "Are you saying it's a map?"

Mari tossed the paper back on Hazō's desk and shrugged. "It looked more similar at a distance, less so close up. I'm probably going nuts from staring at maps. Speaking of going nuts, enjoy this," she said, tapping the stack of papers she'd dropped off. "You don't need to read it in detail, of course, but it's a report on Fire's projected tax revenue this year, comparing normal villages against the villages that the Ministry walled up. There's a few summaries and my planned Clan Council presentation at the top though."

"Got it," Hazō said, staring grimly at the dozen other reports that had driven him to Earthshaping-fueled procrastination. "I'll deal with it eventually."

"One of the villages that the Ministry walled up was Bakuchioka," Mari said softly. "They're doing well. They never saw trouble during the war. I thought you'd want to know."

Hazō grit his teeth as the memories flashed before his mind's eye.





Hidan didn't even bother to get up after the roll. He just flicked his wrist, and a woman's head fell to the ground. Her body slumped sideways, onto the lap of the person next to her, who miraculously suppressed a scream.









"Looks like we're gonna need a new dealer," Hidan said casually as he threw the elder's body in a random direction, sending blood spraying everywhere.









Hidan roared with laughter as he eviscerated the last civilian. "Fine. Ya got me."


He forced himself to release his breath and unclench his fists. Inhale calm and peace, exhale pain and tension. "Thanks," he said, "I'll make sure to look."

"About your other request," she said, "you got it in one. KEI's intentionally stalling us on the adoption tickets."

"Really," Hazō asked. "Why?"

Mari shrugged. "Look at the new chūnin we adopted. Each of them learned ninjutsu from the KEI's exchange program, and they were good ninjutsu. Not amazing ninjutsu, like I'm sure the Uchiha and the Sarutobi have up their sleeves, but better than the average clanless ninja gets access to. Because of KEI's size, there's almost certainly way more opportunity to pick ninjutsu that suit your fighting style, enhance your strengths, or cover your weaknesses in a way that clanless ninja used to just roll the dice on. They learned these ninjutsu on the condition that they wouldn't share it, enforced by the various sanctions that KEI dreamed up after the case of Fu Kōhei.

"Those conditions and sanctions don't apply anymore. KEI has no more power over our chūnin than the Hagoromo do, which means that any ninja that shared ninjutsu with our adoptees now have to deal with those ninjutsu no longer being secret. It's not just that our chūnin can freely teach it to others in the clan. The ninjutsu are fully ours now – we could trade them to other clans, sell them to the Tower, or anything else we wanted. Worse, if the ninja that taught our adoptees their ninjutsu died before teaching it to anyone else, the ninjutsu could end up our clan secret. Sure, the teacher's dead and rotting either way, but it's a gross insult to everything the KEI stands for if the cooperation and sacrifices of their members ends up enriching clan coffers.

"Worse, KEI can't plug the hole. Adoption tickets aren't assigned on a ninja-by-ninja basis, so any adoption ticket they print could adopt any ninja, and even if they refuse to print extra ones, they still need to give out two per year to the clans. The ninja that benefit the most from the exchange will end up with strong mission records, so they'll be the ones the clans try to adopt. Sure, some will have KEI pride and refuse, but others will be salivating over the chance to get access to the secret techniques of the Akimichi or the Motoyoshi or the Yamanaka that have been perfected over a hundred generations."

Mari sighed. "I've put them between a rock and a hard place. It's become their responsibility to issue tickets, yet the tickets might end up killing their ninjutsu exchange and a ton of their internal trust and cohesion. I'm wracking my brain for a solution and I'm sure the coordinators are trying to pull something off, but I don't see an easy way out of it. Asuma won't ban or even limit clan adoptions because the point of the ticket system was to make the clans share their secrets more and make Leaf stronger. Most of all, he definitely wants the strongest KEI ninja to join the strongest clans, because advantages compound and he'd rather have a couple star jōnin, like yours truly, than dozens of chūnin with adequate skills.

"So, in short, yeah, they're not going to give us any tickets till the new year. We can try to buy from the other clans when that happens, but the price is definitely going up. Some of the clans will be idiot traditionalists and assume that their techniques are better than anything the clanless could come up with, but any jōnin with half a brain knows that more techniques equals more chances for synergies and more potential counters to an enemy's trump card. Honestly, even some of the most bigoted clans will be looking for chances to pick up fresh new bundles of ninjutsu. So what if it comes with a filthy mudfoot attached? They'll probably die in a couple years anyway, and the ninjutsu will be in the clan forever."

"I see," Hazō said. "No new tickets because the KEI doesn't want their exchanged ninjutsu spreading, and even when Asuma forces them to issue new ones, the potential new techniques are blood in the water for the other clans, so demand will be way higher as well."

"Exactly."

Hazō rubbed his forehead. "Sounds tough. If I ever have a spare moment to think that's not occupied by splitting headaches, I'll spend some time thinking of a solution."

Mari curtsied, an otherwise elegant maneuver completely engulfed by the fluffy bathrobe that easily doubled her volume. "I'll leave you to it," she said.

"Wait," Hazō called as she turned to the door. "Before you go, Mari, I wanted to ask you something. How are you feeling about taking a team of genin?"

Mari shrugged as she paced across the room and sunk herself into Hazō's armchair. Hazō made a mental note to apologize to whatever maid would have to clean the bits of loose fluff that would inevitably shed off into the fabric. "Do I have to feel any way about it? It was basically an order for me, and despite your alternatives, there's no way that ANBU, the organization of absolute loyalty to the Hokage and the Will of Fire, takes a Mist-trained infiltration-spec jōnin in."

"Whether you do it or not is separate from how you feel about it," Hazō said. "Even if I ordered Noburi to do something he didn't like, I wouldn't order him to feel a certain way about it, even if he could. Honestly, I'd ask him to tell me what he doesn't like. It could maybe fix a flaw in the plan, or let me make an alternative that he liked more."

Mari raised an eyebrow. "If he doesn't like it, then he might subconsciously feel reluctant to do it, impairing his performance. Or, if you're too empathetic, it might prevent you from assigning him on missions like that one, so as to spare his feelings. He doesn't need to feel angry at you to evaluate whether his skills are good for a mission and give you feedback that maximizes mission success – only the most idiot commander doesn't listen when his subordinates are pointing out a flaw in the plan."

Hazō laughed. "Then I met a lot of idiot commanders in Mist."

Mari smiled. "Well, that's what happens when you assign problem genin under problem chūnin. Those guys didn't exactly get promoted for punching smart."

"Don't think I can't tell when you're dodging questions," Hazō said. "Seriously, how do you feel about taking genin?"

"I feel fine. I-"

Mari cut herself off and looked away. She inhaled, then exhaled, then faced him again.

"I don't feel great about it, honestly," she said, her voice considerably quieter. "For all my virtues, I don't think being a sensei is one of them. I only ended up in charge of you three because I led you into the Swamp, and I think Kei's said enough about how terrible a choice that was. I said we ought to abandon Akane, and your kindness is the reason she's tending the garden upstairs rather than curled up in a storage scroll in one of Leaf's missing-nin bounty offices.

"Worse, I didn't even teach you enough. Sure, I shared a couple Wind ninjutsu with Kei and a couple Water ninjutsu with Noburi. We figured out your Roki style, and I think there'll always be a handful of moves in your arsenal that were really meant for a shorter-than-average woman. But that's not what I'm good at. I lied my way into and out of almost every major city on the continent. I turned men and women of untold strength and willpower into mere puppets that threw away their lives at my word. I made genjutsu that would shame any clan's oldest and most learned masters. I didn't teach you four any of that. I kept my best ninjutsu and my best techniques secret from you, even though I knew it might help you survive."

"Mari," Hazō said, "I wouldn't blame you at all for keeping our clan's ninjutsu and seals secret from your genin students, even if it would help them survive."

"That's not the same at all!" Mari said, her voice raising. She continued, quieter. "You, I can understand sharing your clan secrets, and Kei never really opened up about hers, but Noburi gladly shared every detail of his bloodline with us despite generations of training and years of indoctrination. I didn't have any clan to be responsible to. Every secret I had was either my creation, or someone trusting me enough and caring about my survival enough to entrust me with it. I was too selfish to entrust those secrets to you. My genin students sacrificed more to ensure my survival than I sacrificed to ensure theirs. I can't live up to that."

Hazō raised a finger. "What was your reasoning? I can't exactly imagine you twirling a mustache and muttering to yourself, 'I, evil as I am, will refuse to teach them the Truth Lost in the Fog technique next. That will surely see them to the grave!'"

Mari glared at him. "I had excuses and justifications. One of you might have leaked something unintentionally, or if you were captured and interrogated, it would reduce my ability to protect the rest of you. But mostly, it was the same as I've always done. I just didn't think about it. I ignored my responsibility."

"You didn't do it with malicious intent," Hazō said. "You knew that giving away secrets has a real cost and came down on the side of keeping secrets. It's hard to shake off years of training telling you to keep secrets, and Mist drilled that into you for years, while we only got a couple months of D ranks and the bare basics from our clan heritages. Was it a bad choice? Maybe. We'll never know, as all your students ended up alive."

"I'm telling you that it was a bad choice, Hazō. I've thought about it, and I was wrong."

"Out of curiosity," Hazō asked. "How many sensei in the Elemental Nations have had their first three students end up as summoners?"

Mari glared again. "That's not a fair comparison."

"What's the answer, Mari?"

She turned her gaze down. "Sarutobi Hiruzen and myself," she said, clearly irritated.

"And would you say Sarutobi Hiruzen was a bad sensei?"

"This is a bullshit argument and you know it, Hazō," Mari said, suddenly incensed. "Kei's Pangolin Scroll is a result of her favor with Jiraiya and connection with Takahashi-"

"And you noticing the Isan ninja's tracks and dancing circles around all their people of power."

"Noburi's Toad Scroll is only thanks to joining Leaf by selling them the skywalkers you invented-"

"For which you negotiated the sale and built the connections with Jiraiya that made negotiations possible at all."

"And your Dog Scroll is only because of your choice to give up Jiraiya's sealing textbook to the Contest!"

"And we wouldn't have been able to do that if you hadn't done the political groundwork to convince Asuma to let us decode Jiraiya's notes in-house."

They stared at each other for a second, then Mari leaned back in the chair with another puff of loose fluff around her.

"Fine," she said. "Thanks to sheer dumb luck and your own genius, we managed to worm ourselves into positions of power and influence in Leaf. At a distant third cause, it couldn't have happened without my own efforts because, yes, I didn't actually want you all to die even if I was stupid enough to act like it sometimes."

"So… Is it maybe possible that you'll be a good sensei to these genin?" Hazō asked.

Mari shook her head. "No, Hazō. Maybe I was a good teacher to you. Sage knows a little more social training would do all four of you good, but when we were missing-nin, it made more sense to make you more lethal. Most of our problems didn't want to manipulate or cheat us, they just wanted to kill us. Maybe it was the right idea to forgo teaching you in my specialties. And I'm not stupid. I can make a guess at what these genin will need to achieve their goals, and try to give them that. Maybe I could be a good teacher to them too.

"But a good sensei? I don't think I could ever do that, Hazō. A sensei teaches, yes, but a sensei is also wise. A sensei is supposed to guide her students in things beyond the skills they need to excel in the field. A sensei teaches her students the right way to live life, to walk the line between human and tool, to deal with the pain of having so much useless power in a world with so much suffering.

Mari looked away. "I had many sensei of my own. I never wanted to be one because I knew I would pass on the lessons they had taught me, and I think there was some part of me, even then, that didn't want to be responsible for that. But when I became the leader of our little team, I resigned myself to it. Then came that winter day, up in the mountains of Tea," she said. "We were in the shelter you built. You remember that, right?"

Hazō nodded.

"Well… I was going to say that it was a pivotal point, but to be honest, I mostly thought you were a naive idiot that needed some loving yet firm guidance about the realities of ninja life, guidance that would land the hardest after your first real failure. Yet, time after time, you proved yourself to be wiser and kinder than me. Still naive and kind of an idiot, I'm not trying to inflate your ego, but you had a clearer understanding of what life should be than I think I ever had. You showed me that even as a ninja trying to survive, I could try to do the right thing. Not the right thing for myself or for my team, but just the right thing.

"Sure, it was mostly ineffective at first, and we mostly skated on the edge of death over it. There were probably a dozen ways we could have managed the Hot Springs mission better if we cared less about collateral damage, but instead we tried and failed to take the correct path. And little by little, we started to actually make a difference. Now, even I…" she waved at the pile of papers on the desk. "You screwed up a lot and learned from your mistakes, but you never broke under the pressure. You always knew what was right. I can't quite recall when, but there was a point when I understood why Akane called you Hazō-sensei."

She waved again, this time at the clan compound. "Noburi loved medical ninjutsu since he figured out the bare basics, but the person that made him realize how much good he did to the world by healing? That was you. Kei always had a mind for precise optimization, but the person that made the good of all humanity her optimization target? There's a reason she came to you first to share her success with the Nara Future Foundation. Hell, you even managed to get Kagome to care about the lives of the hundreds of people on this estate. That's something I could never do."

"Why not?" Hazō asked. "You know Uplift as well as I do. You've sat through all my speeches. Depending on what's in this stack," he said, tapping on the paperwork she'd left on his desk, "you might even have done more good to the world than I have. What's stopping you from guiding your students the way you want to?"

Mari laughed bitterly. "That's not the person I am, Hazō. I'm not your mother, and I'm not your sensei. Kei's made that clear enough to me. I'm just a person who taught the four of you some useful tricks in the woods and managed to keep you safe in the end. That's enough for me."

Her voice took on a calm, clinical cadence. "I know what I am, Hazō. If I was ever lying to myself about that, Hana taught me the better of it. When I was a free jōnin in Mist, I only caused destruction. I hurt myself by drinking or smoking or sleeping with anything I could get my hands on. I hurt others by taking them apart. I made a game of ruining people and getting away with it. Could I make a man obsess over me until he tried to rape me, then put him in the hospital over it? Could I make a woman come out to her family, only to leave her once she was expelled from the clan? Could I break a man's heart so thoroughly that he signed up for a suicide mission? I'm pretty sure I even enjoyed it. The only time when I wasn't serving myself was when I was on a mission, because Yagura made his jōnin into tools.

"I am a tool, Hazō. For you and the Gōketsu. The most damn useful tool that any clan in the village has, but just that. A good tool can act on her own, so I founded the Ministry and went over your head to overpower Ami when she disrespected us. A good tool makes the decisions her leader would prefer, even if he wouldn't make them, so when push came to shove, I chose to risk Kei's life to save yours from certain Orochimaru-induced death. By the Abyss, the rift between Kei and I started because I tried to maximize our odds of success in the Isan mission. Or maybe it was when I tried to manipulate her into preserving the Pangolin deal for the ryō we so desperately needed. It's hard to tell.

"I can't be allowed to act as I prefer, because what I prefer is to be the Heartbreaker. You experienced that yourself. When you gave me even a little leeway to do what I wanted, I tortured you with my genjutsu. I don't regret the things I've done. I don't regret the people I hurt in Mist, or the people I sent to their dooms in the Swamp of Death. That apathy to the pain and suffering I've caused… it's irredeemable. I know I'm too corrupted to act on my own, so I become a tool. I know that you always pursue the right thing to do, so I do as I think you would want me to. I can't guide others when I'm just a tool to be guided."

Something clicked inside Hazō's mind. "Mari, after the air dome sealing failure, hundreds of people were going to die of starvation or exposure after their houses were destroyed. Hundreds more would have died in the aftermath of the Collapse, for similar reasons. Because I was there with the resources to save them and the will to do so when no one else would, they lived instead. Was that a good thing that I did?"

Mari frowned. "Hazō, are you going to explain how this is even remotely related, or are you suffering a mental breakdown from cramming too much sealing theory into that fragile skull?"

"Just answer the question."

Mari leaned her head to one side, and a crimson wave cascaded over her shoulder. "Yes, that was a good thing to do. Not the optimal thing along many axes, nor something I would have picked myself."

"Because I saved the lives of so many people, am I now incorruptibly good? Is there now nothing that I can do that would possibly sully my soul?"

Mari shook her head. "I see what you're trying to say, but it's different."

"Is it? I made a good choice, but that doesn't mean that I can't still do evil things. There's no amount of good that I can do that would forever make my actions good. If I do something evil, then that's evil. So why is there any amount of evil that you could have done that would forever taint your actions in the future?"

"Because the things you do change who you are, Hazō. Between the efforts of myself, Yagura, and damn near everyone else in Mist, the part of me that does good things is long, long dead. I'm doing the right thing the only way I can now."

"That's not true, Mari," Hazō said insistently. "You're looking at all the mistakes that you've made in the past and telling yourself that it's all because you're evil or because you were a tool to others. But the wrong choices you've made in the past don't change the moral weight of the choices you make now. Your sins don't mean you have to sin again, and they don't stop you from doing honestly, purely, genuinely good things."

"The good things I do, they're only because of people guiding me in the right directions," Mari said weakly.

"I don't believe that, Mari. You can tell when something is wrong. How else would you know to label the things you did in Mist as evil? You can at least tell when others are doing the right thing, since I convinced you that Uplift was the only way we could turn our power as ninja into something good. You have the capacity to tell the difference.

"Hashirama's wood, I've been reading the reports you've been giving me about the Ministry! You walled up dozens of towns to keep hundreds or thousands of people from chakra beasts. You went back to them and talked to them and realized they needed water too, so you started having the missions include digging out a new well with Tunnel Excavation. And you didn't even give up then! When they started getting sick, you talked with Lady Tsunade and then went back to all those villages again to tell them how to dispose of waste and bodies to keep their water clean. Every single thing you've done for the Ministry has been unquestionably good.

"I didn't do all of that," Mari said. "I just told others to do it. And I was only doing what I thought you'd want."

"The people whose lives you protected and improved don't care why you did it. They care that you did it at all. We already talked about this, didn't we? Mari, I don't want you to be a tool. I don't want you to ignore who you really are. I know there's parts of you that like to hurt others, or that like to control them and twist them around your fingers. Yes, there's a selfish part of you, but there's also a part of you that's incredibly, recklessly selfless – don't think I forget the way you almost threw your life away in Hot Springs. There's another part of you that knows how to kill her emotions and do what she needs to do. Yagura may have made her, but she's a part of you nonetheless, and it's thanks to that part of her that Akane is tending the garden upstairs rather than eaten through by Arikada's maggots. And with the Ministry you made, I'm sure there's a part of you that truly cares about Uplift more than just being a good tool for its completion.

"And yes, there's the Heartbreaker. She, you, killed her uncle. She ruined her own life and the lives of as many as she could manage in Mist, and she regrets none of it. That was who you were, for a long time. You know you can't ignore it, and you know you can't just say 'it was the Heartbreaker' and absolve yourself of responsibility, because at every juncture you were the one making the choices.

"But, Mari, you've grown since then. I've seen you change and learn and find new parts of yourself that weren't there before. Could the Heartbreaker have ever thought to sacrifice her life for a handful of politically-irrelevant genin fated to die in a swamp in the middle of nowhere? I think it's only because you changed that you feel so much pain at the things that you did in Mist. You kept on doing what you did in Mist because the Heartbreaker didn't feel regrets. And now, you can see what you were doing as evil because you're not just the Heartbreaker anymore."

Mari closed her eyes, gripping lightly at the arms of the armchair, but Hazō pressed on.

"But you can't call yourself irredeemable, because there's no such thing. You know what right and wrong are, and you know that the sins you committed as the Heartbreaker were absolutely, incontrovertibly wrong. The past is fixed, and you can no more undo the things you've done than I can take back my suggestion to sell seals to the Pangolins. There's only one thing we can do about the past."

He let the silence hang for a long moment until Mari opened her eyes again. She kept her gaze in her lap. "What?" she whispered.

"Do better next time. You can tell right from wrong, and you know what you did as the Heartbreaker was wrong. Why don't you feel any regret? Are you just refusing to think about it? And before you let yourself drown in self-hatred, you can't destroy yourself over your past if you want to do better next time. If the parts of you that know right from wrong are filling themselves with regret and hate at the things you've done, then the only person that you're hurting is yourself. Your regrets will not bring any justice to the people you've hurt. The condors made at least that much clear to me this week. The only thing you have control over, the only way you can influence the world, is the present. Every choice you make is between right and wrong.

"I've learned and grown and as I did, I found new regrets and mistakes. I should have switched my bets in Hidan's Chō-Han game to whichever side had come up more. I should have realized how wrong Haru's actions were sooner. I should have thought about the stakes I was playing with when I made the scrip, and how ordinary people would starve if I let it collapse. Each regret is a chance to learn and adapt. If I don't do that and I don't make better choices in the future, then the mistake I made was a waste, and the pain I caused myself beating myself up over it was a waste. If I ignore it, then I'll just keep making the same mistakes and keep screwing up. The only right thing for me to do is to learn from my mistakes, then let them go."

Mari looked up to meet his eyes. Were her eyes getting misty? "How can you say that? I know you, Hazō. I know how much pain you still carry from the Sunset Racer, and now from the Condor genocide."

Hazō shrugged, smiling wryly, then stood and started to walk around his desk. "It's really hard. I've thought about it a million times and tried to imagine ways I could have done things differently with the information and the tools and, for the Sunset Racer, the amount of time to think that I had available. I don't think learning from regrets can happen in an instant, and I don't think letting go of them is easy. The Sunset Racer will always be a tragedy for the world and for each of the sixty people aboard it. Still, maybe one day I'll have learned all I can from it. I'll have accepted what I did, and I'll have decided what I can do in the future to keep myself from ever having that same regret again. On that day, maybe I'll see it as just what it is, a tragedy rather than a well of all my mistakes and flaws.

He came to a stop in front of where Mari slumped in her chair. "Please, Mari. You don't need to be just a tool. You can be a person with a dark past and a bright future. Someone who has made incredible mistakes and is trying to do the right thing despite them, no, because of them. You can feel pain at the things you did, and you can learn from them. You don't need to let that pain destroy you, because you can instead use it to make yourself stronger, and more honest, and more good.

"Most of all, you can do the right thing, Mari. You can use all the parts of yourself to look at a situation and take the action that you honestly think is best. I'm not saying you should never hurt anyone; I'm saying that you shouldn't hurt someone just because you would have hurt them in the past, because you're more than just the Heartbreaker. You don't need to help people because you care about Uplift; you can help because it's the right thing to do. If you can feel pain at your mistakes, you can feel happiness at your successes. You can look at your family with joy, you can take pride in the people growing old and fat and happy thanks to your work, and you can still smile at outmaneuvering a rival or trapping an enemy, or maybe even a friend, in a genjutsu.

"I don't want you to suppress or hide any part of your personality, because I know you, and I trust you fully, Mari. If you accept everything you've done and everything you've become, and bring it all together when you're faced with tough choices, I know you'll do the right thing."

Mari broke eye contact, looking to the unlit fireplace. "Okay, Hazō. I'll… I'll try."

Hazō extended his arms. "Now that I've said that, is there any part of you that wants a hug?"

Mari snorted. "As if. I…"

She slowly pulled herself to her feet. Hazō slowly, gingerly, stepped forward and wrapped his arms around her. After a long moment, she did the same.


Thanks to user @RandomX2 for commissioning this illustration from Ninomaru Kokuzu!

Hazō had to squeeze her to meet his hands comfortably behind the back of the massive puffball of a bathrobe that enveloped her. She took the cue and hugged him back tightly. Hazō closed his eyes, noting the warmth of her hands, the floral scent of her hair, the soft pressure all along his body.

He stiffened as he felt her hands moving up his back. He realized a moment too late to react as she brought one hand up to gently cradle the side of his head and used the other to tousle the long hair on top.

Mari laughed with a stutter. "I hate how much taller than me you've gotten," she said, voice muffled with her face pressed between his chest and her bathrobe.

A thought came to Hazō as he rested his chin on top of her head. He could still have revenge. Her hair spilled loosely across her back, and with the thickness of her robe, she'd never notice him moving his hands. He started to inch them upwards.

"Mess with my hair and I'll break your spine," Mari said, in the same soft, muffled tone. He slowly lowered his hands back down to her mid back.

After a minute, Mari pulled away. Somehow, despite the sounds Hazō had half-thought he'd heard, her eyes were dry. He looked down and noted a rough wet patch on his shirt.

Mari smiled at him. "There's a part of me that is screaming at me that I should never let anyone see me cry, especially not the guy in charge of me. I've elected to listen to this wisdom. Please leave."

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "Mari, this is my office."

"Oh it is?" she asked. "I hadn't noticed. Well, I'm going to be crying in your office for a couple hours, so lock the doors on your way out and leave a Silence Mine if you have one. Jōnin's orders."

Hazō sighed, grabbed the stack of papers she'd dropped off, and made his escape.



Timeline for this update:
  • 2 days, recovering from SSA headache (Training Harumitsu)
  • 8 days, researching chakdar
  • 2 days, recovering from SSA headache (Mari conversation)
  • 2 days, paying this month's skywalker tax
  • 8 days, researching chakdar
  • 2 days, recovering from SSA headache

XP Award: 99 + 10 (brevity) XP
GM-fun Award: 2 XP
(Mari unexpectedly had a moment, sorry for the late update. Thanks for adding in the bit about asking the Gōketsu about their potential students (+1). The Harumitsu scene turned out more fun than I expected, but I think that's because of the side characters (Lord Hagoromo, Jinno) (+1). I think Harumitsu alone could get tiring for me.)

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 560, Part 2: Itty Bitty Mistakes
Chapter 560, Part 2: Itty Bitty Mistakes

Hazō had done it. It had been easily the hardest seal he'd worked on in his life thus far, but he'd made it happen. He'd faced the chakra diffusion problem head on and… well, to say that he conquered it would be a little too emphatic. "Conquer" was bold, it fit a brilliant visionary sealmaster more than "minor yet incredibly difficult improvement", but it was inaccurate.

Still, he'd pushed himself to the limit, pulled out every tool in his toolkit, and made a substantial advance in the field. The new and improved version of chakdar used layers of detection and filter effects to amplify tiny resonances in distant chakra that corresponded to the patterns of adhesion and repulsion and elemental chakra and all the other ways chakra could be used. He'd found that chakra diffusion and ambient noise almost completely wiped out any evidence of distant chakra effects, but they couldn't wipe it out completely, and with his new tools, he could almost fully recover the relevant information from twenty, even thirty meters away under optimal conditions. Probably. Maybe. He'd have to test it to tell for sure.

He placed his thumb down on the first instance of his Clan's latest invention: the chakdar version 2. He pushed his chakra into the pathways of the ink on the paper and felt it conform to the form he'd been obsessed with for the past few days. He'd focused so hard on the chakdar seal that he could feel the shape of the chakra pathways with his mind, fixed deeply in his consciousness like a lost dream.

He closed his eyes and carefully called up the memories of when he'd read Kei's Summon Scroll. He pushed away the nonsensical babble and the alien perspectives and focused on the power. The true awareness, from beyond the Veil, of how chakra truly functioned. The structures of chakra he needed to form were complex, but not beyond his ability.

He opened his eyes at an unusual sensation, a flicker in his chakra. His focus was clear and his comprehension was faultless, the seal could not have been flawed. He scanned the seal, and realized his error. In one tiny corner, in one tiny brushstroke, he'd failed to apply sufficient pressure and one sole hair on the brush had failed to draw its line smoothly. There was a hole in a stroke. Nearly imperceptible, but there, now a chasm his chakra would never cross. And into that hole, Hazō felt his chakra pour and pour and pour, not anywhere into this world but Out. He pulled his chakra back but it was too late. Reality had broken once more.



Hazou (Calligraphy): 29 + 3 (IN) + 14 (prep days) - 6 = 40
Hazou spends a FP to reroll!
Hazou (Calligraphy): 29 + 3 (IN) + 14 (prep days) + 0 = 46
Hazou (Sealing): 42 + 22 (SSA) + 14 (prep days) + 7 (invoke "Promising Sealing Student) + 6 = 91
Hazou has made huge progress! He thinks he's over three-fourths of the way done!
Hazou (Calligraphy): 29 + 3 (IN) + 14 (prep days) - 9 = 37
Hazou (Sealing): 42 + 22 (SSA) + 14 (prep days) + 6 = 84
Sealing failure!

Hazō is in zero G mode! No, that doesn't mean he's floating, it means that he loses 1 XP for every use of the seventh letter that appears in a post in this thread. We will overlook uses of the forbidden letter in QM posts and in what we decide are troll posts. This effect will wear off when the second-next chapter (i.e. the one scheduled for Thursday December 1) is posted.


Full details are here: Marked for Death: A Rational Naruto Quest
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 561: Fallout

The sun was warmish and the pair of hibachi on either side of him, each full of glowing coals, took up the slack. Hazō was sitting on a folded blanket that was thick enough to keep the chill of the September ground away, he was leaned back against a tree the diameter of a small house, the sky was clear, and he could smell apple pies baking somewhere on the estate. The sound of Gōketsu people, his people, drifted past. Happy shrieks arose from the scrum of children he had passed on the way here—they had ranged in age from anklebiter to kneechomper, and had been in the process of kicking a ball around. There hadn't seemed to be any particular rules or intended goals and only a modest amount of violence had ensued, so he had felt safe ignoring it.

The majority of his attention was not on his surroundings, but on the chunk of granite in his hands. An hour ago he had scooped it out of the wall of his office so that he could practice Earthshaping on it. He had then decided that it was much too nice a day to be working indoors, so he brought the stone outside with him and took the opportunity to enjoy the last day of September.

The chakra that made up the Earthshaping jutsu flowed through his mental fingers, smoother and richer than ever before. Perhaps the change in scenery for this practice session had been fruitful, or perhaps he had simply made a needed connection, but for whatever reason he had experienced a breakthrough. For seemingly ages, he had been suffering under a sense of potential, as though the jutsu had something it wanted to tell him and he was too dumb or too deaf to understand. It was maddening, like hearing someone say your name on the other side of a door but everything else they said was too unclear to get. The maddening knowledge that someone was talking about you virtually within arm's reach but you didn't know what they were saying? That was a close approximation for what the Earthshaping jutsu was doing. This morning, he had figured out how to tune his 'hearing' closer to the way that the jutsu 'spoke' to him, enough to catch a few more of the 'words' even if some of it stayed frustratingly out of reach.

It wasn't really speech, of course—the jutsu wasn't intelligent and didn't literally want anything, anymore than water wanted to flow downhill. It was simply a potential that could be felt, the way a heavy stone's weight showed the potential for embedding itself in the ground when dropped.

Which, now that he thought about it, wasn't a bad analogy for what he had just learned.

He wrapped his chakra around the surface of the sphere of granite he held between his hands, ensured that it was spread nice and evenly, and squeezed.

There was a faint crunch and the ball shrank. Hazō studied it for three long minutes, using all his physical senses as well as his chakra sense. The color had changed, becoming richer and more jewel-like. The surface was smoother, the fine pits and bumps that made up the granite's texture having been compressed together. It had the same lack of scent as it had before he worked it. It tasted like post-thunderstorm air smelled. When tapped lightly with a steel hammer the sound was richer, more bell-like.

His chakra told a similar story at different scale. The rock was still impure, still too bumpy and grainy inside to form the sort of chakra conduits that Hazō could form with ink and brush, but he could at least imagine the possibility now. If he could, somewhere, somehow, find a rock that was solely one thing through and through, and also completely smooth internally, then he could compact tiny slices of the rock and thereby form something that could perhaps carry chakra as easily as did ink.

It was bizarre to think that no one else had ever learned this. Surely, whoever had invented the Earthshaping jutsu must have mastered their own creation at least to the middling-high level that Hazō had managed? Surely they would have seen the potential?

He shook his head, casting the idea aside after recognizing the flaws that wound through it like the flaws within this granite. Seal research and jutsu research were both all-consuming fields that carried life-and-death risks. There simply wasn't time or attention to spend mastering both disciplines, so people generally learned one and stuck to it. The jutsu hacker who had created Earthshaping wouldn't have known sealing and therefore wouldn't have recognized the potential treasure they held in their hands.

Emphasis on potential, of course. Yes, the Great Seal was a three-dimensional seal made of stone, but it was created by the Sage using unknown arts and from unknown materials. There was no reason aside from infantile folly to think that a mere mortal could learn how to make seals from stone. Oh, certainly, when Hazō squeezed the insides of the granite like this it would form fracture planes and dense threads that allowed his chakra to pass more easily than the rest of the stone, but those planes and threads did not retain the chakra the way ink did. The moment he let go it all puffed away into the surrounding stone. They weren't chakra channels the way a seal needed, they were merely areas that resisted his chakra less than other areas, which was something you would expect to see. It would be more surprising if all of a composite material such as granite were equally difficult to manipulate.

Still.

Could it be possible?

He chuckled to himself and pushed the thought away. With an effort of will he undid his change, inflating the granite out to its original size and density. Curious, he wound his chakra in a little deeper and spread his 'fingers', pushing every part of the rock away from every other part. It blew up like a bloodtoad's throat pouch, growing larger and larger but more and more fragile until he feared that a sharp blow would make it crumble to powder. He pushed it as far as the jutsu would allow, then compressed it down to its original state and began altering it yet again, this time expanding certain portions and compacting others. There was half an hour left in his scheduled practice session and the lord of Clan Gōketsu was playing with perhaps the only jutsu ever designed to produce beauty instead of destruction. He intended to enjoy every minute of his scheduled time.

Which, of course, was exactly when someone walked around the bole of the tree and interrupted him.

It was actually a pair of someones, Jinno and a teenage girl that Hazō was pretty sure was Gōketsu but whose name he couldn't immediately bring to mind. They had their arms looped around one another and were exchanging looks hotter than any hibachi. Both of them jumped in surprise when they saw him.

"Sorry, M'Lord!" the girl squeaked, touching her forehead in respect and apology. "We didn't know you were here."

"True that," Jinno said, an easy smile on his face. Unlike the girl, Jinno kept his arm around his paramour's waist and didn't go pale. "We were looking for a bit of quiet space to watch the clouds. Didn't mean to interrupt you."

"No trouble," Hazō said, standing up with a knowing smile. "Cloudwatching is very important and I was about done anyway. Why don't you keep the blanket from flying away?" He stepped clear and gestured to the object in question.

The girl was bright red and refusing to meet his eyes.

"Very decent of you, sir," Jinno said, his casualness rendering the 'sir' less of a respectful courtesy to a noble and more a thanks to another man for not getting in the way.

Hazō raised one finger in mock seriousness. "Make sure you watch the clouds thoroughly, now. Clouds can do weird things when no one is paying attention. If you look away even for a moment there's no telling what could happen. All of Leaf could depend on your attentiveness!"

The girl's eyes went wide. "R-really, My Lord?"

Hazō waffled one hand, then shrugged. "Wellll...maybe not all of Leaf. And maybe there's a little room for looking away." He winked, startling a laugh out of her.

"Good to know," Jinno said, grinning widely. "Can I ask what you were working on?" He gestured to the ball of granite. The girl shot him a betrayed glance, clearly put out that he would be extending the conversation when the inconvenient Clan Lord had been on the verge of walking away.

"Earthshaping jutsu," Hazō said, keeping it short. On the one hand, maybe Jinno was actually interested, in which case it seemed only fair to share. Indeed, what elemental affinity did Jinno have? If it was earth then it might be worth teaching him the jutsu, since the world could only benefit from having more people who knew something designed to create beauty. Also, if it was in fact the gateway to three-dimensional sealing that Hazō was hoping for then it would be important for another sealmaster (or, in Jinno's case, an experienced apprentice) to know the secret in case anything happened to Hazō. "It lets you take a chunk of Earth material and change the shape, cut pieces off, and stick them together. I just now figured out how to change the density as well."

"Interesting," Jinno said, eyebrows rising. "What's it good for?"

Hazō shrugged. "Not combat, if that's what you're asking. It was originally intended to be used for sculpture. It's about making very fine, detailed changes, very slowly. I find it a good form of meditation that also serves as a chakra control exercise." Despite how much time Jinno spent on the estate (due, apparently, both to his studies with Kagome-sensei and his 'studies' with this young lady whose name Hazō wasn't going to admit he didn't know), he hadn't been adopted yet. Hazō wasn't going to share the true potential of Earthshaping with him until the adoption had gone through.

"Actually," Hazō said, "that reminds me. I meant to ask you this when we ran into each other before, but I've been forgetting. Where are you on the adoption process? I'm afraid I don't recall—have we offered, were you interested...? I'm sorry for forgetting, I have a lot of papers and a lot of adoption details. They start to blur together."

Jinno chuckled. "You did ask and I am interested," he said. "Champing at the bit, even. It's just waiting on the KEI to cough up a ticket."

Hazō nodded. "Right. Yeah, they've been dragging their feet on that. We tried to buy one from the other clans, but they're clutching onto theirs like a miser clutches coin. We'll get it done as soon as we can, I promise."

The girl's eyes lit up and she turned to her partner. "You'll be clan? You didn't say!" Her happy expression shifted to anger and she thwapped him on the arm. "You didn't say! I've been worrying about dating an outclan for months and you didn't tell me?"

"Aww, don't be like that, Mikiko-sweetie," Jinno said, his expression hurt. "It was a surprise! Besides, I didn't want to get your hopes up in case it fell through."

"It's not going to fall through, Mikiko," Hazō said, relieved to finally have the girl's name. "The Gōketsu want all the ninja we can get, and we definitely want Jinno. He's a strong ninja, young, and a talented sealmaster. What's not to like?" 'Talented' might or might not be pushing it and sealmaster was the next best thing to a lie, but it was every decent man's duty to help another out in the romantic arena when the opportunity arose.

"See?" Jinno said. "Your Clan Lord says it's okay." He bent down and stole a kiss.

Mikiko jumped at the contact. Her eyes went wide and her cheeks, which had slowly lost their color over the course of the nothing-bad-is-happening conversation, flamed red again. "Not in front of him!" she hissed, flicking her eyes towards her Clan Lord.

Hazō laughed. "I think that's my cue to move along," he said kindly. "I've got paperwork to do and those clouds have been unwatched for far too long."

o-o-o-o​

"This feels very strange," Akane said, smiling slightly.

"What does?" her paramour asked, looping an arm around her hip and hugging her close. The physical contact was always emotionally satisfying, but today the shared body heat was especially nice; it was an unusually cold day for the first of October, with frost on the ground and several unattended water pitchers in Gōketsu mansion having shattered due to their contents freezing solid.

"These precautions," Akane said, gesturing vaguely around.

The pair were currently standing on a hilltop, looking out over the vast expanse of trees that was western Fire Country. Dahlia, one of Akane's Shadow Clones, stood amongst the trees almost three miles away, at the very limit that Akane's skill with the jutsu would allow her to travel. Behind each set of ninja lay a trail of logs perfectly suited as Substitution targets, enough to let them cover two hundred yards in a metaphorical snap of the fingers. There were also several granite walls, courtesy of Hazō's Multiple Earth Wall jutsu, that would make for excellent barriers to hide behind. All three of them were wearing skywalker seals so that they could flee into the air if necessary. Trustworthy people waited at home, having been briefed on where they were and when they would be back. Both Akane and Hazō had updated their wills, and if they weren't back within 24 hours then Gaku would open the sealed document that designated Hazō's heir as Clan Head and formally transferred power.

Hazō shrugged. "This jutsu was originally designed to keep a house at a comfortable temperature. I suspect you have spent more time practicing and improving at it than anyone else in history, and I'm certain that no one has ever used it as strongly as you have. We're pushing it way beyond anything it was ever intended to do, which means we are effectively doing jutsu research. Jutsu research isn't as dangerous as seal research, but there's no reason not to use seal-level precautions."

"Oh?" Akane asked archly. "I notice that you and Kagome don't travel two hours from Leaf in the freezing cold in order to do your research."

Hazō shifted guiltily. "Well, um, it's also a clan secrets thing? We need to make sure that no one sees anything because if they do then we could lose legal protections. I checked the maps and there shouldn't be a human being within five or ten miles of this spot except us."

"So it has nothing to do with wanting to play hooky from your paperwork for half a day and have a romantic picnic with me?"

Hazō laughed and ducked his head in embarrassment. "Well...maybe."

"Thought so." She turned and kissed him on his chilly nose. "It's a lovely thought, but we'll definitely want to get back before that thunderstorm arrives." She pointed at the roiling black clouds moving in from the north, only a few miles beyond where Dahlia waited and advancing quickly. "I don't fancy being rained on in this chill."

"Eh, we can always take out the porta-cabin and take shelter until it blows over."

"Prepared to be stuck in the woods for longer than intended, I see. Your poor paperwork is going to be so lonely."

"Hey, I'm a Gōketsu! I always have a porta-cabin on me. And you should too."

"I do," she admitted, chuckling. "And the more I think about it, the more certain I am that I was wrong. We're definitely going to have to take shelter after this test."

"Oh?"

She nodded. "Yes. And given how cold it is, we'll have to huddle together for warmth. You'll have to hold me very tightly so I don't freeze to death."

"There's a hibachi and lots of blan—yes, you're absolutely right. We shall definitely need to huddle for warmth. Can't have you getting a chill."

She laughed and kissed his cheek.

"Seriously though," Hazō said, "we need to be very careful. The last time you tried this, we got snow appearing in mid-air and it disappeared back into smoke almost as soon as it touched the ground. It was a dry day; there shouldn't have been enough water in the air to make that happen, and even if there was then it shouldn't turn to smoke upon touching the earth. It most definitely shouldn't have kept happening for the entire duration of the jutsu."

She nodded. "Dahlia should be in position by now. Shall we signal her?"

"Mask on, seals on," Hazō said, slipping his own mask into place. It was an improved version of the one he had worn on the Seventh Path while traveling through the wildfire smoke with the Dog clan members. It fit close to his face and had an Usamatsu's Glorious Life-Saving Preserver seal in it to filter out anything that might cause him harm. It was unpleasant; the seal took air in on its outer side, cleansed it, then blasted it into your face on the inside. It flowed in your nose and back through your sinuses, drying them out and feeling alien. Wearing the thing, much less wearing it while it was active, while two miles away from the action was a ludicrously paranoid level of precaution. Or, in other words, basic Kagome-sensei training.

He checked that Akane had her mask on with the seals active, then took the torch that he'd been holding in his left hand and tossed it onto the pile of leaves and other slightly damp materials in front of them. The pile was soaked in vegetable oil that burned smoky; within moments there was a thick column of black trickling up into the sky.

They waited, watching the trees below. After a minute or so, another column of smoke rose into the air as Dahlia signalled that she had seen their 'we are ready' sign and that she was casting the technique now.

o-o-o-o​

"Sigil displayed, weapons to hand, once more to battle," Dahlia said to herself, smiling as she slid down the tree trunk. It was a line from a poem that every Leaf Academy student learned and every Leaf ninja quoted to themselves at least once per mission. It brought with it memories of family, of the bonds forged in fire between young children driven by limitless desire to become ninja of the Leaf.

At the base of the tree from which she had been watching for Prime's signal, a torch and fire materials waited. She kicked the torch over so that it fell onto the kindling and then backed well away until she could only just barely make out the fire through the trees. She waited until she was certain that the column of thick smoke would have wended its way through the tree canopy and be visible from the hilltop where the flesh people waited.

She took another moment to bask in her relief that Hazō had insisted a Shadow Clone do this test instead of Akane Prime doing it. Dahlia was in no real danger; even if everything around her...dunno, exploded? Melted into goo? Whatever. No matter what happened, the worst that would happen was that Dahlia would cease to exist here and would start to exist somewhere else the next time Prime used the Shadow Clone jutsu.

What about Naruto and the cannibal seal? whispered a traitorous part of herself. What if something happens here and it transmits back to Prime?

Firmly, she shook that part of herself to silence. There was only so much that one could possibly prepare for, and they had prepared for everything they could. It was time to act.

"Fire Element: Elemental Mastery," she said, twisting through the handseals that Prime had learned during the team's first visit to Isan so very long ago, back when she was 'Akane' instead of 'Akane Prime'.

The chakra came at her call, bouncing eagerly from her coils and into the form of the jutsu. She pushed it as far away from herself as she could, centering the effect around the fire she had lit to create the smoke signal, and shaping her intent towards making the target area colder instead of warmer.

They had already done experiments with making the target area warmer. With little effort, she could raise the temperature high enough to boil water, and when she really pushed it she could make the area so hot that it was like standing in front of a glassmaker's forge, with air far too hot to breathe. Today they were going the other way.

She could have sustained the technique by concentrating on it, but instead she immediately tied it off. The 'knot' would untie itself over time and the jutsu would fall apart once it did. With her current level of skill her knots were tight enough to last for hours—which was both good and bad, since the jutsu allowed for moderating the temperature to greater or lesser degree but did not permit modifying the duration. You couldn't use an Elemental Mastery effect in an area where one was already running, so there was no way to cancel it out before it ended. Whatever happened as a result of her casting was going to keep happening for six or seven hours.

The jutsu took effect over the course of a few seconds, cooling the area around the fire more and more. A playful wind sprung up, tottering outwards and pressing the flames of the fire down and out. At first the flames danced higher, but as the temperature dropped below the kindling point of its fuel, the fire was extinguished. It didn't stop there; she had pushed the jutsu as hard as she could, and it continued to plummet into realms that even the worst winters of Snow Country had never seen.

The fat-flaked snow that they had seen before precipitated out of the air and rained down, turning to grey smoke upon touching the ground. The wind grew stronger, causing Dahlia's hair to stream out behind her except for a few strands that whipped across her face and into her mouth.

And then the snow changed to drops of liquid, the trees exploded, and her world ended.

o-o-o-o​

Miles away, Akane jerked as her other self was destroyed and the memories of her death reunited with those of their progenitor.

"What happened?" Hazō asked, concern ringing in his voice.

"It...it..." Akane trailed away, struggling to integrate what she had seen. "There was snow, and then there was rain, and wind, and then I think everything exploded."

"What do you—"

Hazō cut himself off mid-word as his eyes showed him the answer to his unformed question.

Miles away, the thunder clouds were dipping downwards, reaching out to the beckoning earth like a child reaching for its mother...except this child was made of cubic miles of angry grey clouds among which danced eye-searing lightning.

The clouds moved slowly at first, stretching themselves with lazy comfort. Then they reached a specific point and something greedy and huge and invisible inhaled, tearing the clouds from the sky and into its eldritch lungs. The invisible monster stamped its foot and the trees around where Dahlia had stood blasted outwards, a wave of destruction that spread like the splash of a rock thrown into still water. The monster breathed and the air turned to a river, sheets of water crashing to earth.

"RUN!" Hazō screamed, grabbing Akane's hand and sprinting away just as the wind reached them. He activated his skywalkers, dragging Akane up into the air until she gathered her wits and activated her own seals. The wind was at their backs and it blew so fast and so hard that Hazō's ankles shrieked in pain every time he flickered the seals on just long enough to give him a platform for one step.

They were barely in time. Seconds after they stepped free of Mother Earth's support, the land below them turned into a frothing, roaring flood of colorless liquid. Not water, some form of demonic hell-spit that froze trees so fast they cracked, then burst them apart under the impact of the flood. Pale smoke frothed from the flood as it moved.

Hazō's Preserver seal was still active, taking in air, cleaning it, and blasting the result into his face. What it didn't do was change the temperature of the air, and that temperature was plummeting. Hazō's lungs were pumping, sucking in great gulps of air to power the muscles through which his chakra surged, enhancing his speed to a full-on ninja sprint so fast that a civilian would have had trouble tracking him and throwing off concomitant amounts of heat. The pain in his lungs and sinuses was building as the cold air knifed him from within. Akane's hand was tight around his, so tight the bones of his hand ground together in yet more agony that he was too distracted to notice.

And then her hand was gone and she was batting at her mask, knocking it free of her face. Fear lanced through him and he lunged towards her even as they both continued running forward. He tried to catch her mask and force it back on her. She could not afford to breathe whatever was coming off of that hell spit!

She dodged and danced across the air away from him until she could fumble a seal out of one of the pockets of her CHAOS suit.

The cold was racking through him, digging into his lungs like knives. He spun chakra through himself, trying to rev his body even faster in order to gain a few extra dregs of heat, but it barely helped.

And then Akane was looping back to run beside him, the Tunneler's Friend still clutched to her face in one hand even as the other stretched out to him. "Use this!" she shouted, her words muffled by the paper pressed tight across her mouth and nose.

They were running full tilt, burning chakra like tinder in order to maintain a superhuman speed. They were moving in slightly different directions with mismatched cadence that made it hard to connect hands, and he still had a mask on his face that was giving him life-giving air, but he trusted her. He stopped breathing without drawing in any more cold air, clawed his mask off, and allowed it to fall forgotten into the flood that now raced a hundred yards below them and farther away with every step. He grabbed the seal from her hand, pressed it to his face, and switched it on.

Air fountained out, shoving its way down into his lungs with almost damaging force. It was warm, but in contrast to the air around him it felt like a furnace breath. He sucked deep from the life-giving warmth, feeling the pain vanish from his lungs, and focused on driving himself forward faster and faster, upwards and upwards, as they fled from the monster that breathed in thunderstorms and panted forth icy torrents.

o-o-o-o​

"How did you know?" he asked, much later.

They were on a skytower, miles above and far more miles away from the destruction. They could see it below, a place where the sky tore at the earth. A column of clouds were ripped from the heavens and smashed into the dirt below while rivers of that hellish liquid cascaded forth and were hurled away to flow miles across the earth. There was a sound to it, a continuous scream as though the Paint was tearing itself apart. The trees and ground were simply gone everywhere within a mile of the origin point and varying levels of destruction spread outwards from there. At a sustainable travel pace it would have taken Hazō more than an hour to run from one side of the destruction to the other.

"Know what?" she asked, looking over at him. They were lying in a Gōketsu porta-cabin, tied to the skytower with the purpose-built bollards, facing out with their heads hanging over the edge of the platform so they could see clearly. There was a hibachi at the far end of the cabin radiating life-giving warm and every blanket they possessed was piled atop them, warding off the chill that was the price of using every ounce of your strength to flee in terror from certain death.

"To use the Tunneler's Friend seals," Hazō said. "I'm pretty sure you saved us with that. I knew that our lungs were going to freeze if we kept breathing that air, but I had no clue what to do about it."

Her chuckle was weak and exhausted. "The Purifier seals clean the air around you, but that air was cold enough that it hurt. The Tunneler's Friend seals contain air that was stored there weeks ago, so I hoped it would still be warm. Luckily, it was."

Hazō leaned over and kissed her hard on the mouth, tangling his fingers in her hair so that he could pull her almost bruisingly close. When he leaned back she was flushed and her pupils had contracted in surprise and lust.

"You are so fucking smart," he said, fervorous sincerity riding the words. "It is one of the many, many reasons I love you."

o-o-o-o​

They came over the wall of the Gōketsu estate as the sun was nearing the horizon. Tension hung thick in the air; everything was too silent and there weren't enough people around.

"There," Akane said, nudging him and pointing up towards the roof of the nearest house.

Hazō looked where she pointed. The roof was packed, edge to edge, with people looking out over the trees in the direction Hazō and Akane had come from. A glance back left no doubt as to why; the sky was still being pulled down to earth and eaten. The effect was so large that it was clearly visible from thirty or forty miles away.

"Ah, crap," Hazō muttered.

Akane snorted. "Were you really expecting this to go unnoticed?"

He shot her a betrayed look but all he said was, "Let's go see what's happening on the ground."

It took less than ten minutes to locate Gaku, since the 'CURRENT LOCATION' entry on the chalkboard hung on the door of his apartment said "on top of Gōketsu manor". Akane and Hazō hurried there, only to find the roof packed with Gōketsu civilians and ninja. Fortunately, rank hath its privileges and everyone moved aside so that their Clan Lord could pass unobstructed.

"What's going on?" Hazō asked, tapping his seneschal/chancellor/secretary/friend on the shoulder.

The old man had clearly missed their arrival while staring slack-jawed at the catastrophe in the distance. He yelped and jumped in the air, spinning around in surprise and nearly stumbling backwards off the edge of the roof. Hazō caught him and pulled him back.

"Ah, thank you, My Lord," Gaku said, brushing himself off and taking a moment to still his breathing.

"Welcome. What's going on?"

"Oh, yes, of course." Gaku blinked, ordering his thoughts, and then nodded as they coalesced. "The phenomenon appeared three to four hours ago. Everyone stopped what they were doing and came up on the roofs to get a better view. A messenger from the Hokage arrived, perhaps twenty minutes after the first sighting. We were told to ready ourselves for a potential attack by Rock, Akatsuki, or some other unknown force. Lord Naruto, Lady Mari, and a group of other jōnin were dispatched to investigate the event. I would assume that they will report to the Hokage immediately upon their return and a Clan Council will be called moments thereafter."

Hazō groaned. This day just kept getting worse.





Author's Note:

The "The concerns of the KEI" scene from the plan did not get done. Hazō was busy with Earthshaping practice and destroying the landscape. Also, I couldn't tell what the action item was—was it supposed to be a meeting with the KEI coordinators?

The following has been added to the Earthshaping entry in the list of player-known jutsu:

At level 40 you gain the ability to compact or spread the material in order to increase/decrease its density by +/- (Effect x 10)% to a maximum of 50%. Density-enhanced materials are stronger, density-reduced materials are weaker. Material may only have its density altered one time; further castings of this jutsu will not allow density modification regardless of who casts the jutsu. Using this ability causes the jutsu to strain and leap in excitement, urging you to go further with your training in order to do more.

Using the above ability will increase the TN for your targeted shape.

When Hazō says 'we got that snow appearing in mid-air', what he means without realizing it is 'you pushed the temperature below -78C and the carbon dioxide in the air started condensing out and turning into dry ice.'

The effects of the Elemental Mastery nuke are extremely hard to predict. We-the-MfD-community have spent literally half a decade trying to figure this out, talking to different experts in various flavors of physics, and our best models are still very uncertain guesses. Based on all that, here's what the QMs have decided to go with:

Elemental Mastery changes the temperature of the air in a given zone by up to 5C per level, meaning that Akane's level 40 allows her to change things by +/- 200C. This change comes on slowly, the air cooling/heating over the course of a few seconds. Air that leaves the zone initially retains its magically-assigned energy but thereafter answers to normal thermodynamics and will shift to match the ambient temperature.

The jutsu lasts for as long as the caster concentrates and then another 10 minutes per level thereafter, meaning 400 minutes (6.66 hours) in Akane's case. The duration cannot be altered. What happens when Akane cools an area as much as she can, especially when she does so on a cold day and there happens to be a thunderstorm rolling in from not far away?

Carbon dioxide (CO2) condenses at a measly -78C. Oxygen is a bit more resolute, sustaining its gaseous nature down to -186C. Nitrogen is the most obdurate of the group, making it all the way to a beefy -196C.

The exact size of a zone is flexible, but in open terrain we're calling it a circle 50m in diameter. When the temperature in this area drops to about -80C you're going to see dry ice precipitating out as snow. Once it drops to -200C you're going to see the air itself converting into a liquid and raining down. It will hit the ground, instantly boil back into gas, and spread out to the sides. The air liquifying will reduce the pressure in the zone, thereby pulling air down from above and around the zone. The result will be a sphere of inward-drawn air blasting a torrent of icy hell at the earth.

Should there happen to be any interesting weather formations in the area that aren't too high up, they will be sucked down into the effect and lend their own sparkle to the destruction.

The aforementioned destruction will come in a variety of forms. In the immediate area of the zone you get Mach 1 winds, meaning around 400 mph given the cold air. (For reference, the strongest hurricane ever recorded had winds of 185 mph and the strongest category-5 tornados are up to 318 mph.) Then you've got the cryogenic liquids freezing everything. If the 'anything' has water inside it (or sap, or blood, or...) then it will freeze and expand, destroying whatever it was inside. The liquid nitrogen (LN2) and liquid oxygen flow outward as a flood being driven by those hyperhurricane winds. They freeze everything they run into and also batter it with tons of kinetic energy.

Everything within a 0.75 mile radius is completely obliterated and a crater is dug into the ground, ranging from 'massive' in sand or loam to 'modest' on stone.

Everything within a 1.5 mile radius is destroyed. Concrete buildings are leveled, trees are demolished, etc.

Every living thing within a 12 mile radius is killed through a combination of wind, cryogenic flood, breathing cold air causing the water in your lungs to freeze into lots of tiny sharp ice crystals that will shred your alveoli like grapes on a grater, etc.

If the caster starts inside the inner or middle regions then they're dead, period. (Well, unless they manage to escape during the ~1 minute that it takes for the effect to go from 0 to hellstorm, perhaps by reverse summoning or tunneling really fast and deep, then sealing the tunnel behind them. And conceivably there's some bullshit S-ranker out there with sufficient bullshit to survive being in the heart of the storm because S-rankers are made of bullshit. Hazō has never heard of anyone with such an ability and can't imagine what it would be, but he can't completely rule it out because S-rankers are bullshit.)

If the caster starts in the outer zone then they have a chance of escaping if they run immediately and very quickly, and they have skywalkers or some other way to get off the ground so as to escape the LN2 flood, and they have a way to breathe air that's killing them via grapes-on-a-grater cold.

Given the above, a brief summary of the EM nuke scene looks like this: over the course of ~7 hours Akane turned ~17 cubic miles (yes, miles) of air into cryogenic liquid and threw it into the middle of a katabatic Mach-1 hyperhurricane that blasted it outwards across a circle with area of ~500 square miles, demolishing the landscape and killing every living thing in that area except herself and Hazō. Despite Hazō's best efforts to be far from habitation, the affected area was vastly larger than he could have anticipated and Akane almost certainly killed a bunch of Fire's civilian population. Best guess, somewhere in the 200-600 range, although the Gōketsu likely will never know exactly.

For the record, the players did very well in selecting security precautions. If you were less cautious and had done this anywhere near Leaf then Akane and Hazō would have died, Leaf's civilians would almost certainly have all died, and a good share of Leaf's ninja would have died.

This update covered 2 days.

FP Award: +1 because you are below 4

XP AWARD: 9

Brevity XP: 2

"GM had fun" XP: 30
I have been waiting literally half a decade to write the EM-nuke scene.

It is now about 6pm. After you escaped from the EM nuke you spent half an hour or so on a skytower watching it before deciding to head home. Mari and the others left roughly an hour after everything started, so they're likely to be back very soon.

Hazō's best guess is that the sequence will go: Mari et al return sometime in the next 30 minutes to 2 hours => they report to the Hokage => Mari is sent to summon Hazō to a Clan Council => Hazō and Mari have about 5 minutes to talk before he needs to run to the meeting, and even then he's going to be one of the last arrivals.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 562: ōketsu Hazō versus the Arma eddon Initiative
Hazō and Akane stood on the roof of the compound's main structure and watched as a tiny patch of the Fire Country—perhaps a hundredth, no more—came to an end. There was no life left in that place. Not the animals. Not the trees. Not the people. The destruction was never meant to be so vast, and Hazō had taken precautions Sensei would be proud of if he could ever, ever be allowed to know—but was that just Hazō's hubris, when he'd only had a dim intuition that devastation would follow at all, and no way to know exactly how or why? Even now, he had no comprehension of where the tide of impossibly cold liquid had come from, or how reduced temperature at human level had caused a storm that reached so far above. It was probably the ninjutsu. He couldn't escape responsibility with futile hope to the contrary, not when hundreds of square miles were frozen around an effect intended to freeze. Still, a tiny corner of his mind wished he could find succour in a much more plausible explanation like the delayed wrath of the ancestors, or the Will of Fire's total withdrawal in affront at a Mist-nin's treatment of Leaf territory as his toy, or even Ui's attempted punishment for an outsider who violated the purpose of his people's technique. (He wondered what Mum would say if she knew his head was so full of heretical notions.)

He couldn't escape a certain touch of fear either. Leaf was cold, conspicuously colder than when he'd set out at the start of the day, as a powerful wind blew east from the direction of the test site. It probably wouldn't reach this far—he'd chosen a distant location for a reason, and the area of effect seemed stable even now—but he didn't really know, and the tiniest chance that he was mistaken would spell extinction for Hidden Leaf.

"Come on," he beckoned Akane. "We should talk."

But once in the most secure subterranean environment he could prepare on minimum notice, neither of them was able to find words.

"What have we done, Hazō?" Akane finally asked in a voice that vibrated with emotions Hazō couldn't identify. "What have I done?"

Hazō was still in shock himself. He'd dreamed of extraordinary weapons. He'd come up with idea after idea for how to destroy Hidden Rock and any other enemy that needed to be faced with the full power of his intellect. He'd even conceived of the end of entire countries if that was what Uplift demanded—but only as ideas to toy with, not as concrete plans. But to see it happen with his own eyes, to see Destruction simply swallow part of the world at his command… how could anybody be ready for an experience like that?

Still, Akane was his, and she needed reassurance. That took priority. Akane in need always took priority.

"It looks worse than it is," he told her with whatever crumbs of confidence he could find. "I know it reached so much further than we expected, but we chose an unpopulated area for a reason. There can't have been many settlements so far outside Leaf's protective circle, especially the way it is now, and they'd probably have been tiny ones anyway. It's a disaster, but it's… it's not the kind of disaster you probably think it is."

Akane shook her head. "I wasn't talking about the people. That's par for the course now. I get orders to kill, so I kill. I could have stopped you. I could have said… I don't know, let's do it over the ocean, or in the mountains, or in Bear. It's not like anyone goes to Bear. I could have said the power you were looking for was too much. Something that huge isn't for use against ninja. It's for use against hidden villages, and nothing can be worth killing that many civilians. I could have said all sorts of things.

"But I didn't. I didn't even try to think it. I'm just a weapon. No, I let myself be a weapon. You know best, just like Lord Hokage knows best."

Hazō stared at her in horror. His atrocious headache, with him ever since that last failed infusion, only intensified as she spoke. It messed with his ability to think and blurred her words before they reached him. He forced himself to think anyway. He couldn't let her believe this was her fault.

"No, Akane. None of this is on you. It was my idea, and my invention, from start to finish. All you did was do what I asked for."

There was an unfamiliar flicker of hostility in Akane's eyes.

"Yes," she said. "All I did was do what you asked for. Like I'd learned nothing. Like I had no agency. But I'm the one who made the hand seals, Hazō. You may have made it possible, but the responsibility for that monstrosity out there, and for everything that comes of it, is on me. Your own sins don't make mine any lighter.

"I'll cry for the people later, for what little that's worth. I don't think I can cry right now. Everything's sort of muted, just like last time. But this isn't about the latest massacre, is it, Hazō? I've made proof of concept, and now we have to tell Lord Hokage, and sooner or later he'll order me to use it and end AMITY because he thinks Leaf's enemies being gone is safer than Leaf's enemies slowly turning friends, and I'll do it because that's what I do. I've made that possible."

It was the lifeless surrender in Akane's eyes that made Hazō's mind up for him.

"I won't let that happen, Akane," he said. "I will never order you to use it if your conscience is at all unclear about it. You're exactly the correct person to have it, because I will trust you above anyone else to know when to use it and when not to."

His words didn't make any impact whatsoever on her expression.

"This is too big for us, Hazō. Lord Hokage won't look at that and say, 'I'll let Gōketsu Akane decide how Leaf uses that power.' He won't say, 'I'll let Lord Gōketsu decide.' He'll find the right time to use it, or maybe the next Hokage will if I'm still alive by then, and he'll give me a simple order, and then…"

Hazō's head throbbed. There were no acceptable options. Hazō couldn't watch Akane blow up one of Leaf's enemies, with its thousands or tens of thousands or however many people it-would-probably-be-Rock had beneath its stone roof. He couldn't watch her be executed when she refused and proved herself too disloyal to trust with the power. He couldn't watch her run and be hunted down as the most desperately-hunted escapee in history.

Maybe he should learn the Fire Element himself.

No, that was a child's solution. Asuma wouldn't send his precious superweapon inventor into peril when Akane could do it just as easily.

"Not if he doesn't know," Hazō said, and it was almost as if the air around him vibrated a little with potential treason. "This secret is too deadly to share. I think that would be obvious to anyone. It's safe in your hands because you'll never abuse it—"

"Unless I'm ordered to," Akane interrupted bitterly.

"Because you'll never abuse it," Hazō repeated firmly, "but if it ends up in incorrect hands, which are any other hands, if it proliferates beyond the circle of people who know better than to ever use it, which I sincerely hope includes Asuma, then it could be the end of the world."

Akane was silent for a while as she absorbed all of that, apparently for the first time. It almost reassured him a little that he was still more of a pessimist than she was.

"You're right," Akane said in a hollow voice. "Here I was making it all about me, but anybody could do that, couldn't they? The ninjutsu isn't a secret; literally every Fire user in Isan knows it, and the elders have already shown that they're fine selling it to outsiders. Anybody could destroy anything for less than half a day's worth of chakra. Anybody could destroy everything."

"They won't," Hazō said. "And the reason for that is that I'm about to head to the Nara compound and see Shikamaru, who is probably the sanest man in Leaf and will understand. I will ask him to use the experience and credibility that he has and I don't to cover all of this up—even from Asuma. Without treason if at all possible, but the stakes really are that extreme."

"You think he can help?" Akane asked with what was too feeble to be hope, but was conceivably a spark that could be fanned.

"I think he's our best shot," Hazō said. "What do you think of this approach…"

-o-​

Hazō Apocalypse-Preventer (hereafter Hazō, because he was definitely the real one and Shikamaru would definitely use any hostile moves he had on him instead of the flesh-and-blood version) was not thrilled about his role in the current plan. There were multiple ways in which Shikamaru could prevent the cataclysmic scenario of the EM weapon's proliferation, and the simplest would be to make sure that the two people who knew how it worked ceased to exist. No Hazō and Akane, no threat. Asuma wouldn't bat an eye if Shikamaru told him that Hazō had come to him with some plan so treasonous that Shikamaru was forced to eliminate him on the spot. Or if he did, Shikamaru would still consider the price worth it to prevent a realistic end-of-the-world scenario.

The trouble was that Hazō's shadow clones were especially unfit for the purpose. Just as Snowflake would sound alarm bells for any pureblood Mori who spent sufficient time in conversation with her, those who knew Hazō well would surely notice the difference between the smooth, precise Iron Nerve motions he'd refined over the course of his entire lifetime and the inferior, merely human ones his clones had been forced to relearn. If not, what was the point of Iron Nerve optimisation at all? (Idly, Hazō wondered what colour the eyes of Hinata's shadow clones would be. Mind you, they could be a clan like the Yamanaka, whose weird eyes were unrelated to any bloodline powers he knew of.)

Luckily for Hazō, Shikamaru was at home. Rather than his office, he was in the command room they'd once used to ponder Orochimaru countermeasures, with Kei by his side and a dozen older Nara in half a dozen conversations over a vast spread of maps and documents. Several cups of that abysmal special Nara tea stood mostly untouched.

Kei was the first to notice his presence, and after a second, her eyes dimmed with an unspoken "oh" of disappointment. She wordlessly passed Shikamaru a brown folder from the pile.

"Shikamaru, Kei, members of the Nara," Hazō said. "I'm sorry to disturb you. Shikamaru, may I have a word in private?"

"Hazō." Shikamaru nodded to him. "Do we retire to my office or to a more secure space?"

"More secure space, please."

Shikamaru beckoned Hazō onwards, to what ultimately became a stairway that led deep beneath the surface. Hazō was ever more relieved that he'd chosen to come as a shadow clone.

After more stairs than even a fit, well-conditioned chūnin should be forced to descend, they finally found themselves in a well-appointed room with walls of stone. Numerous braziers kept the worst of the unseasonable chill away (and raised all kinds of questions about ventilation) while bookshelves set well away from them were replete with tomes whose spines had numbers instead of titles. As they entered, Shikamaru pulled a seal from a drawer in the desk on the far side and placed it on the wall.

Seated behind the desk, Shikamaru opened the folder and browsed it for a few seconds. The cover read " ōketsu Hazō Invents a Superweapon that Threatens Leaf".

"How can I help you, Hazō?" Shikamaru asked.

"So you know how there is an enormous destructive anomaly off to the west?" Hazō asked.

"It had not escaped my attention," Shikamaru said wryly. "To save you some time, one of the Hokage's first acts was to summon Leaf's sealmasters, including Kagome, who was preparing to mount an immediate rescue mission. That objective, together with your estimated location, was instead passed on to the investigation squad.

"The current working theory is that you were testing a seal and triggered an exceptional sealing failure. Kei and I, of course, have better insight into your relationship with Kagome, and find it implausible that you would leave your sealing master completely in the dark with regard to important research. That you are here rather than at the Tower is just one more indicative irregularity."

"Fine," Hazō said. His head was already about to split apart after seconds with Shikamaru. How would he stand an entire conversation of this? "I don't intend to deny it. That anomaly is my handiwork. It's not a failed seal infusion or an enemy invasion or some kind of extradimensional incursion like a Souldrinker attack.

"The exact details, by which I mean the disaster out there now, are an accident, however. I never expected an event of this scale to happen. I had no idea it would reach so far or be so destructive."

Shikamaru nodded. He looked briefly down at the folder.

"What were the actual effects of the anomaly?"

Should Hazō tell him?

Yes. The jōnin squad was out there anyway, and besides, Shikamaru needed a proper appreciation of the threat.

"It's an enormous storm two to four miles wide," Hazō said. "You can see it for yourself—it's deadlier than any hurricane I've ever heard of. Closer up, it looked like it could snap the Tower like a straw. But the more critical problem, which you can't see from here, is the cold. There was a liquid that came out from the storm and froze all it touched, even the air, which became unbreathable. And when I say all it touched, I mean in a ten-to-twelve-mile radius. Maybe thirteen."

Shikamaru searched through the folder briskly. Hazō noticed a brief tremble in his hands, quickly quashed.

"Do you know how long it will last?"

"Several hours more," Hazō said. "But Shikamaru, there's a much more important issue you need to understand. It's replicable."

"How replicable?"

"I can't tell you any details," Hazō said. "I can replicate it, but I don't have any desire to exploit it. None at all. Except maybe on the Seventh Path, to combat the Souldrinkers, because they are so powerful that we need every weapon we can lay hands on. But that's not what this is about.

"What this is about is the need to keep the information safe. The world can't know about it under any circumstances whatsoever."

Hazō took a deep breath.

"Shikamaru, I need your help. This needs to be kept absolutely secret, as much any secret that has ever been kept. Maybe more secret than that. I humbly ask you to do whatever you can to help me accomplish that."

Shikamaru looked down at the folder and then up again.

"Hazō, you understand that possessing a weapon of this magnitude and keeping it secret from the Hokage would be treason."

"Not if it's consensual," Hazō said. "That's why you're the only one who can do this. If you tell Asuma that it would be better for him not to know about this, in your capacity as the head of the Nara Clan, will he listen?"

Shikamaru put the folder down, considering.

"No," he said eventually. "I suspect my father could have. However, I doubt the Hokage will consent to be rendered powerless on my word while a storm capable of erasing Leaf from the map many times over rages outside his window."

"I see," Hazō said, as heavy disappointment settled on his shoulders. "What about other options? We can't let this spread, Shikamaru. No matter the cost."

"How replicable?" Shikamaru repeated. "Could someone outside the Gōketsu use or recreate this weapon?"

"I can't offer any details of its function," Hazō said. "You must understand why."

"Hazō," Shikamaru said, and there was steel in his voice that Hazō had only ever heard directed at Lord Ritsuo. "This is non-negotiable. I am not asking you to give me the weapon or teach me how to use it, but I need to know the answer to this question before we can proceed. If you refuse, you will be forced to face the Hokage on your own, and I promise you that he will ask you the same question, and he will be no more amenable to refusal."

Hazō stared at Shikamaru. Shikamaru stared back. His expression was implacable, all traces of laziness absent.

How much did he trust Shikamaru? How much did he need Shikamaru? Would the refusal of any potential hint make it easier or harder to protect the secret overall?

"Yes," Hazō said heavily. "Someone outside the clan could theoretically do the same if they knew how. That's why I'm here, Shikamaru. I need your help. It can't be allowed to happen."

"Could someone outside the Gōketsu use or recreate this weapon independently, without stealing or otherwise obtaining the prerequisites from you?"

Yes. Akane had pointed it out. Every Fire user in Isan knew Elemental Mastery. As soon as Isan started to trade ninjutsu with outsiders, it would be everywhere, because it was an incredibly convenient utility ninjutsu that was easy to learn and worked with minimal investment. Hazō, who had two utility ninjutsu he wished to push to their limits in order to see what happened, couldn't rule out that somebody out there (perhaps even an Isan ninja influenced by new ideas from the outside world) would attempt the same process. Admittedly, they'd probably die, but all it would take was "Hey, didn't Tarō say he was headed out to experiment with Elemental Mastery?" and word would spread like wildfire.

No. Madara's pulchritudinous orbs, it was worse. On the reasonable assumption that the next experimenter hadn't been trained by Sensei and wasn't insanely safety-conscious, it was possible that they'd catch their own home in the area of effect. And then people would look at the hellstorm over what used to be, say, Mist, and remember that the first one had been seen in the empty wilderness of Fire.

"Yes," Hazō said.

"Then the Hokage needs to know," Shikamaru said simply.

"No! Shikamaru, listen to me!"

"I am," Shikamaru said. "Are you listening to yourself? You are telling me that you are incapable of preventing proliferation. If I have misunderstood, if you believe that the Gōketsu and the Nara can ensure that no one else uses or recreates this weapon, in perpetuity, without the resources and reach of the Hokage, then this is your chance to correct me."

Hazō did not correct him.

"Hazō, if there were sides to this, which is a very dangerous statement I am choosing to avoid making, please understand that I would be on your side," Shikamaru said. "It is unacceptable for human beings to have access to the kind of power you have displayed today, no matter how wise or trustworthy they may be. Unfortunately, one of the grim truths of safeguarding civilisation is that compromises must be made. The risk that the Hokage destroys Leaf and AMITY with an ill-judged pre-emptive strike, or that his job-mandated mastery of OPSEC is still insufficient to prevent leakage, is yet preferable to the risk of some unknown party reinventing the weapon and spreading it where we cannot see until it is too late to save humanity from itself.

"At the very least, you must tell the Hokage the preconditions for the weapon's use. Whether it be a seal, a ninjutsu, a piece of forbidden lore, or a summoner ability or anything else, he needs to be able to monitor those in possession of it and implement countermeasures to prevent its spread. I imagine that I will be involved in this endeavour somehow, but until the Hokage so commands, I would prefer not to be a potential vector, so I must ask you to tell me nothing further. For the same reason, I cannot accompany you to the meeting at which you will reveal the truth."

Shikamaru rose from his seat. "I suggest you head to the Tower without delay. That you chose to consult with me first, which I assume you did, was sensible but will not earn you any trust. The Hokage always preferred Chōji's frank admission of his mistakes to Ino's careful crafting of justifications."

-o-​

When Hazō (the real one) reached Asuma's office, he found the man in front of the western window as the hellstorm in the distance devoured cloud after cloud in an endless dark stream. Hazō couldn't make out the expression on his face, but by the time Asuma turned around, there was only the familiar weary frown.

"Hazō. I'm glad you're safe. Take a seat."

"Thank you, sir."

Asuma took his place behind his desk.

"Are you here because you're belatedly reporting to my summons as a sealmaster, or is there something else you'd like to tell me?"

If Shikamaru was to be believed, Asuma already knew where Hazō had been earlier (that said, Shikamaru hadn't mentioned either way about Akane, and Hazō certainly wouldn't offer her name himself). In theory, there was still room to claim that he'd been in the area by coincidence (since Sensei couldn't have told him why Hazō was there), but it was a terrible theory that wouldn't hold up for five seconds before Asuma snapped and peaceful cooperation became that much harder.

"Sir…" Hazō said, "I'm sure you've already inferred, but I was the one who caused that phenomenon."

Asuma nodded. "Does that mean it's a sealing failure?"

For a moment, Hazō was torn. This was it. All he had to do was say yes, and Asuma wouldn't know any better. The clan would be safe. Akane would be safe. The secret would be safe.

Or Asuma could pick up on the lie, because he'd spent his life in preparation to become a clan head, and then Hazō would be arrested for treason.

Besides, Hazō really didn't have an answer to Shikamaru's demands. Somebody needed to deal with Isan before it was too late, and Hazō was not that someone. He was sufficiently brilliant to come up with a solution to the problem—that wasn't in question—but there was no way he could head to a settlement multiple countries away and persuade/manipulate/blow it up in total secrecy from Asuma.

Not unless…

Could he do it? Could he find an excuse for Akane, at least, to be close to Isan? Could he ask her to murder five hundred people for the sake of the world? She would if he asked. The need was there, and she trusted him.

It would kill her soul. She couldn't be made to obey another order that caused a massacre, not if he wanted her to ever find her way back to who she'd been.

It would also save the world.

But no, that still didn't work, not now he'd conducted his first weapons test where everyone could see. Leaf would be blamed for the destruction of a fellow AMITY member. Akatsuki and the allied forces of the other members would descend on them as AMITY's proof of concept, and the new Elemental Mastery was not a defensive weapon. And then, the only way to make sure no Leaf ninja could use this unknown ability would be to make sure there were no Leaf ninja. Was Hazō prepared to sacrifice Leaf to prevent proliferation?

Oh, but it was even worse, a voice of utter pessimism that sounded a lot like Kei reminded him. If anybody, anywhere, experimented with Elemental Mastery and caused a hellstorm, then Leaf would still be blamed. The only people who could exonerate it would be survivors who now knew how to replicate the effect, and so the only way Leaf survived would be in the worst-case scenario.

Shikamaru was correct. This was beyond Hazō, and beyond Hazō and the Nara.

"No, sir," Hazō said. It took effort not to clench his teeth. "It wasn't a failed seal infusion."

Asuma's frown deepened. "Then what was it?"

"It was a weapons test," Hazō said. "We deployed a new weapon for the first time, and its effects turned out to be far beyond what we expected."

"You did that deliberately?" Asuma stared at the window.

"Yes, sir."

"This is pure Hazō," Asuma said after a second. His voice was heavy and cold. "Do you realise that my subordinates and I have been searching through the records to establish whether there were any teams on missions in that area when the phenomenon started? Scheduled patrols? Genin out training with their leaders? Leaf supply caches, secret facilities, other entities you might never be cleared to know about?"

Hazō had… not considered that possibility at all.

"Were there?" he asked with trepidation.

"No," Asuma said. "At least, nothing registered with the Tower. If, by ill chance, there were Leaf ninja travelling through the area for some arbitrary reason, such as heading to or from missions in the west, we will not find out until they fail to report back.

"I pray that there weren't. But if there were, their deaths are squarely on your head. So are the deaths of any civilians in that area. I know Leaf does not always do well by the civilians in its care, but if there is one absolute rule that gets enforced, it is that Leaf's ninja do not kill its civilians."

"Sir," Hazō said, past a headache that seemed to worsen every time somebody spoke around him, "I accept culpability. Whoever is dead as a result of this, it is my fault. But I must emphasise that this was an accident. If the area of effect had been anywhere near my best safety margins, it would have been well away from any settlement."

Asuma didn't look remotely swayed.

"And if, for once, you'd acted like the Hokage and the Tower existed, I could have directed you to our censuses and our maps, and you would have been able to actually minimise the damage, instead of taking your best guess.

"Hazō, if you had come to me and sought permission before experimenting with blowing up chunks of my territory, I could have helped you choose a location that was both safe for our village's people and assets and reasonably hidden from prying eyes in a way that 'random spot in the wilderness' just isn't in an age when inter-clan and inter-village espionage is on the rise. I could have given you permission to proceed, in full knowledge of the risks, and then you and I would share culpability for whatever happened. Or I could have not. That is a Hokage's prerogative, as you apparently still haven't learned.

"Instead, you bear sole responsibility for everything that comes of this. The deaths of the civilians. The loss of associated income. Any secondary damage that thing out there causes. It's eating a thunderstorm, and drastic changes to the weather could impact harvests across the entire country, though Sage knows this cold snap is sending shivers down my spine even without you.

"Are there going to be drastic changes to the weather?"

"I… I don't know," Hazō confessed.

"Of course you don't." Asuma's shoulders slumped. "Is there anything useful you can tell me?"

"It'll abate in a few hours, sir," Hazō said. Probably. If it ended when the technique ended. "I don't think the impact will spread beyond the initial radius, which is ten to twelve miles."

Asuma looked out the window. "That storm is twenty miles wide?"

Ah.

"No, sir. The storm is just at the centre. The whole area outside the storm is frozen within that radius. Completely, I mean. You can't even breathe the air."

Asuma sat there for a while as he took this in.

This was it. There was no way around it. Hazō would do all in his power to try to limit the impact of the revelation—if he could at least keep the mechanics from Asuma, it would be a critical victory for non-proliferation—but his head was still a mess, and victory in a battle of wits with his supreme commander was likely not on the cards.

"Sir, there's more. I believe I can replicate it."

This instantly captured Asuma's attention. His eyes locked onto Hazō in a way that seemed almost predatory.

"You can create more storms like that? How reliably? How often?"

"I've only conducted one actual test," Hazō said, "but I think future ones will probably come out the same."

It was time. Hazō prayed to whoever could hear him. The Will of Fire, which would surely choose peace over power. The ancestors, who'd be appalled at the idea of a new weapon in Leaf's hands. Yes, Ui Isas too. Even Jashin's aid would be welcome—Jashin in his O'Uzu capacity as a fertility deity, that is, not the other one.

"Sir, I know you won't want to hear this, but I think information about this weapon should be as restricted as possible in order to prevent proliferation. I'm happy to provide you with all the details you need in order to ensure that no force outside Leaf—or, for that matter, in Leaf—can obtain it, but I emphatically advise that you don't ask for more than that. The risks, both to Leaf and to the world, are too vast."

It had to be said, to Asuma's credit, that he actually took a little time to think about it.

"I'm afraid that's not possible, Hazō," Asuma said. "If it's possible for other people to do what you've done, I need every last scrap of information that could conceivably help me to protect Leaf against it. Likewise, if using this weapon can help protect Leaf in the future, then as the Hokage it's my duty to have it ready at hand."

"Sir," Hazō said, "I can't overemphasise how bad it would be for this information to leak. As soon as a hostile ninja, or even just a stupid one, has the necessary facts and resources in hand, it could spell the end of civilisation."

"I can see that," Asuma said. "It doesn't change my decision. Hazō, please tell me how this weapon works."

That was that. There was now no way out of this situation, no way out of this room, but to give his leader all that he wanted. Even a claim of clan secrets would probably be overridden, because yes, Asuma understood the stakes, or believed he did, and they really were that terrible.

They were also sufficiently terrible for T&I, if that was what it took. Hazō thought he had the mental resilience to withstand a Yamanaka mind probe, but it wasn't like he'd ever tried, and it also wasn't like Asuma would stop until he had the information he believed was necessary to protect Leaf from total destruction.

"There is a technique called Elemental Mastery," Hazō said, and a new pain blossomed in his heart as he readied himself to betray Akane. "Every Fire Element user in Isan knows it, and Akane learned it on our first visit there. It's a mild temperature control ninjutsu that cools their homes in summer and warms them in winter."

Asuma nodded as if he could see the connection to the storm outside. It was more than Hazō had done.

"In the experiment earlier today," Hazō went on, "Akane, on my orders, cooled a relatively small area below a certain very low temperature. The next minute, that area was the heart of the storm you can see, which is much more powerful than it looks from here, and there was also a flood of unidentified liquid which froze all it touched. I don't know the mechanics of what happened. I don't even know for a fact that it was us. I mean, obviously it was, but the idea of that as the effect of one low-rank ninjutsu is still difficult for me to process."

"Who else knows this Elemental Mastery?" Asuma asked in rapid-fire. "Who else knows that it can be used this way? What are the conditions for its use? Were there any witnesses to your test other than you and Akane? Have you told anyone about it?"

Hazō swallowed. "Akane is the only one in Leaf who knows the technique as far as I know. I mean, there were Isan ninja in Leaf, briefly, so I can't rule out others, but it seems improbable. In Isan, it's ubiquitous, but no one knows it can be used this way—or if they do, no one's told me. In Leaf, only Akane and I know.

"There shouldn't have been any witnesses. There was no reason for anyone to follow us to the test site, and it's very unlikely that anyone could tell what we did and how just from observation. Nobody else knows.

"As for the conditions, there aren't any in particular. It's an ordinary ninjutsu. The chakra cost is non-trivial if you use it at the level of power necessary, but it shouldn't be too much for a chūnin, or anyone who has made an effort to build their chakra reserves."

"I see," Asuma said. "Elemental Mastery and everything related to Elemental Mastery is now classified. Nobody is to use the technique, teach it, or share any information about it without my express permission given in person. Is that understood?"

"Yes, sir."

"Well," Asuma said after a few seconds, "this is a fine mess that could have been hugely mitigated if you'd thought to come talk to your Hokage before experimenting with world-ending weaponry. Hazō, you are beyond the point where you can afford to screw up, in many different ways. Can I trust you to finally learn your lesson?"

"Yes, sir," Hazō said. Maybe he should've come as a shadow clone this time too.

"Good."

Unexpectedly, Asuma seemed to relax.

"You've made mistakes, Hazō. Big ones. I don't think I need to belabour that point. But I am choosing to have faith in you. And on the positive side, what you've accomplished is extraordinary. The odds of Leaf's survival in these tumultuous times go up considerably with this trump card up its sleeve. I also can't overstate the magnitude of your achievement in finding such power within a seemingly trivial technique. I have great hopes for what you will accomplish in the future."

"Thank you, sir," Hazō said warily.

"In fact," Asuma went on, "I think I can see the logical next step. Tell me, Hazō, has Shimura contacted you yet?"

"No, sir." Hazō shook his head. "Which Shimura is supposed to contact me, and why?"

"I see," Asuma said. "Well, you may or may not be aware that when Shimura Danzō's tragic death was discovered, my father's people were unable to find a will or any other such document. Shimura had a reputation, in his latter years, as a paranoid old coot, so eventually they were forced to assume that, even if he'd made one, he'd hidden it so well it might as well not exist.

"As it happens, they were right. We only recently discovered Shimura's document cache, buried in storage among other unrelated documents. I'm sorry to be the one to tell you, Hazō, but Shimura left his compound to one of his unadopted clanless ninja. That ninja is now dead, but their descendant has a lawful claim, and since it seems you do not in fact legally own the Shimura compound in which you've been living, you have none. You and the rest of the Gōketsu are going to have to move out in short order."

What.

This was impossible. The clan was somehow over a dozen ninja now, not a group that could casually operate out of a town house. More importantly, where, exactly, was Hazō supposed to find homes for hundreds of civilians on zero notice?

"However," Asuma said, "in the midst of disaster is where we find opportunity, and Sage knows there has been plenty of disaster to go round of late. Hazō, things being as they are, it would in any case be too dangerous for you and Akane to keep living outside the walls, where there is a constant risk of you being assassinated or even kidnapped. And by moving back into Leaf proper, you will be able to coordinate much more easily with the Tower and with Leaf's other experts, which will be indispensable for helping us to leverage your creative talent."

"But sir," Hazō protested, "there are no free compounds available in Leaf. It's not as if we didn't look."

"There will be," Asuma said. "Consider that my gift to you, and the foundation for a closer, more fruitful relationship."

"Wait," Hazō said. "Do you intend to just offer my clan a new compound?"

"Informally," Asuma said. "Formally, it will be a sale for some eye-watering amount of money, which, oddly, no one will be able to pin down. It wouldn't do to show favouritism in front of the other clans."

Hazō felt dizzy, and not just from the headache.

"In fact, this would be a good time to secure our other assets among the Gōketsu. Losing either Akane or Noburi would be a significant blow to Leaf's military capability. We need to make sure they're strong enough for whatever trials lie ahead. Do you think it would be worth me speaking to Tsunade to arrange some apprenticeships?"

"B-But doesn't she have plans to leave Leaf soon?"

"I'm sure she can be persuaded to reconsider when the village's security is at stake," Asuma said. "We all have to adapt to changing circumstances. On the same reasoning, I intend to have someone go through the Tower's restricted archives. There may be some superior seals or ninjutsu we can offer you to help ensure your safety in the future."

"S-Sir, I don't know what to say," Hazō said, the part of his brain that wasn't filled with pain instead filled with confusion, but not a bad kind of confusion.

"This isn't a bribe, Hazō," Asuma said. "This is an investment in your creative ability, and I will be expecting you to use that investment to the fullest for Leaf's benefit.

"Now, the investigation team should be back soon, and I will need to start dealing with the aftermath of that"—Asuma waved towards the window—"to say nothing of all the other implications of your discovery. Send Akane to see me as soon as you get back to the Shimura compound."

"Sir?"

"She will need to be mind-scanned to confirm that she hasn't taught anyone Elemental Mastery," Asuma said as if it was obvious. "As you yourself said, the stakes are too high to take half-measures."

"Sir, I must protest. It would threaten clan secrets."

"My Yamanaka expert will be as discreet as physically possible," Asuma said. "But this isn't optional. You may have absolute faith in your girlfriend's word and memory, but I need to know that Leaf won't be wiped from the face of the earth because I trusted when I could have verified. I will also need Akane to teach me the technique."

"I…" There was no room for debate, not really. The minute Hazō had mentioned Isan, there was no chance he could claim Elemental Mastery as a clan secret, and for an ordinary secret, it was most certainly one of those extreme circumstances in which Asuma could demand them.

"Thank you for your contribution to Leaf, Hazō, and your understanding. I will send word when the new compound is ready, and I will make arrangements with Shimura to allow you to keep your home until then."

With that, Hazō was dismissed.

Had he won or lost in his face-off with Asuma? Had his actions prevented the apocalypse or hastened it? Was there any way left to protect Akane, or had she been doomed the moment he asked her to use Elemental Mastery to destroy?

Hazō felt cold, and only some of it was the unnatural chill of the western wind.

-o-​

You have received 1 + 1 (Brevity) = 2 XP. Most of the XP for today was awarded for the previous chapter.

-o-​

What do you do?

Vote no later than
 
Last edited:
Chapter 562, Part 2: Forced Actions
Chapter 562, Part 2: Forced Actions

Hazō approached Akane on the rooftop of the… Shimura estate's main building. She'd moved a few of her garden's pots and planters behind a set of tarps to protect the plants against the freezing wind rolling in from the west. Now, she squatted near the edge of the roof, looking out into the hellstorm.

As Hazō stepped up to the edge, he could see more than a few of the clan's ninja watching the hellstorm, and many of the civilians doing the same from the ground. The stormwall was massive, stretching from the tips of the distant treetops to the clouds above. The clouds in the stormwall continuously rose up in a rush of white, climbing from the ground to the heavens as that hellishly cold liquid turned into deadly air. It seemed to be approaching Leaf.

Hazō crouched down next to Akane to break any lines of sight for lip-readers. He set up an Air Dome, cutting off the bitterly cold wind and leaving them in silence. Somehow, it didn't feel right to embrace her.

"Does he know?" she asked.

And wasn't that the question? That last spark of hope that he'd left her with was that he'd talk to Shikamaru, who would in turn use his credibility and trustworthiness to convince Asuma to not investigate the source of the hellstorm. But Shikamaru had made his stance clear and Asuma had made his demands. And Hazō had played along.

"Yes," he said. Akane didn't look at him, but she curled herself tighter into a ball and he could hear the sound of her spirit breaking. No, her spirit had already broken today, and Hazō had come to grind the shards to dust.

"Shikamaru and Asuma said that it's the only way we can stop the end of the world," Hazō said. "Between our clan and the Nara, we can't stop the spread of Elemental Mastery if Isan opens their borders at all. They're part of AMITY, so they'll definitely want to trade and if they ever trade jutsu, well, we know one utility ninjutsu that they're ready to share with outsiders. We can't stop that ourselves, but Asuma can."

"And how will he stop it, Hazō?" Akane whispered. "How will he make sure that five hundred people, all concentrated on the slopes of one mountain, don't share a secret that all of them know, when that secret could cause the end of Hidden Leaf? How will he make sure that not one of them leaks, when any of them could leave at any point through terrain that they know like the backs of their hands?"

"Akane…" Hazō said, wanting to comfort her, but he found he couldn't. Asuma had ordered the deaths of thousands or tens of thousands of civilians in the final weeks of the war with Rock when he'd known that AMITY would bring him above the consequences. If he would kill thousands for spite, why wouldn't he kill hundreds for the purpose of keeping the world's most deadly ninjutsu secret?

"Akane, I don't think he'll order you to do that. He wants you to teach him the ninjutsu."

"Oh," said Akane. He could feel the last few pieces of her soul crunching into dust under his heel. "Oh," Akane said again, as she realized she would have to give up the ninjutsu that could end civilization to a man with every incentive to make sure that Leaf stayed in possession of that ninjutsu for eternity.

"He wants you to see him now," Hazō said. "He'll ask you some questions, probably, then you'll be mindscanned. He wants to make sure you didn't teach it to anyone."

Akane hung her head between her knees for a moment, then slowly pulled herself to her feet. "I should go then. I can't defy the Hokage's orders."

She turned and removed the seals, disrupting the Air Dome and letting the bitter wind cut through them again.

"Wait!" Hazō said. Akane turned to him, expression dull, and Hazō's heart ached at the thought of giving her another order at a time like this, but he had to. There were secrets that couldn't be leaked, even now. "The mindscanner," Hazō said, "Asuma said they would be discreet and avoid clan secrets, but other Yamanaka in the past said that they don't always control what they see. Can you keep them away from our secrets?"

Akane made the cross-sign handseal for Shadow Clone, and Hazō nodded. "And…" he said.

Akane tapped the single MARS that was visible through the small cutout pocket of her chūnin's vest. Hazō nodded again.

Akane looked past Hazō, at the hellstorm, for a long moment. She turned. "I have orders, Hazō. I need to go."

She left.

o-o-o​

"Hello Miss Gōketsu. Have a seat," said the goat-masked ANBU agent.

Akane bowed as she entered and took a seat on the plush couch in the comfortably furnished room under the Hokage's Tower. Several colorful couches sat around the room, a couple braziers gave off waves of dry heat that almost helped dispel the cold that shot through her bones, and an array of well-worn knicknacks gave the room a homey feel. She'd known that she would be interrogated once she was done speaking with Asuma, but she was relieved that she wouldn't be turned over to the T&I facilities they'd used to scare the younger Academy students into line.

There were three ANBU, all male (or, if any were women, they were women with tall frames, bound breasts, and impressive voice-changing seals). The one with the owl mask gestured at the three of them.

"For your information," he said, voice slightly distorted in the blank mask, "Lord Seventh has briefed us three and no one else on the details of the situation. At present, this is the entirety of the OPSEC compartment for the Elemental Mastery secret. Lord Seventh has no intentions to extend this OPSEC compartment any further, with the possible exception of sharing limited information with Lord Nara in order to assess the extent of the risk of external OPSEC breach and determine policies that might lessen that risk. Lord Seventh has already told you, I am sure, but I will reiterate in order to ease your mind. None of us know the Fire Element."

Akane nodded. There were few enough jōnin in Leaf these days that she could probably have figured out the ANBU's identity by looking at his build. Maybe it would have been a good idea to determine who they were so she could verify that they didn't have Fire Element publicly, at least. But her Academy training said never to speculate about the identity of ANBU, so she didn't.

Owl nodded, accepting her compliance. "Apologies for the masks and the general atmosphere," he said, waving at the cozy room. "Secrets of this scale require that we take all precautions."

"It's fine, sir," Akane said.

"Well then," he said, "let's get this started. We're going to ask you some questions that Lord Seventh requested us to ask. If there are any reasonable follow-up questions, we'll ask those as well. You should feel free to tell us if the questions are straying close to clan secrets, but we may ask that you think carefully about what exactly is a clan secret if our questions are related to Elemental Mastery. If it's not, you should also feel free to tell us that it's unrelated and we'll try not to push."

Akane nodded.

"And once that's done," Owl said, "I'll read your mind."

o-o-o​

Owl (Psycho Mind Transmission): ?? (total, all bonuses included) + 3 = ??
Akane (Resolve): Akane voluntarily chooses to fail the Resolve check to submit to the mindscan.

Owl is looking for all EM-related memories, and Akane is trying to keep several secrets. She will make a roll for each of them, contested by Owl's PMT. On a success, so long as the secret isn't EM-related, she will keep Owl from knowing it. Unless she wins by more than 3 shifts, she will not stop Owl from noticing the existence of a secret, or that certain parts of certain memories are being held back intentionally. On a failure, she will take mental stress and Owl will find the secret anyway.

Akane rolls Resolve for each check. First, she takes a -10 penalty – the best time to stop a mindscan is when it starts. She will then take further CM penalties or bonuses related to how much the secret is related to EM. Additionally, each further secret incurs an additional -10 penalty, as trying to cover more and more holes becomes harder and harder.

WHOOSH:
Akane (Resolve): 68 - 10 (mindscan already initiated) - 10 (the slight majority of her XP sunk into Elemental mastery came from training with Shadow Clones, using her well-trained Resolve and Noburi's chakra refills) + 7 (Invoke "Toughened Mind") + 12 (!!) = 67
Owl (PMT): ?? + 0 = ??
WHOOSH is safe for now.

Gōketsu seals and ninjutsu (e.g. MARS, PCJ):
Akane (Resolve): 68 - 10 (mindscan already initiated) - 10 (second secret) + 5 (Essentially no overlap between EM and most Gōketsu secret techniques) - 6 = 47
Akane spends a FP to reroll
Akane (Resolve): 68 - 10 (mindscan already initiated) - 10 (second secret) + 5 (Essentially no overlap between EM and most Gōketsu secret techniques) + 6 (2 * ½ AB (rounded down)) + 3 = 62
Owl (PMT): ?? + 0 = ??
The Gōketsu seals and ninjutsu are safe for now.

???:
Akane (Resolve): 68 - 10 (mindscan already initiated) - 20 (third secret) - 20 (???) - 6 = 12
Owl (PMT): ?? + 6 = ??

Owl wins hard. He pulls his punch so as to not inflict any unnecessary mental damage, but with a victory of that scale, it's hard not to say that something happened, so Akane takes the Mild Mental Consequence "Mind-Walked All Over". Akane is Taken Out and Owl continues his search. He doesn't look for anything beyond EM, but hey, the mind is a tricky, twisted place and sometimes you find things you weren't expecting to see. The secrets she's already rolled for are safe. Overall, Akane won this encounter.

o-o-o​

"Lords and Ladies of the Clan Council, I thank the Will of Fire that this meeting will be brief."

At Asuma's words, the various Clan Heads in the council room visibly relaxed. Leaf had been on war footing for over three hours, and if the Nara Clan was any indication, each would have made their own preparations for a defensive fight. Only three hours, Hazō noted, because Asuma had sent one of his monkeys along with the scouting team and had convened the council as soon as it dispelled itself to report. Hazō had beaten himself up for not finding a way to get Mari's advice before going to the Hokage, but in truth, the confrontation would have been forced long before he had a chance to consult with the sole member of his clan with any real political acuity.

"Lord Hokage, what exactly happened, if I may ask?" said Lord Aburame. Shino looked to the window where the hellstorm still raged. The thick, foggy stormwall rose and billowed outwards, almost as if approaching Leaf, though Hazō knew by the reports that it wouldn't come close. Messenger teams had already been sent out to evacuate any civilian villages in the storm's path if the hellstorm proved inadequately convincing.

"This was an accident, caused by a sealmaster who I have already spoken with," Asuma said. "The matter has been dealt with among the relevant parties."

Hazō clamped down on the Iron Nerve to keep from squirming in his seat as, one by one, everyone in the room turned to look at him. He scanned the room in turn, trying to look more cool and collected than nervous. Ino looked confused, Shikamaru had an expression of mild surprise as if this were the first he'd heard of Hazō's involvement, and Tsunade simply looked irritated. And of course…

Hagoromo said, "Lord Gōketsu, the briefing we received from the Hokage indicated that you weren't in attendance when the Hokage called a meeting of Leaf's sealmasters to determine if this was a sealing failure. Is that correct?"

Hazō looked Hagoromo in the eyes and replayed an old Iron Nerve motion from years ago in Mist's Academy, when all he'd needed to hide was some childhood mischief. "Yes," Hazō said tonelessly.

Hagoromo faced the Hokage. "Lord Hokage, I have to ask. Given the potential negative consequences, is it really wise to permit-"

Asuma cut him off. "The matter has been dealt with among the relevant parties. I am aware of the full details and will be taking the appropriate actions at my discretion. Your input is not required."

Asuma turned to address the room. "Thank you to everyone for your cooperation and apologies for any Clan business I may have interrupted in sounding the alarms. Your responses were impressive, and I am reassured that if trouble ever actually finds its way close to our walls, we will be quick to react and stamp it out. The Tower may call upon your forces in a limited manner for additional scouting or reconnaissance missions. I will publicly send out the order for Leaf to stand down once the storm effect subsides, but you should feel free to take actions within your clans to ease people's worries and undo your defenses.

"To our best understanding, effects of this sort have a duration measured more in hours than in days, and should not move substantially from where they originated. Rest assured, we will continue to monitor the situation and you will be informed if circumstances change. For now, you are all free to stand down.

"Dismissed. Lord Gōketsu, please stay behind."

The assembled clan heads rose and streamed out of the room. Ino paused to catch his gaze. She raised an eyebrow. What's wrong? she seemed to ask.

Hazō closed his eyes and shook his head. When he reopened them, Ino had already turned around to leave with Shikamaru and Chōza.

"What's the matter, sir?" Hazō asked once the room was empty.

"My office, Hazō," Asuma said.

They walked the distance in silence. Akane was waiting in Asuma's office, sitting still in front of the desk. At the back of the room, an ANBU agent in a goat-styled mask stood in a parade rest. Akane didn't meet Hazō's eyes, so he settled for placing a hand on her shoulder. He gave her a reassuring squeeze, then sat in the other offered chair. Asuma likewise sat with the ANBU just behind his shoulder.

"Sir, is it acceptable to discuss with another person in the room?" Hazō asked.

"Yes," Asuma said. "Goat, Owl, and Panda are all aware of the details. Before you ask, none of them have Fire Element. However, outside this room, you should treat them as if they are unaware. The only person who is allowed to disclose details about Elemental Mastery is myself.

"Or, that's true for now. If everything you've said is true about how this is repeatable, we'll need to be very careful to ensure that this ninjutsu never spreads, and that no one ever uses it to cause another event like this one. However, before we commit to fighting that war, I need to make sure that this actually is a repeatable event."

"Sir," Hazō said, "I think it may be dangerous to test it again. We'll have unequivocally established that it's in control of someone in the Land of Fire, and the threat of it as a weapon may be enough to break the AMITY treaty."

Asuma nodded. "I understand that, but I also cannot afford to commit to ending the threat of Elemental Mastery until I know that it actually is a threat. I also cannot afford to be ignorant as to whether or not this is a tool in Leaf's arsenal."

Hazō felt Akane flinch at that. "Is it necessary to use… that again, sir?" she asked, quietly.

"Yes," Asuma said. He reached to the compartment under his desk and brought out his can of tobacco leaves. "I am not a fraction as skilled a ninjutsu hacker as my father was," he said as he measured out a stretch of leaves onto a piece of paper, "but I am loosely aware of… unpredictable ninjutsu behavior, let's call it. Such behavior is vanishingly rare after the design of a technique has been completed. During the hacking? Sure, it's dangerous. Once it's done? Usually as safe as if the Sage himself made it."

He started rolling the cigarette. "I've never heard of a ninjutsu failure mode that had this scale, though I suppose it isn't impossible. Fracture effects tend to be related to ninjutsu's purpose, so it's not impossible that the cold storm came from a broken cooling ninjutsu.

"On the other hand, the strange effects weren't immediate, according to your account," he said to Akane. "So it's possible this was just a hidden function of the ninjutsu, rather than a fracture. Because these are the possibilities, we need to check." He lit the newly rolled cigarette and took a drag.

"And how can we do that and also not provoke Akatsuki into a pre-emptive strike on us, sir?" Hazō asked.

Asuma exhaled the cloud of smoke to the ceiling, then pulled a map from a stack of papers to his side.

"We'll head up through Iron," he said tracing a path on the map, "then out onto the Gaikotsu Bay. We'll find a patch of ocean no one particularly cares about. We'll verify with skywalker line-of-sight that there's no one to observe us, then we'll test it again."

"And you'll accompany us?" Hazō asked.

Asuma shrugged, then took another drag on the cigarette. "If I can without people putting things together, sure. We'll work out a story. Akane, you might need to take a week-long chakra beast extermination mission in northern Fire or something. It ultimately depends on how the clans react to this storm situation, and how long it actually takes to wind down. Otherwise, Goat, Owl, and Panda can escort you to verify it."

Hazō nodded. "Am I required for this mission, sir?"

"If the ninjutsu just works, not particularly," Asuma said. "But if there are any complications, given that you had the initial idea, I'd rather have you there to troubleshoot it. Unless you have pressing business in Leaf, you should come on this mission. Once we've verified that Elemental Mastery produces the destructive storm effect reliably, we can get started on keeping anyone else from finding that out.

"And, of course, if it doesn't do that, then there's nothing to worry about. I'll never use or share Elemental Mastery myself, and we'll have all learned an important lesson about pushing too far with ninjutsu that try to shape the laws of nature."

"I see," said Hazō. "How long do we have before we need to leave?"

Asuma exhaled another cloud of smoke to the side. "Provided the storm finishes tonight like you claimed, the mission leaves tomorrow. Perhaps the day after, if necessary. Until then, you are not to speak about Elemental Mastery with any of your clanmates, even if they ask you specifically about what happened when you left this morning to train it," he said, turning to Akane.

"I will be contacting people specifically to give them a brief on what they are allowed to know and say, but for now, simply refuse to answer any questions related to what happened out there," he said, gesturing to the storm still raging outside. "Likewise, don't tell anyone about the mission, or give even a hint that it's related."

"Now, if that's all, go rest up. It's been a long day for you two, and there's more long ones to come."



Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on
 
Chapter 563: Time and Again

"Sir, could I have a private moment with you?" Hazō asked.

"If you wish, Hazō," Asuma said. "Akane, you're dismissed."

Akane didn't look at Hazō as she stood, bowed to Asuma, and left.

Hazō looked to Goat. "I'd prefer that this were private, if you could allow me that."

Goat looked to Asuma and after a nod from his Hokage, the ANBU agent made a quiet exit as well.

"What's the matter, Hazō?" Asuma asked. "You have a look like you've got a lot to say."

"A few things, sir. First, why are we going to Gaikotsu Bay when that's nearer to Cloud, who we know have skywalkers? Aisu Bay is nearer to Rock, where the risk that we get discovered in mid-air is much lower."

Asuma blew another puff on his cigarette. "First, Rock does have skywalkers. They don't use them as much as Cloud does, so they either have lower production or some other reason for reluctance. I chose Gaikotsu Bay because my impression is that it's larger, so it would be easier to find a location with no nearby landfalls, as well as because my current understanding is that the main shipping routes to Snow go through Rock and Waterfall. The odds we run into a merchant ship, given the season and that it's Snow, are negligible, but I thought it wise to avoid taking even small risks. Do you think the odds of Cloud having skywalking scouts in Gaikotsu Bay are higher than the combined odds of Rock having skywalking scouts in Aisu Bay and the odds of running into a merchant ship by accident?"

"I can't give you numbers or anything, sir. I just wanted to understand the reason for the choice."

"I see," Asuma said. "It makes sense. We could choose Aisu Bay and it might be marginally more secure – there's not much we could do about skywalking scouts, but if we saw a merchant ship, we could just sink it. I'm aware of your and Akane's mission history, so I thought it would be wise to minimize the chance of needing to sink a ship of innocents for the sake of preserving secrecy. Again, the odds of a ship being there in this season is abysmal. Do you think it would be smarter to test in Aisu Bay overall?"

Hazō felt a squirming discomfort in his stomach at the reminder of the Sunset Racer. "No sir, Gaikotsu Bay will be fine, I think."

"Very well. The plans are tentative, and I'll get Goat or Panda to spend some more time working out our routes before we leave, but I'll take your thoughts into account. I have to say, Hazō, this is hardly what I expected when you asked for a private chat."

"It wasn't the main topic I had in mind. I have one more brief question before that. Is it fine for me to discuss the Shimura claim on our estate with my clan?"

Asuma took a final drag on his cigarette, then tapped the butt out into his ashtray. "I don't see any problem with doing so. I expect moving your estate will take quite a while, so you'll probably want to start the preparations earlier if you can. Though… Overall, I think it could afford to wait a couple days while we complete the tests. Yes, I think you should hold off on that for now. The few days' gap will also give us time to complete OPSEC protocols for all the people on your estate that know about Akane's possession of Elemental Mastery."

Asuma reached for the small box on his table and grabbed another sheet of rolling paper. "The events today have given me a wonderful headache. I'm incredibly grateful for you for bringing the situation to me, even belatedly, and for cooperating throughout it. I hope you aren't offended that I'm smoking a little more than I should." Asuma smiled at Hazō. "Nara Shikaku hated smoking, you know? At some point, Shikaku even earned enough of my father's respect that he'd put out his pipe just for meetings with Shikaku. Still, I'd gladly snuff out my cigarettes if I could have him back for a day to give his advice on this problem.

"So, if those were the brief questions, what's the main one you have to ask me?"

"Sir, I want to talk about Akane and the Will of Fire."

Asuma raised an eyebrow as he finished rolling his new cigarette. "A promising start. Go on."

"Do you remember when Jiraiya first brought us into Leaf, back when we were missing-nin with only the faintest idea of how we could make the world a better place? I was curious about the Will of Fire that I heard disparaged so much in Mist, and you were the one who explained it to me.

"I knew there was something meaningful and important there even then, but it took time for me to really understand how it all fits together. The Will of Fire is the will to protect. Thanks to the Will of Fire, Leaf managed to defeat Pain and Akatsuki, and the Will of Fire is driving AMITY and keeping the world at peace."

Asuma raised an eyebrow. "How is the Will of Fire driving AMITY? We accept AMITY because the Will of Fire demands peace and protection for all the people of Fire, but AMITY is a collection of villages that hate and fear the Will of Fire, dreamt into existence by a jōnin of Hidden Mist and enforced by Akatsuki."

"It's like you said, sir, the Will of Fire promises peace and prosperity. By accepting AMITY, the other nations have to accept a part of the Will of Fire themselves."

"I don't buy that, Hazō," Asuma said. "Mist and Sand supported AMITY because they're weak, Cloud accepted it because they got brutally struck down by Isan's ninja, led by Orochimaru, and Rock only stopped fighting us under threat of Akatsuki killing them to the last man. Not even Hashirama would think that they're not using the time they have now to sharpen their blades."

"You're right, sir," Hazō said, as thoughts flitted through his head to try to get the conversation back on track. "AMITY wasn't founded with the Will of Fire, but it is the Will of Fire that drives it. When we create trade deals that improve both sides' lives, it gives everyone something to protect. When we exchange diplomats to understand each other better, it makes it easier for us to find ways out of conflict that aren't war. If AMITY is successful, it will be because we spread the Will of Fire to the other villages."

Asuma tapped away a bit of ash and took another drag. "Interesting view. I'm not sure that I agree, but continue."

Hazō sighed internally in relief. "I apologize in advance if I end up misunderstanding the Will of Fire. I'm still trying to learn exactly what it means.

"Anyway, this is also about Akane. Thanks to our travels, Akane has had the chance to meet civilians around the world. Civilians in Fire have the Will of Fire, but others around the world never had the chance to know it. It's just a matter of luck, of whether you happen to be born on one side of a line on a map or another. She knows that people from outside of Leaf can have the Will of Fire. After all, she's seen us accept it when we were given the chance. She understands it much better than I do, so she knows that anyone who is sane and who has the chance to fully experience it will accept it. So, whenever someone dies before they've had a chance to experience and accept the Will of Fire, she sees it as a tragedy.

"When Akane razed that town in the Land of Earth, it almost broke her. There were so many people that could have been one with the Will of Fire that instead were doomed by her hand. She understands the importance of protecting our ninja. She knows that the Hokage is closest to the Will of Fire of anyone in Leaf, and that his orders guide Leaf's ninja to the fullest realization of the Will of Fire that's possible. Still, even if she does what she has to do, the sheer loss of potential is agonizing to her."

"I see," Asuma said. "I can understand that. Leaf exists to protect the common people, and this is the purpose that our ninja are trained to perform. But just because the Will of Fire drives us to protect people, that doesn't mean that we can afford to never harm anyone in order to protect what really matters. Does she take any comfort in knowing that she did the right thing, in the end?"

Hazō considered that for a moment. He didn't think Akane had ever thought that she'd done the right thing. The reason she had been hurt so badly was that she knew she hadn't done the right thing. It had been a great evil, but she did it anyway because of her orders and the chain of command that ultimately ended at the Hokage.

"Not really, sir. At least for her emotions, the tragedy of someone that could have held the Will of Fire dying before they find the spark outweighs the knowledge of how their death is necessary."

Asuma had raised an eyebrow, but he didn't interrupt.

"You are not your father," Hazō continued. "You are his son. You are, forgive me if I'm overstepping, a good man. You know that-"

Asuma held up his palm, and Hazō stopped talking. A distant alarm in Hazō's head started to scream that he'd made a mistake.

Slowly and carefully, Asuma set his half-burnt cigarette down on the edge of his ashtray, leaving the burnt end pointed upward. The orange-red ring around the end of the cigarette faced Hazou. It continued to slowly burn as Asuma lowered his palm and laced his fingers together.

"Hazō," he said. "Please imagine that you were in my shoes. If you were me, how would you react to what you just said to me?"

The alarm was getting louder, and Hazō knew there had to be endless wrong answers to this question, but he couldn't see the right one. He had insulted Asuma somehow, and he hoped that Asuma wasn't considering taking a page out of Yagura's booklet of punishments for insubordination.

"I apologize for any insult, sir, and I don't want to misrepresent your thoughts."

Asuma nodded. "I understand you don't want to do that. I am asking you to do so anyway. If you were me, what would your interpretation be of your own words?"

Hazō felt sweat starting to seep its way into his shirt under his arms. "I suppose I might be irritated, sir, that a subordinate suggested that he had the power to judge me and find me to be good. And I maybe would be doubly irritated at that subordinate mentioning my father and making an old wound hurt unnecessarily."

Asuma shook his head. "Not quite. Those are factors, yes, but not dominant ones. Take it by parts. What does the first part imply?"

You are not your father. You are his son. "I'm not certain, sir. It is true at the surface level. I suppose the implication is that there's a difference between you two?"

Asuma nodded calmly, eyes fixed on Hazō's own. "And in context, what would the relevant difference be?"

Hazō felt a rising tension in his chest. "Well, I suppose it… might imply that the difference is regarding the Will of Fire."

"Therefore…?" Asuma said.

A cold hand started to squeeze Hazō's heart. "Therefore, it implies either that you don't understand the Will of Fire as well as your father did, or that your father didn't understand the Will of Fire himself."

Asuma nodded. "That's the main implication of what you said, yes. There are other ones. For example, that I'm too weak to do the right thing rather than the easy thing, in a way that my father wasn't. You understand how implying that your Hokage is weak and doesn't understand the Will of Fire is a bad thing, correct?"

Hazō nodded stiffly.

"Good. Now the second part. What does that imply?"

You are, forgive me if I'm overstepping, a good man. "I was presuming that I could judge you as a good man, right after insulting your experience with the Will of Fire." Hazō felt his voice wavering as he spoke. "It's wrong for me to put myself above the Hokage like that."

"Yes, that's correct," Asuma said. "And in the context of the comparison to my father?"

The hand gripped tighter on his heart, and his heart struggled back, threatening to beat its way out of Hazō's chest. "It implies that your father wasn't a good man, but you are."

"Correct, Hazō. And you've already understood how I might still feel sensitive about the death of my father, who spent more of his time and sweat and blood building this village than anyone, so I trust you can see how that is doubly insulting."

"Sir," Hazō blurted out, "I didn't mean any of that, I just-"

Asuma raised his palm again. Hazō cut himself off.

Asuma waited a long moment, holding Hazō's gaze, then reached for the cigarette that he'd set aside.

"I know you didn't, Hazō, which is why I'm trying to explain this to you calmly. I would like to say that I'm not offended, but frankly, I am. I'm not nearly as offended as if I had thought you meant to call me weak and foolish and spit on my father's grave, but I am a little hurt. However, I am not going to take offense at this. I am not going to become hostile to you because you insulted me by accident. The problem is that others in Leaf will.

"If you can insult someone so deeply with an accidental turn of phrase, you will struggle to integrate your clan into Leaf as a whole. This is a real problem for you, Hazō. The extent of your meaningful relationships with other Leaf clans is your marriage-connection with the Nara and your personal relationship with Ino."

"The Amori-"

"The Amori trade with you because it is profitable. If you want to make them actually like you, then a good first step is not grossly insulting them. You won't be able to know what insults them unless you understand them.

"I am aware you didn't have much time for Jiraiya to train you as a politician, and I'm aware that Mari's specialty is not politics. So, if you care to learn, please actually try to make connections with the rest of Leaf. It is a shame that you can't keep the compound you built, but its distance was one of many factors alienating you from the rest of Leaf. Surely you can see how it's not acceptable for the lord of a clan on the council to only really be known for clever trade schemes, catastrophic sealing failures, and the occasional gross insult to Leaf propriety, especially when so many of the clans haven't let go of your past as a missing-nin or Mist ninja?

"Once we build you a new compound within the walls, I really would appreciate it if you found the silver lining and took the opportunity to actually build connections with the other clans of Leaf. I won't ask you to befriend them all – Sage knows that's impossible – but at least try to understand them. Learn about how they think, what they care about, and see from their perspective. I am sorry that you never had the chance to train as a politician, but it's far better to try and embarrass yourself with a few faux pas than to isolate yourself and only talk to them when you need them and roll the dice on irreparably damaging your relationship with them every time you do so. Is that clear?"

"I understand, sir," Hazō said. "And I'm sorry."

"Good," Asuma said, taking a drag on the cigarette again. "I'm sorry if it sounds harsh, Hazou, but you just cannot afford accidents like that. I can handle it, but not everyone will. I'm saying this for your own good." He exhaled another cloud of smoke toward the ceiling. "Leaving that aside, let's get to the point. What's your request for me?"

Hazō swallowed. "I'm worried about Akane's safety and sanity. She is loyal and will obey orders, even if that destroys her. I'm sure you've seen plenty of people struggle with the consequences of being a ninja. I would appreciate if you could speak with her. You don't need to do anything to help her accept things or convince her that what happened was any less of a tragedy. Just… given the circumstances, would you let her know that you understand her grief and that it matters to you?"

Asuma sighed, looking again out to the storm that raged to the west. "If I get the chance to leave my desk this week, I'll try to find the time to do so. If she needs time, I can take her off the mission rotation for a month or two, but she will need to go on missions eventually to keep up the cover that she's a normal chūnin with nothing to hide. I'll pick things with minimal risk of enemy ninja contact or kidnapping. Anything else?"

"No, sir. I'm sorry again for my foolishness and poorly-chosen words. Thank you for taking the time to speak with me."

"Dismissed, Hazō."

o-o-o​

Hazō kept his expression troubled as he walked across the Gōketsu estate. As expected, the hellstorm had subsided a bit before sundown, and while it was still cold the next morning, the unnatural chill and western wind had faded.

He'd successfully dodged his clanmates' questions about the hellstorm last night, but he would need an answer soon, and probably a better answer than "I can't talk about it," since anyone who knew that he and Akane were going out to train Elemental Mastery (and maybe enjoy a date) might put two and two together by accident.

"Lord Gōketsu!"

Hazō looked up to see a young man jogging across the estate wearing the blue armband that marked him as one of the Tower's messengers. He stopped and bowed as he came close to Hazō, then handed over a scroll.

"A message for you, sir."

Hazō glanced over the scroll. It had a message clearly written on the front: "CLASSIFIED MISSION DETAILS WITHIN, REVIEW IN SECRET."

Hazō thanked the messenger and went to prepare for a new day of problems.

o-o-o​

Hazō raised an eyebrow as he walked towards Leaf's main gate, then bowed shallowly.

"Sarutobi, I wasn't expecting you."

Sarutobi Fumi, the well built, elderly sealmaster bowed back. Around her, a small team of chūnin also bowed to the Clan Lord, much more deeply than Fumi. "Lord Gōketsu. I understand this is short notice, but did your briefing not contain any details?"

Hazō nodded. "Many details, but apparently not all the relevant ones."

Fumi laughed. "Well, I'm sure you'll have fun with your 'special orders' and all. Shall we get going?"

o-o-o​

Hazō walked forward through the clearing, just beyond where Sarutobi Fumi had left him so that he could carry out the "special orders" he'd been given. From the shadows on the edge of the clearing, the Goat-masked ANBU agent revealed himself.

"Lord Gōketsu. Sarutobi Fumi brought you here?"

"Yes," Hazō said. "I assume she is not going to be involved with anything concerning this mission?"

Goat shook his head and gestured at Hazō to follow him deeper into the forest. "No, she will wait there for you to return, then go back to Leaf at sundown. Sadly, you'll be stuck in the woods with me for a couple days. Lord Hokage believed it would be best to stagger our departures, and having your departure be the earliest made sense as you could be called upon to investigate the sealing failure. Lady Akane should join us tomorrow morning after she is assigned a brief chakra beast suppression mission, then Lord Hokage will be joining us tomorrow night."

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "The Hokage wants me to sit in the woods for two days rather than manage my clan?"

Goat nodded. "Regrettable, but necessary to preserve secrets. With luck, Lord Hokage will be noted going on a three day mission, you on a six day one, and Lady Akane on one that lasts over a week, all with different departure and return dates. Hopefully, no connections are made."

o-o-o​

"Hello, Hazō, Akane," Asuma said as he entered the clearing where Hazō, Akane, and their two ANBU minders waited. Sundown had passed hours ago, but the sky was clear and the moon was full enough to see by. It was almost nostalgic to see Asuma wearing the plain olive jōnin's vest over blue garb that he had been wearing when Hazō had first visited Leaf. Asuma pulled a waterskin off his belt and drank from it.

"Courtesy of Noburi," he explained. "Are you both ready to go? From here, we should be able to get to the northern tip of Iron tonight."

Hazō and Akane murmured their assent and started to pack their things up.

"Hazō, when we travel, it may be good to keep a dog on your person if you can summon one and keep him or her present. In the event of trouble, it's probably best for you to be able to return to the Seventh Path immediately. After all, that's why I have Sarumato here," he said, reaching over to scratch the monkey perched on his shoulder under the chin.

"Oy, I'm more than a free ride to… Mmmm, a little higher," said the monkey.

Asuma laughed and gestured to the clearing. "We'll move tonight, sleep around sunrise, then try to find an uninhabited spot tomorrow before sundown. If the duration remains the same, we should finish all our testing tomorrow night without any issue."

o-o-o​

The odds of getting an enemy on this table that is even remotely dangerous to Asuma and three ANBU are abysmal, but the spirit of it insists that I roll.

??, ??, ??, ??, ??, ??

No encounters.

Hazō looked out over the ocean from the edge of the skytower. The weather this close to Snow, this high up in the air was brutally cold. Even when the sun was high in the sky he'd felt freezing. For once, Hazō and Akane weren't massively overprepared compared to the team's outsiders – the masked ANBU used the village's seal stipends well and were themselves bundled up in layers and layers of coats and furs.

Hazō examined the two ANBU that Asuma had left on the skytower with Hazō and Akane. Owl was a Yamanaka, and there were few enough senior Yamanaka left after all of Leaf's tragedies, so he had to be Inumaru. It had taken him a little longer, but eventually he'd pieced together the voice, build, and mannerisms of Panda – he had to be Hyūga Motokazu. Asuma had spared no expense in ensuring that the two of them would be monitored as thoroughly as possible. Hazō hadn't yet determined the identity of Goat, but the man was also a little larger and better built than his fellows. If he could manage to do the research discreetly, he could probably figure that out too.

Hazō felt a small pit of worry in his stomach. Some part of him feared that Asuma had arranged this whole mission to quietly dispose of him and Akane in order to bring the power of Elemental Mastery fully under the control of the Hokage. There were plenty of reasons for Asuma not to do so, not the least of which was that if the Gōketsu clan ever learned, they would revolt.

Still, what could he do about it? Hazō couldn't run, either on the Human or Seventh Path, and he couldn't refuse orders. Now that he was on the mission, any ability he had to influence his survival had passed. Even if he and Akane managed to attack and overpower Owl and Panda before Asuma and Goat could return, what then?

If Asuma meant to kill them, the best time would be just after the test of Elemental Mastery. Once he was sure that simple skill with the technique was all that was needed to cause the hellstorm, Hazō and Akane might well have outlived their usefulness.

Hazō tried to clear the thoughts away as Asuma approached the skytower, ascending step by step with Goat following close behind. "We found a spot with no land for twenty miles in any direction, and the nearest islands are uninhabited. It's the best chance we'll get. Are you ready to go, Akane?"

Akane nodded stiffly and stepped forward.

"Good," said Asuma. "Make your shadow clone and let's go."

Hazō read the hesitation on Akane's face and the realization he should have had days ago hit him like an Earth Bullet.

"Lord Seventh," Akane said, "I don't think I have the chakra for that. Even if I made only one shadow clone, I don't think I could power Elemental Mastery fully."

Asuma frowned. "Okay. How long exactly did it take for the ninjutsu to reach full strength?"

Hazō stepped forward. "Sir, I was there. We had the distance afforded by the Shadow Clone Technique and we only barely made it out alive."

Asuma flickered his skywalkers off as he landed on the skytower and tapped storage seals to pull out a paper and brush. "We're not going to call it off that easily, Hazō. Even if we can't operate through shadow clones, this is worth testing. Let's figure out whether we can cast it in person and still escape from it."

Hazō glanced at Akane. Asuma would certainly use a shadow clone to accompany Akane's real body when they did the test. If anyone died because of bad calculations, it would be Akane.

Akane met Hazō's eyes and nodded.

"So, how long would you say it was that the technique charged up for?" Asuma asked.

o-o-o​

Asuma and the trio of ANBU stared out over the edge of the platform at the new hellstorm that had broken the clear moonlit night over the frigid oceans near Snow Country. This one was smaller than the last, and despite the lack of clouds to consume, it had made some of its own. New strands of thick, wispy, white fog drifted up from the ocean to make a new stormwall that billowed farther and farther out as the frigid wind carried them along.

Asuma and Akane ran on air as they fled the icy hellstorm with the wind to their back. They stumbled onto the platform and Hazō embraced Akane as she collapsed into his arms. Blessedly, she didn't feel cold.

"It's real," Asuma's shadow clone said, breathlessly. "Elemental Mastery makes storms. It's not a tactical weapon by any means, we made it away easily, but it's…"

"No ninjutsu should be this powerful," Asuma said. "Who made this technique?"

"Sir, could the technique be useful for ambushes?" asked Goat. "The initial effect is innocuous, and if my understanding is correct, once the storm actually starts, it is much too late to flee. Setting aside the problem of collateral damage, of course."

Asuma shook his head. "Maybe, but the collateral damage problem can't be set aside that easily when the radius of the storm is measured in miles," he said, gesturing out to the growing storm in front of them. "And besides, the sort of ninja we would want to deploy this against would probably recognize the initial rising storm as a powerful wind-style ninjutsu charging up, and ninja of that caliber rarely make it to that level of strength without an appropriate amount of caution. I'm sure there are situations where it could be useful, but the day for those situations is far, far out. Certainly not while we have any semblance of secrecy around the technique."

Hazō couldn't help but listen to the conversation as he held Akane and pulled her closer to one of the hibachi that they had set up to keep the skytower comfortable. He wrapped her in another layer of furs, but her body already felt warm. Why, then, was she shivering?

Asuma turned to Akane. "I'll take my clone and return to the storm to investigate. Once you've recovered some more chakra, I'd like to run the test again from cloud level."

o-o-o​

Hazō almost sighed in relief as he woke up not in the Naraka Path. If there were a time for Asuma to kill him and Akane, it would have been while they were sleeping after Akane expended her chakra reserves with two full-power casts of Elemental Mastery in one night.

He turned to Akane in the small skytower tent that they shared. Her eyes flicked open.

"How did you sleep?" Hazō asked.

"I… didn't," Akane said.

Hazō sat up. "I'm sorry, Akane. I… I don't know what else we can do. Do you want to talk about it?"

Akane shook her head.

Hazō nodded and bent down to give her a hug. If there were words that could fix this, he couldn't find them. All he could do right now was give her time.



This update covered one week. Timeline for this update:
  • Day 1: Conversation with Asuma
  • Day 2: Hazō called on a mission.
  • Day 3: Akane/Asuma go on a mission. Travel through Iron.
  • Day 4: Travel into Gaikotsu Bay. EM tests.
  • Day 5: Travel back into Iron.
  • Day 6: Return to Fire. Asuma goes to Leaf, Hazō and Akane stay out.
  • Day 7: Hazō returns to Leaf. Akane remains on a "chakra beast suppression" mission with ANBU Panda for a few days longer.

While returning through Iron, Asuma had a private conversation with Akane. Her demeanor did not change substantially as a result. Hazō continues to be forbidden to speak with anyone about Elemental Mastery in any capacity. Asuma has encouraged him to prepare Gōketsu for a move by the new year.

XP Award: 14 + 7 (brevity) XP
GM-fun Award: 1 XP
(In its own way, the Asuma scene was fun to write.)

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 564: Akane's Betrayal

The Gōketsu compound, with its ever-more-decorated yet inescapably blocky buildings and its constant susurrus of civilian voices, loomed over Kei as was its wont. Atomu, at the gates, apparently still attached to a duty which no one asked of him and which was utterly pointless without a second guard to react to his sudden death, greeted her, but seemed to sense from her demeanour that small talk was not called for today (not that it was ever, but sometimes Kei or Snowflake was in a more tolerant mood).

It was a strange irony that Kei and Snowflake were the Gōketsu to spend by far the least time within the compound walls, yet soon they would be the only ones to do so at all. She wondered if Atomu, no longer privy to KEI information, was aware of the details.

Kei walked carefully, keeping her peripheral vision open. It would be best to settle today's business quickly and efficiently, without any untimely encounters with—

Untimely encounter identified. Of course. The most troublesome of Kei's male relatives stood before a massive stone statue of Jiraiya that had not been there on Kei's previous visit, his hand placed on its thigh holster as he gazed up at it in deep contemplation.

This was her chance to stealthily bypass him. Kei did not wish to interact with Hazō at this moment. What could she say to him? "I can conceive of a dozen ways in which I could have prevented or at least mitigated this disaster, had you but trusted me"? "Am I, your veteran optimiser and error-checker, so much less valuable to you than having one less mouth capable of spilling secrets?" "How have I fallen so far below Shikamaru in your estimation?" It was too late for such. Hazō had already made his choices, and acting like a petulant child would do nothing to increase the odds that he would allow her a chance to save her family next time. She wished she knew what could.

"Snowflake! I mean Kei! Probably! It's good to see you!"

She had dithered too long. If she was careless and allowed him to control the flow of conversation, he would soon ask for the purpose of her visit, and she was now bound by her own OPSEC concerns (for which he had only himself to blame). Fortunate that her younger brother-wrangling skills were by now so well-developed.

"Hazō," she said coolly. "While I have long tolerated your unhealthy level of adoration of Jiraiya, I believe that crafting a statue of the man for public fondling purposes crosses a line into the clinically pathological. I confess myself at a loss for an appropriate response—Tsunade is the only professional qualified to handle deviance on such a scale, yet the specific issue may incline her less to medicine than to murder."

"What?! No!" Hazō took a hurried step away from the statue, as planned. "I was just trying to figure out what was wrong with it."

"I can provide you with a comprehensive alphabetical list, Hazō," Kei said, "from addictive behaviour to workplace conduct violation."

"I meant what was wrong with the statue!" Hazō exclaimed.

"You mean other than its very existence?" Kei asked. She studied the ridiculous monument. In theory, it captured Jiraiya's likeness remarkably well, certainly for an object crafted from two-year-old memory. It was almost as if Hazō had conjured up Jiraiya's image from the Naraka Path (where any man who did not return her shuriken belonged) for use as a reminder. However, she could sense a subtle wrongness to it, a deviation not grotesque but nevertheless sufficient to bring mild distress.

"I believe I see the issue," she told him. "You were drawing on Mist aesthetic traditions in shaping this tool for activities I dare not name, were you not?"

Hazō stared, first at her than at the statue. She could see him identify the points where Jiraiya's smug confidence became grim resolve, where his comfortable step became a purposeful stride, and where his relaxed expression was eroded by lines and edges intended to inspire and intimidate. This was Yagura architecture, which raised up heroes for the common man to follow, but only down the path permitted them and only ever to one destination.

"Hashirama's fearsome ferns, I think you're right," he said. "I was practising for the new compound, trying to figure out how to add a personal touch without making it glaringly obvious that I neither know nor care about Fire Country artistic standards, but I guess it's not as easy as it sounds."

Kei nodded. "Perhaps you should consult Snowflake. She has been experimenting with sketching of late, and her portfolio features a number of prominent pieces of Leaf architecture from various angles."

"Sketching, you say?" Hazō repeated speculatively.

"Primarily still life, as she lacks the confidence for living subjects," Kei said. "It is... a complicated choice of hobby for us. As a Mori, if I were to draw on the full power of my Bloodline Limit, I could present you with diagrams that would make you weep. She, obviously, does not have access to this power, but in exchange, her sketches are artistic. They are evocative. They possess meaning. It forces me to wonder... would I have been like her, had I been born a normal child without the Frozen Skein? Would I have been able to inspire, to create, instead of merely serving as the administrator of others' accomplishments?"

But that seemed like the opening to a conversation she did not wish to have with Hazō at this time.

"Forgive me," she said, looking back to the statue. "We were discussing your crippling psychological deficiencies, not mine. Speaking of which, where is Akane?"

Hazō gave her a confused frown. "Is that a Youth joke?"

Would that it were. Not that Kei would admit it at kunai-point, but she missed her verbal sparring matches with Akane over that philosophy, which had been laughable on the surface but so devastatingly pernicious at its heart. Perhaps if Kei had been able to cure her in time, instead of allowing herself to merely enjoy the repartee...

"Yes, Hazō. It was a Youth joke. Answer, please."

The wisdom of Ami taught many ways to keep someone like Hazō off-balance and disinclined to ask sensible questions, and making a slightly off-colour comment that there was no clear angle to challenge was one of her favourites (if usually delivered with more subtlety than Kei would ever manage).

"Oh," Hazō said uncertainly. "She's in her room. She didn't feel like tending to the garden this morning, so she asked Mari to take over."

Through long acquaintance, Kei was able to recognise the suppressed wince as Hazō realised he had unnecessarily mentioned Mari to her. The kindness on his part was appreciated, if less necessary than he believed. Kei was accustomed, now, to suffering through Snowflake's happy memories of time spent with Mari, accepting it as an eerily precise counterpart to Snowflake suffering through her happy memories of time spent with Ami.

Now, she had gained the information she needed. Just one prerequisite remained.

"Excellent," she said. "I would appreciate it if you ensured that she does not leave the compound before I am ready to speak with her."

Hazō gave a broad smile in the predictable, naive misunderstanding of one whose faith in fundamental human nature had inexplicably not yet been crushed by reality.

"Of course, Kei," he said. "I'm so glad you're finally willing to try."

Kei chose to allow him the happiness of his delusion while she could.

-o-​

Kei did indeed find Akane in her room, gazing with a hollow gaze at the sublime work of fiction that Leaf's laypeople called a world map. If she was seeking answers, Kei suspected she would only find despair. To one with an interest in the survival of civilisation, counting population centres rarely brought anything else. It was a mercy that they were not in Kei's old room, where some of the remaining maps were annotated with demographic details.

"Kei!" Akane's gaze snapped away guiltily. "I didn't know you were visiting today."

"Desperate times call for desperate measures."

Kei closed and locked the door behind her. For good measure, she affixed a Nara privacy seal to the wall, of the kind she was absolutely forbidden to remove from the compound. Desperate times.

"I'm sorry, Kei," Akane said. "I know you must have questions. I wish I could answer them, but I can't. I can't tell you anything at all."

Ami always spoke of how useful it was to be underestimated (only to boast about her exceptional skills and accomplishments in the very next breath). Kei, who had little with which to surprise a sceptic, usually did not find it so. Occasionally, however...

"Nor do I require you to," she said. "It has gone conveniently unnoticed that I am the only person in Leaf other than yourself and Hazō to have access to a certain combination of facts. I am aware of where you two were at the time of the event, courtesy of Kagome's admission before the Hokage and the sealmasters, which was immediately conveyed to the Nara. I know the specifics of your abilities, just as you know mine. I am aware that Hazō would not dream of leaving Kagome so thoroughly ignorant of an important piece of sealing research, especially if some feature of it called for additional safety measures. He would certainly not choose you as his sole confidante instead, for several independently compelling reasons. I was present when Hazō chose to consult Shikamaru in the immediate aftermath, on a matter so sensitive that even the person Shikamaru trusts most in the world may not hear of it. The final confirmatory fact is that you have attained all-new levels of trauma, as expected by myself as soon as the pieces began to come together, affirmed when Ino appealed to me for insight on a source of great pain of which you would not speak, and now settled by your present appearance. I have lived alongside you in your Swamp of Death since the war, Akane. I know the depths of your resilience, and I know what it takes to truly hurt you."

Akane just stared at her. Eventually, a quiet, satisfying "Huh" emerged.

"As a corollary to the latter," Kei added, "Akane, you must have a plausible justification ready when asked. Say that a loved one has succumbed to a life-threatening illness. Say that a close friend has turned against you and you fear you have lost them forever. Say that you have discovered evidence that Maito Gai was not as youthful as you believed. This is basic OPSEC, and Mari would have attended to it in seconds were she not, I imagine, restraining herself for the sake of plausible deniability."

"...thanks, Kei," Akane said quietly. "I'll come up with something. But if you're here to try to help, I honestly don't know what you can do. This isn't just about me and my identity anymore. It's about... everything."

"Indeed," Kei said. The next part was the most difficult to say. It was the opposite of what she wanted. It was abhorrent in any number of ways and on any number of levels. It would, if she succeeded in convincing Akane, probably cost her sleepless nights. Nevertheless, it was necessary.

"Akane, I am not here to help you heal."

"What do you mean?"

Necessary and difficult. Kei, with her social skills to shame the most gregarious platypus, would now need to persuade a woman of strong, if faltering, convictions of an unacceptable truth, with the stakes too high to fail.

"Do you recall Captain Minami?" Kei asked.

"Of course I do," Akane said. "She was a good person, and she did her best under really difficult circumstances. Whenever I think of her, I remember the hard decisions she made, and all our progress towards a real reconciliation... and how she just disappeared, and suddenly none of it mattered. I think she was the first teammate I ever lost."

Kei was once again reminded of how cold and unfeeling she was, unable to summon half of Akane's depth of feeling for a near-stranger. Then again, perhaps it was for the best. She doubted a person with her awareness of the sheer darkness of the world could survive feeling its pain as Akane did, while here and now, her task was too important to be disrupted by selfish emotion.

"Do you recall how she died?" Kei asked.

"I remember what Hazō and Noburi said. It was an ambush at the destination. The contact turned out to be a yakuza assassin, probably a jōnin, getting revenge for Goda's death. Captain Minami engaged her immediately, while Hazō and Noburi realised they were outmatched and hid under an air dome to escape her and her poison gas. Then, after the assassin killed Captain Minami, she left a message on the wall in blood, and walked away after failing to break through the air dome."

Kei nodded. "Afterwards, driven by the Mori instinct to rearrange the world until the puzzle pieces fit together, combined with profound scepticism of authority figures and convenient coincidences, I came to analyse that series of events anew. Once I did, I found that my conclusions not only could not be shared, but could not even be thought of, lest the veteran spymaster deduce the realisation from my behaviour and of necessity send me to join Minami."

"Veteran spymaster?" Akane asked. "Do you mean Jiraiya? I don't think I follow."

"In his absence," Kei said, "and given that I am in any case here to discuss matters that will surely doom me if conveyed to the Hokage, allow me to present a slightly different perspective on those events. First, Minami inadvertently became privy to a major Gōketsu clan secret, the kind a clan might kill to protect. Then, a yakuza assassin, one of the world's mere handful of missing-nin jōnin, was hired by a minor nation's civilian criminal organisation to seek revenge on the forces of the world's most powerful ninja village. This assassin appeared at the secret address of Jiraiya's equally secret spy contact with the correct timing and preparations to ambush the Minami team, and the knowledge necessary to initially impersonate such a spy. Having assassinated Minami, she ignored the other members of the team instead of destroying the dome with jōnin powers or simply waiting for it to expire. Finally, she left a message to inform the survivors of whom to blame, and thus who was to be the target of Leaf's inevitable and devastating reprisal—a reprisal which, I may add, never took place to the best of my knowledge."

Akane opened and closed her mouth, but, initially at least, no words came out.

"Kei, you can't be serious. Jiraiya explained all of that. His eastern network had been compromised. And there was all that money he lost to the Minami afterwards. He wouldn't have done that to the clan deliberately. And... and... Jiraiya was a hero, Kei! He dedicated his life to serving Leaf. He died for Leaf. He wasn't somebody who'd murder a fellow Leaf ninja just to keep a secret."

"I admit I have no proof," Kei said. "An expert of Jiraiya's level would hardly leave such a thing where the likes of me could find it, nor would I still be among the living if I had. Nevertheless, my conviction is firm. Jiraiya was most certainly a man who would murder for Leaf's benefit. Perhaps not lightly, but I was never in any doubt during our time together that my survival was conditional on never being an excessive liability to Leaf. That I was finally able to make the choice to trust him nonetheless, and that he betrayed that choice..."

The sudden stab of emotion took Kei off-guard. She blinked rapidly to clear her eyes.

"Excuse me. My point is that Jiraiya possessed the personal capacity, and both the motivation and the resources where the yakuza categorically did not. If you refuse to believe me out of nothing but unquestioning trust in him, I am helpless to advance the argument further, but you must concede that, to an objective mind, his explanation for Minami's death is a joke."

"He wouldn't..." Akane muttered uncertainly.

"He would," Kei said. "However, that is nothing but a prelude to the true issue at hand. Akane, what you now possess is more than a mere clan secret. You are capable of single-handedly ending Leaf. Even Rock at its most focused could do no more than plunge a few intelligently–chosen structures into oblivion, and Nara analysts believe that the act required detailed intel guiding the work of multiple teams of skilled ninja over a period of days or weeks. You could do it alone in seconds.

"If I am mistaken in terms of the specifications," Kei added quickly, "please do not correct me. The Hokage may or may not hold an educated guess against me if he learns of it, but an actual OPSEC leak would imperil both you and me without question.

"Akane, a sane Hokage should be terrified of his most trusted, most loyal shinobi having access to such power. A truly sane Hokage should be scarcely less terrified of having it himself, but I have seen too much to expect miracles of the universe. If Jiraiya of the Three was prepared, for the sake of a clan secret, to eliminate the shinobi to whose leadership he was prepared to entrust his children, what do you suppose Sarutobi Asuma, a Hokage of less confidence and inferior skill, will do to protect Leaf from a shinobi rendered unreliable by emotional trauma, manifestly hesitant to obey orders that conflict with her personal morality, and possibly more loyal to her treason-happy boyfriend than to him?"

Akane's eyes turned cold. Had Kei not expected such a reaction, from someone like Akane it would have had the force of a blow.

"I'm sorry, Kei," Akane said, "but I can't believe it. Even if you're right and it was true of Jiraiya before he took up the mantle, it can't be true of Lord Hokage. Even if I don't understand the Hokage's decisions, even if to me they might seem"—she almost choked out the next word, with visible effort—"wrong, the Hokage is the Will of Fire made flesh. I understand why you wouldn't get that kind of faith, being from Hidden Mist, but to me it's real, as real as anything else."

Kei would have given a wry smile if she had felt like smiling. "In this you are mistaken."

"Oh?"

"Mist had faith," Kei said. "Perhaps not as vague and all-encompassing as yours, but equally real, to those raised in its grip. I was an ordinary Academy student in at least a few ways, Akane. I received the same indoctrination as everyone else. I was taught that the highest good was to obey my lawfully-appointed superiors unconditionally, to follow the rules to the absolute best to my ability, to dedicate all of myself to serving the village and the Mizukage who embodied and expressed its will, and to hate spies and traitors with all my heart and seek their undoing wherever I discovered them. Obviously, I did not discover any at the Academy, where questioning the instructors' moral purity was inconceivable, even the headmaster's, but I pursued the rest to the best of my immature understanding and ability. I learned the rules until I could recite them from memory. I listened to the teachers dedicatedly, and was disdained for it by my peers. I performed my assigned tasks to the full extent of my capacity, not that a proper Mori could do any less. I concede that my faith did not extend into adulthood as yours has, but while it lasted, it was real."

"What happened?"

"Inexplicably," Kei said, "my dutifulness was ineffective. The other children did not cease to torment me. The teachers made no greater effort to protect me. New accommodations were not made for personal deficiencies I was unable to overcome. Clarity as to my place and purpose failed utterly to descend. It was incomprehensible. Even Ami, struggling with her own, more adult problems of faith, could not guide me.

"I do not recall the inciting incident, but one day, understanding finally dawned. It was not the world that was broken. It was Mori Keiko. That one revelation accounted for everything. It explained why my parents had lost interest in me. It explained why I struggled to master simple skills like casual conversation that to others were not skills at all. It explained why it was necessary for me to learn one by one an endless list of social rules that were intuitive to children with a fraction of my intelligence. It explained why my diligence went unrewarded—it was not because I was making some specific error, but because I was incapable of satisfying the requirements a priori.

"The realisation was... well, reflecting on it now, it was a core contributor to the self-loathing that consumes me to this day, but at the time it was deeply liberating. It freed me from the pressure to strive ever harder in the hope that perhaps this time my virtue would be recognised and my life would change. As for the teachings I had been inculcated with, they might not have been proven false, but they had been rendered irrelevant to me. Over time they would fade away, leaving the outsider's realist perspective that has clashed with yours so many times.

"But I digress. Akane, the Will of Fire, on the dubious assumption that such a thing exists, does not protect its chosen from making correct decisions. Were I the Hokage with a duty to protect my people as my raison d'être, and you a martially promising but even slightly unreliable shinobi whose elimination would be the complete elimination of an existential threat, there would scarcely be a choice. Even as Nara Kei, I leave the world in your hands only because you have opened your heart to me and convinced me beyond doubt that you can be trusted. Were it another, such as one of the new Gōketsu adoptees, I would already be pondering my options.

"Tell me, Akane, do you believe that the Hokage would do less than me if Leaf's survival was at stake?"

Akane looked away. "Kei... you're asking me to believe that my lawful and spiritual leader, the avatar of all that is good in the world, is someone who would murder his own people out of nothing but distrust. Doesn't that sound like the Kage you grew up with, not the ones I did? Now you want me to believe they're all the same? I... I can't. I'm sorry. I don't know what would be left of me if I could."

Was this it? The opening Kei needed? She prayed it was. She was nearly out of ideas, and she could not fail.

"Akane," she said as patiently as she could, "if the Hokage orders you eliminated, it will not be because he is a failure as a leader. It will be because he is a good one. How many more people would have lived if the Third had acted on his suspicions of Orochimaru early, instead of deciding to trust in his apprentice's moral fibre for just a little longer? If he had recognised Itachi's insanity in time? Or imagine if Hashirama had accepted that his best friend was preparing to betray him, and struck first. How much longer might he have lived? What might he have made of this village, of the world?

"It hurts to act on that uncertainty, Akane. It hurts to seek to live life as a moral person, only to be forced to steep one's hands in evil for the sake of preventing a greater evil, knowing that the greater evil might never come to pass and you might be taking innocent lives for nothing. It hurts to know that one day you may be forced to betray your friends or family to prevent a disaster that might exist only in your imagination. How much easier to instead let the chips fall where they may and enjoy blissful innocence until they land, accepting responsibility only in the event of failure, and then only if you are still alive. If the Hokage is a good man, he is feeling the pain of uncertainty even now, and if he is a worthy Kage, it will not prevent him from doing what he must."

Akane shook her head, but weakly. Kei should have known that, despite Akane's core of unflappable common sense, it would be arguments from the heart that struck home, not from logic.

"Please, Akane. I am not asking you to condemn your divinity as immoral. I am asking you to understand that he has been placed before a choice with no morally acceptable options, and that of the options before him, he will choose the one that protects the most people with the most certainty. It is the correct decision from every perspective, save that we understand the situation better than he does and know that you could never cause the catastrophe he fears."

She was almost there. She could feel it. She would push, and a piece of Akane's heart would break forever, and then there would be hope.

But she had expended the last of her arguments. She cursed Leaf from the bottom of her heart. In Yagura's Mist, anyone whose loved ones had been taken from them in the middle of the night would be prepared to at least entertain the idea that the Mizukage was fallible (even if they would not say it aloud for fear of being next). Leaf's Kage had instead been a succession of reasonable men, and apparently that was enough for the unthinking masses to accept their claims of godhood. Kei was no holy sage with the power to force open the eyes of the wilfully blind, but she would be damned before she allowed Akane, her ridiculous, precious Akane, to die of manufactured loyalty to a village that did not deserve her.

There were two times when shinobi were known to briefly unleash heights of power that they would take years to reclaim on a more permanent basis. One was when they finally unlocked a new ability, like a Kani achieving a new tier of crab or, per Leaf tales of valour, an Uchiha awakening a new tomoe of their Sharingan. The other was at times of utter desperation, when merely pushing oneself to one's limits would not be sufficient to prevent certain death. Kei was increasingly confident that this was one of the latter—and as a general rule, the key was to attempt something simultaneously ambitious and incredibly stupid.

Kei stepped forward. Akane was sitting on the bed, forcing Kei to go on one knee to achieve eye level (even dogeza would have been acceptable if she believed the cheap gesture would have any effect). She took both of Akane's hands in hers, weathering the immediate jolt of panic. They were her muscles and they would do what she demanded, and she would process the horror (Akane was in a position to hold her hands back) after she burned through her willpower and finished speaking.

"Akane, I am as serious as I have ever been. I sincerely believe that if you do not take immediate, concrete action, you will be killed. This is not merely Kei the pessimist speaking. It is what I would do in the Hokage's place, and he is not measurably more incompetent, irresponsible, or sentimental than I. I cannot say this and you cannot repeat it, but he is the man who refused to intervene to save my life lest it risk a final confrontation with Orochimaru. Akane, I beg you, even if you do not believe me, even if our bond and all our time together do not outweigh your faith in Sarutobi Asuma, then do this for me as the favour of a lifetime. Spend a few months living in my world where your life is in danger, and I will do anything for you in return—anything that does not harm the people in my care. I am aware that, if you survive, there will be no evidence with which to restore your trust in me. Nevertheless, I do not hesitate to ask this of you. Akane, please."

A second later, her willpower was exhausted.

She backed away before she knew it. This was Akane. Akane was safe. Kei was not in danger. The fear was a lie. Kei was not in danger. The fear was a lie.

Not enough.


It took minutes in the bathroom before Kei was composed enough to return (a record in itself, relative to the circumstances). It had truly been a desperation move, and she had hoped, foolishly, that she would retain enough self-control to remain and hear Akane's answer. Still, there was nothing greater she could have done to prove her determination. If that was still insufficient, then all was lost.

"Apologies," she said awkwardly after re-locking Akane's door (she was a little proud that she had been able to operate a lock in that condition).

"Don't worry."

Akane also seemed composed, and at any rate not about to banish Kei from her presence for blasphemy, which was a promising start. However, the exam parchment had already been handed in. There was no more time for clarifying notes in the margins. All Kei could do was await her grade.

"Your thoughts?"

Akane smiled. "I don't know what you think of me, but I'm not somebody who can simply ignore everything you said and did just because it clashes with the beliefs I hold dear. I know there was a long time when we were each convinced that the other one was wrong about everything, but we've been past that for a while, right?"

Kei nodded. "Everything", she had learned after the two of them began to become friends for real, was perhaps an exaggeration. Until the moment the word "youth", or a derivative, left Akane's mouth, she was as capable of being stunningly insightful as she was of being stunningly naïve. Now, sadly, even that circumstance did not arise.

Akane patted the empty space on the bed next to her. After a second's hesitation, Kei sat down, taking care to leave plenty of room between them because she was in no state to experience that again.

"I'm just… lost and confused, Kei. The Hokage is moral goodness itself. That's what I've always been taught, and it's what I've seen with my own eyes, time and time again. The First invented peace, and the Second made it last. The Third built the world as I know it. The Fourth saved us all at the cost of his life, and so did the Fifth. The Sixth… maybe never really got the chance to absorb the full wisdom of the Will of Fire, but the Seventh has seen us through crisis after crisis despite inheriting a village falling apart.

"Only then… it was the Hokage who ordered me to burn that town. I'm the one who chose to do it, but that doesn't mean I can pretend away where the orders came from. How many orders like that did he give? I don't dare ask, even though deep down I already know it'll be a number that hurts to hear. The Hokage's much wiser than I am, and the choices he makes are the best choices anyone could make in his place because the Will of Fire guides him. So where does that leave me if my heart says those choices are wrong?

"I know I shouldn't be questioning him. Questioning your orders is disloyal. The chain of command can make mistakes, and if that happens, the team leader has to adapt to the situation on the ground, and that could be you. But once you start thinking you know better than the people the Hokage appointed to lead you, everything falls apart and you can't protect anything. That's not the Will of Fire.

"But what if I can't keep doing this? I know that using it again is wrong, Kei. I know it with a certainty that I don't really have for most things anymore. I can't use it to save the village from Akatsuki because it's too big, and I can't use it against the Dragons because I don't have a Summoning Scroll—and I don't want a Summoning Scroll if getting it means hurting more innocent people just for power. Not after I killed several hundred farmers inventing a weapon no one should have. Maybe Hazō could think of a clever use—but Hazō was the one who thought of this clever use, and if I'm not smart enough to stop him making mistakes, maybe I at least shouldn't be helping him make them."

Kei would have been smart enough, if he had only trusted her.

"The Hokage didn't look like this was a secret he wanted wiped off the face of the earth. If that had been the promise, that he'd make sure no one could ever do this again, maybe I could stand being assassinated—except that Hazō would have to be assassinated as well, and the world needs him too much for that. But he's going to use it, or order me to use it. It's such an effective way of burning down towns. And he'll be doing the right thing, because he's the Will of Fire incarnate… and I can't stand it. I can't stand the thought of it. Am I a traitor to the Will of Fire?"

Kei offered no comment. In fact, she did not move a muscle, because she was in no way capable of giving an answer to that question, and any attempt was guaranteed to make matters infinitely worse.

"Once I start thinking that way, it's not that implausible that the Hokage would want me gone. A ninja who's betrayed the Will of Fire, even in her heart, doesn't belong in Leaf. But I can't just roll over and die. You told me that, Kei: while the world needs Uplift, there are still things even a mass murderer like me can do. If I die, even if it's fair, all of that gets wasted. Right now, Uplift needs every helper it can get.

"So if you're right, and the Hokage's decided I no longer belong within the Will of Fire, what am I supposed to do to survive, Kei? What do I do in your world?"

Kei let out an explosive breath of relief, undignified though it was. She had passed the test, or at least the first part that qualified her to do anything at all about the actual problem.

"Thank you, Akane. In all sincerity. I am honoured by your trust."

Akane's smile became a little less withdrawn, a little more real.

"As to practical steps," Kei continued, "my advice to you is to do the exact opposite of what you should be doing in order to heal your pain and grow beyond it, undermining if not reversing all of the genuine progress you have made."

"What? But why?"

"Because as far as the Hokage and every eye that could conceivably report to the Hokage or influence another's reporting to him is concerned, you need to be a paragon of loyalty and stability. You must not indicate any discomfort with the atrocities you have committed or the atrocities you may yet be ordered to commit, and given your appalling acting skills, that means you must endeavour not to feel it. You must be the very image of faith in the Hokage and willingness to accept his every instruction, without question and without thought, in direct denial of the independent judgement you are finally developing. You must be happy, or at least hovering around the average happiness level of a typical traumatised chūnin, and you must act accordingly. Were it not too blatant a swerve, I might even have recommended a return to Youth. Finally, you must find a way to indicate that Hazō's influence over you is limited, and has no potential to compete with your duty to the Hokage. I advise some manner of lasting rift, over a concrete issue that will make the sudden change in attitude plausible. Recall how you felt when you originally terminated your relationship, or in the aftermath of his failure to punish Haru. One could argue that transforming you into a living weapon of mass destruction might qualify, but I suppose that would clash with the 'embracing atrocities' angle."

"I… I see," Akane said, visibly struggling to take all this in. Kei could not blame her. This was as far from her area of expertise as Yuno was from polyamory, another duty accepted not because she was in any way competent or qualified but because there was no one else.

"Kei, I'm not sure I can do this. I mean, even if I can act out this role perfectly, which I can't begin to imagine how to do, right now I'm a wreck. How do I transition from that to being the ideal ninja without making it obvious that I'm faking it to convince the Hokage?"

"Ah, yes. That." Kei steeled herself for the less enjoyable part of the day. "Come with me, and all will be made plain."

She did remember to retrieve the seal and prevent the inevitable clan war that would result after Hazō memorised it, researched it, and carelessly proceeded to use it in a Nara's presence.

-o-​

It was not painful to see Mari again as they ascended to the rooftop garden. Why would it have been? Kei saw her often enough, laughing and enjoying herself in Snowflake's memories. Their own bond was cleanly severed, with no ragged, bleeding edges. She neither required nor missed Mari's warmth, her playful affection, or the gentle glow of her approval. At this point, she barely remembered such things.

It was a relief that Mari clearly felt the same, as after a moment's shock when she realised she was not facing Snowflake, her expression settled into calm neutrality.

"Hello, Kei," she said, casually batting away the hyphae of the saprophagous amanita sneaking over her shoulder as it reacted to the presence of three or more prey animals in close proximity. "How can I help you?"

"Might Akane and I speak with you in private?"

-o-​

Mari's bedroom, too, was still familiar from Snowflake's recent memories. Despite the unseasonable cold (which Kei was uncertain whether to blame on Hazō), the clothes scattered in a highly disorganised fashion were flimsy, with heating predominantly entrusted to braziers and a heavy quilt. Typical of Mari not to take proper care of her body when there was no one to remind her. Was she at least receiving sufficient nutrition, with no one to monitor her diet and suggest optimisations according to season and activity level? Kei made a mental note for Snowflake to remember to investigate the matter.

To clarify, Mari's welfare was in no way Kei's concern. She merely disapproved of inefficiency.

Kei decided to forgo small talk and lead-ins. The less time spent here the better.

"Mari, Akane requires your assistance as a matter of absolute priority."

"Of course," Mari said. "What can I do for you?"

"For reasons I am not at liberty to divulge, it is urgent that she be made to appear to the world as a healthy, mentally and emotionally stable shinobi with no inclination to question Leaf doctrine or her orders, past or future. As an expert in feeling no guilt for the atrocities you have committed, there is no question that you are the woman to assist her."

Mari blinked.

"Kei," Akane interrupted, "that was uncalled for."

"At this point," Kei said, "I have extensive experience feeling guilt for atrocities, observing those who feel such guilt, and observing those who do not. I have full confidence in my statement.

"However, I have not come to retread old ground. Mari, can you train Akane in the role I have just described, to a degree sufficient to satisfy the most sceptical observer and with a transition natural enough to arouse no suspicion?"

Mari looked Akane up and down.

"And here I was just thinking I was in need of a challenge."

Her expression sobered.

"Is this as bad as I think it is?"

"It is worse," Kei told her. "This will need to be your primary project, waking and sleeping. I do not know how many grains of sand were ever in the hourglass."

"I'll do what I can," Mari said, "but Kei…"

"Excuses are meaningless," Kei snapped. "I am not the one you must convince. I am here only because, having taken responsibility, I feel I must see the project through to the end. You may call freely on my assistance, as long as you appreciate that no one but the people in this room can know—and Hazō, I suppose, though I will not weep if Akane decides it would be preferable to exclude him for the sake of OPSEC.

"Akane, please remember that I have no formal involvement with your situation, and everything I have said to you is baseless private speculation unworthy of being shared with anyone. Beyond that, I trust Mari's ability to read between the lines, and you know the boundaries of what may and may not be explicitly shared better than I."

"This is all Hazō's fault somehow, isn't it?" Mari asked.

"Most of this clan's tribulations are, if one digs deep enough," Kei said noncommittally as she stepped towards the door.

At the last moment, Kei looked back.

"She is in your hands, Mari. Save her."

-o-​

You have received 4 + 1 (Brevity) x 3 = 15 XP.

-o-​

Kei has rejected the training plan. While she does not inherently disapprove of the contents, she is finally close to completing her long-delayed Nara [REDACTED] training, which will cost 500 XP and leave her ready to learn Nara ninjutsu.

-o-​

Your tour of prominent Leaf compounds proceeds apace. The clans seem mostly gratified by the show of respect for them and Leaf culture, and Hazō's reluctant reining in of his natural curiosity has left them only mildly suspicious that you are actually sniffing around for clan secrets (or scouting in preparation for sniffing around for clan secrets).

Of note:

The Amori compound is expansive, with arching ceilings and cloisters decorated with mosaics depicting famous scenes from the clan's history. The gardens are laid out with a care and precision that is almost mathematical, while the statuary that lines the approach to the main building must have taken untold years to assemble. The clan's famous private chapel, dedicated to Hashirama and the teachings attributed to him personally, is a masterwork of carved stone in a city of wood, but Hazō was not invited inside. However, it feels as if there are too few people for the space, and the upkeep is proper rather than pristine. Overall, the compound's faded splendour speaks of an Amori Clan that was not merely voting but grand when it moved into Leaf, before changes unknown to Hazō reduced it to size and clout comparable to the Hagoromo's.

The Aburame favour clean, straight lines, unobtrusive colours, and large windows, with a sense of uncluttered space that almost invites one to imagine oneself as an insect soaring freely where it wills. They have fewer statues and other depictions of clan heroes than other compounds Hazō has seen, but arguably, the ubiquitous insect-motif art serves a similar purpose. Their hives are not within the areas of the compound accessible to visitors, but Hazō can hear the buzzing and practically feel the pressure of millions of lives against him wherever he goes. It is as if the compound itself is organic and living its own life, with Hazō's vision stopping at its skin.

The Minami compound is... "fortified" may be the best word for it. Roofs are difficult to climb and studded with abalone shells, which reflect sunlight into the eyes of anyone attempting to spy on the compound from range. Walls are tall and thick, lines of sight are open, and the Minami are not subtle about having broad areas where visitors should not step unguided if they don't want to die (Hazō envies them—the Gōketsu have too many civilian children running around to deploy kill zones to his or Kagome-sensei's satisfaction). Garden benches are comfortably padded, but also heavy enough to serve as reliable cover against ranged attacks. The Minami colour is white—in this they did not break from the Hyūga—but no white space is without some abstract colour motif that could be decorative or defiant. Only once all these layers of defence are bypassed does one reach a peaceful inner citadel where orderly structure takes a back seat to a seemingly haphazard, wilfully chaotic sprawl of buildings, sculptures (largely abstract, since the Minami have few heroic ancestors they are willing to acknowledge) and other works of art by talented clan civilians (some adopted into the clan for that specific purpose).

Notably, all the compounds Hazō has visited are replete with greenery, clustered into gardens and brightening constructed spaces with the occasional copse or family of shrubs. His hosts all claim that this unity with nature is the First Hokage's greatest philosophical legacy after the Will of Fire, and that respecting and contemplating it is a core part of becoming a true Leaf ninja. A clan's choice of plants speaks volumes to those who take the time to learn the language. (Privately, Hazō observes that this is also yet another line deliberately dividing clan ninja from the clanless, who can seldom afford to dedicate living space to the purely decorative).

Hazō has yet to visit the Hyūga and the Uchiha, having left them for last for a variety of reasons.

With the move yet to come, the housewarming celebrations are still in the planning stages. Hazō has yet to make it public outside the clan. In practice, this means it is mostly the other clans which are in the dark or working off uncertain information, since Shimura has no reason to keep their stroke of fortune secret from the KEI.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited:
Chapter 565: Moving Quickly

October 11, 1070 AS

"Good morning, sir," Hazō said, standing in the doorway. "You called?"

Asuma looked up with a gratitude that Hazō had become long familiar with from the other side—there was no source of delight quite so strong as being provided a release from paperwork. "Hazō, you're here! Come in, come in. How's your morning?" He gestured to the chair opposite him, then pulled a full tea tray from behind his desk.

Hazō settled into the chair with a polite nod and took one of the offered cups. "Going well, sir. How may I help?"

"I have good news," Asuma said. "Those adoption tickets that you've been having trouble with? I dropped a quiet word to the relevant people and they'll be on your desk by noon today. All four of them."

"Thank you, sir," Hazō said, lighting up with relief. "That's been weighing on me."

"Glad to help. And, in the vein of helping, I found you a new compound inside the village." He pulled out a map of the city with a section circled and turned it around so that Hazō could see it. He pushed it forward, pointing at the marked area and smiling widely.

Hazō looked at the map and at Asuma's pointing finger. He paused, then looked back at the Hokage.

"Sir, that's the Meiori compound."

"It is, yes. It's a large, rich area with some excellent land under it and already-built housing. They haven't been there that long, so they were willing to sell it back to the Tower. It's—"

"Sir, it's next to the Hyūga estate." Not only would Kagome-sensei flip his absolute shit at having the 'cheating eyeball stinkers' living next door but there would be no way to hide that the family—well, most of them—were all training with massive numbers of Shadow Clones. The secret of WHOOSH would escape in seconds.

"Well, yes," Asuma said, "but the buffer zone is quite wide. Wider than any Hyūga's range. It won't be an issue so long as you don't build against the wall on the western side."

Hazō took a breath and forced his voice to stay calm. "Sir, I am very grateful that you want to increase the Gōketsu's safety and security, and that you are helping us find new grounds, but this site makes me very uncomfortable. I must ask: are you, in your role as Hokage and with the full weight of the Hokage's office behind your words, giving me a direct order to live on this ground? If so, I will do as ordered and make the best of it. If not, I would like to discuss alternative options."

He was quite proud of that last sentence. So much more polite than "there is no fucking way I'm putting my people there even if it means going missing again." See? Politics wasn't so hard!

Asuma frowned in confusion. "No...it wasn't an order. Hazō, this is a large, luxurious, and extremely valuable walled and gated property that you are going to acquire at little to no cost. It's got a hot spring. It's got an ornamental garden. It's got housing that should suffice for everyone in your clan, including the civilians. It's at the crossroads of Namikaze Way and Namizake Street, making it easy to receive deliveries either from the Sunset Gate or the North gate, since visiting merchants can drive straight to get to you. It's barely a hop to the best markets in the city, as well as the theater district. Granted, the Hyūga are adjacent to it, but the width of the yard inside the wall is sufficient."

"I acknowledge that these are positive traits of the land," Hazō said. "I am grateful that you put so much thought into finding us a location. Despite that, I would prefer to look for something else."

Asuma studied him for a moment, then tossed down the inkstone he'd been fiddling with. He shook his head ruefully and leaned back. "All right, not going to live next to the Hyūga unless I chain you there. Message received. Let's find you somewhere you'll like better."

o-o-o-o​

October 12, 1070 AS

"...and, last but by no means least, allow me to present to you your newest clan brother: Gōōōketsu Yūdai!" Hazō said, turning to face the curtains at the side of the stage and gesturing.

Gōketsu (né Jinno) Yūdai, formerly a clanless genin with a string of girlfriends and a bones-deep certainty that he was going to be dead in a couple years so why not seize life in both hands, emerged from behind the curtain and made a tumbler's pass across the stage. Handspring into no-hands cartwheel into ceiling jump into backflip, stick the landing and bow before straightening up with a brilliant smile.

The crowd went nuts.

The adoption of new ninja into any clan was a major occasion, and adoption into a clan as new and with as few ninja as the Gōketsu was worthy of a full-on carnival. After all, a clan's strength was in its ninja, and the more ninja Gōketsu had the safer the civilian Gōketsu were. Or, said differently, ninja from your clan were protectors and outclan ninja were potential threats. Converting the latter into the former was a cause for celebration.

The evening had been building to a crescendo with the three earlier adoptions: Haruki, the medically-retired chūnin with palsy and progressive dementia who had been living on the estate since the Collapse, followed by Fuyuki Kazushi, the clanless genin who had asked to study sealing under Kagome-sensei, and Sugiyama Shinji, one of the clanless genin with whom Hazō had bonded on the way back from the Chūnin Exams and who Kagome-sensei had since taken on as a sealing student. Jinno Yūdai, now Gōketsu Yūdai, had been another of the clanless bonding group from that trip, specifically the one who had enabled Hazō to burn his mouth on honey-soaked apple slices. He was a bright young man who had been studying sealmastery with Kagome-sensei for months and had endeared himself to many on the estate by being smart enough to pick up on the simple chain of logic that went:

  1. I want Hazō to adopt me
  2. Hazō cares about the well-being and opinions of his clan members, even the civilians
  3. The more I contribute to the well-being of Hazō's clan members, the more they will like me
  4. The more they like me, the more likely they are to urge Hazō to adopt me
  5. Therefore, I should be nice to, and contribute to the well-being of, the Gōketsu clan members, civilian and ninja alike
  6. Also, I should do that anyway because I'm not a complete asshole
"Whoop, whoop!" / "Huzzah!" / "Oh yeah!"

"Gō-ke-tsu, Gō-ke-tsu, Gō-ke-tsu!" someone shouted, others taking up the chant until the enormous Gōketsu meeting hall was rocking.

Hazō, sweet summer child that he was, had envisioned this ceremony as an enjoyable party. It had instead started off as an excited shindig and, as the sake and beer flowed, grown into an enthusiastic hootenanny. People were stamping their feet and pounding on the tables with their mugs, in some cases strongly enough to make the cutlery and glasses bounce. Hazō was starting to get worried enough that he had made a note to have Gaku look into bulk prices for replacement tables and chairs.

"No skills, no papers!" one of the older ninja called from the back of the room, her voice filled with friendly jeers.

"No skills, no papers! No skills, no papers!" other Gōketsu ninja started chanting, pounding their mugs on the tables of the Gōketsu Clan's meeting hall. The tables were set up in rows, chairs on the ends and the north side so that no one was facing away from the stage.

"They've already got their papers!" Hazō attempted to say, but his subordinates were too happy and too tipsy to pay attention.

"Skills! Skills! Skills!"

"All right, all right!" said Jinno. (No! Hazō thought. He's Yūdai now. My clanmate deserves first names.) "What shall I show? Perhaps some of my world-famous taijutsu?" He twirled around and then fell into a swaying hunch, hands in loose fists and index fingers extended. "The terrifying Chicken Style! I peck you!" He lurched forward, jabbing at the air with his fingers.

"Booooo!" someone shouted, laughter in the words.

"Ah, you fear the Chicken! Very well, then how about the mighty Mass Invisibility Technique! Behold!" He flicked out a Tiger and Boar seal, then clapped one hand over his eyes. "You are all invisible! I can't see you!"

"Re-bound, re-bound, re-bound!" came the chant, first one voice and then many. The ninja started it, the civilians joined in despite having no clue what it meant.

Hazō frowned. He had no clue what it meant either.

Jinno—Yūdai, damnit—took his hand away from his eyes and grinned. "Rebound you say? Rebound you shall have! Wapah!" He shifted into a cat stance, hands raised in front of himself, palms down. "Bring it on, starting with...you!" He pointed off into the audience.

A knife flew across the room at Yūdai's head. His hand snapped up and plucked the weapon from the air, hurling it back. Granted, it was a butter knife instead of a battle knife and it was thrown with slothful speed and no spin. Still, Hazō nearly had a heart attack watching the cutlery fly into the moderately drunk crowd comprised mostly of civilians.

"Not into the crowd!" he hissed to Yūdai, doing his best to keep his voice down but still project it across the ten feet between them.

The newest Gōketsu nodded tightly, not losing his smile or looking away from the audience. The second incoming 'weapon', a three-tined fork, was caught and tossed casually backwards to bounce off the wall.

"That all you got?" Yūdai mocked. "My old granny throws better than that!"

That was not, in fact, all that the crowd had. A shower of chopsticks, cutlery, dishes, and (weirdly) shoes washed across the stage. Yūdai leaped and spun and surged back and forth, snatching as many of the 'throwing weapons' from the air as possible. Some of the throws were bad enough that Yūdai had to work to reach them, and some were so far from their purported target that the Yellow Flash himself couldn't have stopped them. Hazō had to twist aside from an errant soup spoon.

"Aha!" Yūdai said, fingers darting forth to snatch something from the air too quickly for the audience to see that there had not actually been anything there. Hazō, from his angle behind and to the side, could see the moment that Yūdai produced the object that he'd been palming all this time. To wit: a pair of frilly feminine panties.

"Ah, my love! So bold! So daring!" Yūdai called to the audience, eyes wide in simulated surprise as he held up the clothing for display. "So very delightful that you throw your favor at me from the very seats!"

All eyes turned to Mikiko, Yūdai's well-known Gōketsu lady friend. Where Hazō would have expected a blush there was only a wicked grin. "Don't forget to bring those with you tonight!" she called up to the stage. Cheers and laughter erupted around her.

Hazō smiled and faded back from the stage. His part in the ceremony was over and the revelry was only just getting started.

o-o-o-o​

October 16, 1070 AS

Mari had her head on a swivel as they walked through the clan's new land. She was dressed in layers of silk kimonos that satisfied the strictest standards of Leaf's fashion while, in the aggregate, also being suitable for the weather. Her hair was brushed, her makeup perfect, her jewelry tasteful yet expensive, and for some reason this was the appearance she had chosen despite knowing that they were going for a site walk across undeveloped ground when rain had been falling not two hours earlier. Hazō was struggling to maintain a straight face. The situation was funny enough to distract from the slight headache he was carrying after the party last night. Weirdly, it wasn't a hangover; he'd drunk in great moderation, not interested in getting tipsy. No, the problem was that the party had gone on long enough that he hadn't gotten enough sleep and his body was taking its revenge. Was this what it was like to get old? Not even able to manage a late night without a mild headache? What would it be like when he reached the rickety age of twenty?

"What's with that?" Mari asked, pointing at a pile of wreckage off to the right and thankfully breaking Hazō out of his semi-amused and semi-appalled ponderings on aging and mortality.

Hazō grimaced. "Demolished civilian housing. Asuma and I spent two hours finding a spot that both of us were happy with the Gōketsu estate sitting on. I wanted a certain amount of land, far from the Hyūga, and a few other things. He wanted..." He waved the topic away. "Whatever. It was a long, boring, and very frustrating meeting. The solution we finally came to is that we get Senju Ken Park, plus some of the adjacent area. It includes a hot spring, a bunch of undeveloped green space, and two large water features so we can have the koi in one and use the other for drinking and bathing. Problem is, in order to make it work he had to throw in some land that had civilian apartments on it. He's had the Tower acquire the land, relocate the civilians, and demolish the structures."

"Demolish them? Why not let our people use them?"

"I wouldn't have put our dogs in those places," he said. "They were slums." He grimaced. "The part that bothers me is that we can't simply adopt the people who were living there, at least not right away. Bad optics for us to buy the land and, apparently, the people living on it. For now, they're all being housed at Tower expense and in greater comfort than what they had."

"How many of them?"

"A few hundred. It was a small but very dense neighborhood. And no, there really wasn't a better option once all the factors were weighed. Once we've got the compound squared away for our own people I'll go see what I can do to help those we displaced. In the meantime, I'd like you to work with the Merchant Council to make sure they're taken care of. We can hire some till'n'fill missions to build housing for those people if the Council will let us." Because, obviously, improving the lives of Leaf's citizens was something you should have to say pretty please about instead of just going and doing it. Especially in the city that prided itself on the Will of Fire being about protecting each other and working together.

"Can do. I haven't visited Kiyomoto in a while. It'll be good for both of us."

Hazō very intentionally forbore to ask about Mari's cat-with-cream expression. Whatever it was about, and he had his suspicions, he didn't want to know.

"Anyway, I'm figuring we use MARI to put walls up around the area," he said instead. "Then we do the same thing we did with the current compound—MEW up some housing, set up the necessary outbuildings, then I can use Earthshaping to beautify the place. The good news is that we aren't in a rush this time. Asuma hasn't given us a firm deadline for when we have to move, but I'm getting the sense that he's going to start dropping some increasingly pointed hints if we aren't in here by this time next week."

Mari laughed. "What does it say about our lives when we think that a week is plenty of time to create an elegant clan compound for hundreds of people?"

"That we are apparently the only ninja in the world who aren't stupid?" Hazō suggested. "We actually recognize that jutsu are good for things other than punching people."

She rolled her eyes. "Other people recognize it too, they simply don't advertise that fact to the degree we do. Anyway, how many gates are you planning to put up? The way the jutsu works it's more efficient to do long stretches. Every opening means you need a new casting and the startup cost makes it much more expensive in terms of chakra."

"Actually, I've got an idea about that," Hazō said. "MARI generates a wall three yards high as measured from ground level. That means it follows the contours of the land."

"Yup. It's part of why the NOBURI roads have been so challenging—clearing the land with Force Wall saws is easy and stumping the remains is manageable, but the crews have to do at least some leveling if they want the roads to be usable for civilian carts."

"I didn't know you were following the NOBURI project," he said, eyebrows shooting up in surprise.

"I'm your spymistress, Hazō. I follow lots of things," Mari said, smiling. She blinked, releasing the genjutsu that he hadn't realized he was trapped in, and ruffled his hair before he could jerk back out of reach.

"You realize I'm your Clan Lord now, right?" he grumbled, pulling away so that he could push his hair back into some trace of order. "Would it kill you to show a little respect?"

"Possibly. Besides, I've been slacking off on your anti-genjutsu training and felt the need to start it up again."

"Delightful. Anyway, we figure out where we want the walls and the gates. Where we want the gates, we dig a trench five yards deep. The walls are five yards high on either side of the trench and ground level in the trench."

Mari frowned. "Does that work? Doesn't the wall need to be contiguous?"

"Eh, so we dig it not quite five yards deep. Leave it sticking up enough that the top of the lower segment is in contact with the rest of it. We'll fill over it so it'll be just a slight hump as you go in. Or maybe the jutsu will handle it regardless, running down the side of the trench or something."

"Hazō...are you sure it's a good idea to be poking at jutsu in order to find out what they do in edge cases?"

That brought Hazō up short.

"Hm," he said. "I think—"

Does Hazō want to try this idea? This vote closes at the same time as the main vote. Once it's defined I'll edit this update based on the result of the vote. It will likely only be a couple extra paragraphs; this is an experiment to see how this mid-update voting works for our community, and also to try out the 'tasks' segment of the tally bot.

Please use the square-bracketed '[Gates]' tag so that the tally bot can separate these votes into their own section. It would be best if you copy/pasted.

[][Gates] Experiment, very carefully, with Hazō's gate-building idea about digging a trench
[][Gates] Do not try Hazō's gate-building idea about digging a trench

If you vote to try the experiment then Hazō will do it will full Kagome-level precautions and advice from appropriate experts.

This vote is separate from the main vote and therefore does not count against word count. Write-ins are not being accepted.

"That aside," he said, "I'm thinking that I want to make this estate beautiful. I want it be a home, not a jumped-up refugee camp like our current one, even if we're starting to get that one into proper shape." He stamped hard on the sudden flash of anger concerning his clan being forced out of their home, and forced himself to continue in a normal tone. "I want it to be the kind of place that other clans look to with admiration. A place we can bring people in order to impress them. Not just because our people deserve to live in such a place, but because it will give us political influence. Thoughts?"

Mari raised an eyebrow in approval. "I like it. I especially like the fact that you're thinking about the political implications of your choices."

"Clan Lord," he reminded her. "I've finally recognized the lesson."

"Oh? What lesson is that?"

"That just because you live in the same village doesn't mean you're friends. That clans don't have friends, they have allies, enemies, and the Hokage. That 'Clan Lord' actually means 'warleader', not 'administrator' or 'dispenser of justice' or anything like that."

Mari smiled, a bit sad and a bit amused. "Kei been teaching you etymology?"

"She has, yes. Apparently she got a book on it recently and she's been gobbling it down. Also, congratulations on calling her Kei instead of Keiko. I don't think I said that before."

"Thank you, I think?" She shrugged. "I decided that I'm tired of being angry with her, and I realized that calling her 'Keiko' was a petty way of expressing my anger. So, fine. I'll call her 'Kei' if she prefers that."

"I'm impressed." He carefully did not say 'I am proud of you'. Being proud of someone's choice implied that you had a hand in that choice. Hazō could be proud of Mari for embodying the concepts of Uplift that he had introduced her to, or for protecting the Gōketsu clan of which he was a member, but for this bit of growth he could only admire her. She had done this one entirely on her own.

"Thanks," she said. "You mentioned that this place has a hot spring?"

"Right this way," he said, gesturing and leading her in the appropriate direction. "After we check it out, I want to get your thoughts on a different section. First one: whichever gate we decide is the main gate, I was thinking of putting a statue of Jiraiya there. Something impressive—fists on his hips, gazing heroically into the distance, that kind of thing."

She burst into laughter, so much of it that she had to clutch her stomach. "Make it big!" she gasped. "Astride the gate, so you have to walk between his legs to come onto our land."

The image caught Hazō just as he was inhaling and the laugh turned into a coughing fit. It took a few seconds, but eventually the two of them had regained their composure.

"That is absolutely going to happen," he said, nodding and continuing on towards the hot spring. "Sage's boon, Jiraiya will love that." He raised a preemptive finger. "We are not making the statue anatomically correct."

She raised an eyebrow. "'Will' love that?"

"Yes, will. Back on topic, I'm thinking a couple of training halls, enclosed to protect from the weather and long enough for ranged weapons practice." Or, said differently, a training hall for the majority of Gōketsu ninja and a separate place where Team Uplift could continue to WHOOSH in secret. If any non-Gōketsu Leaf ninja saw them training with half a dozen simultaneous Shadow Clones it would have been immediately obvious that something strange was happening. Only Naruto could survive having more than a handful of clones running at the same time; for anyone else, the psychic shock of that many clones popping after multiple hours of practice would be fatal. The fact that resistance to clone shock could be trained was Hazō's greatest discovery. By having the family devote all their training to managing clone shock it enabled them to have more clones out and thereby do more training on resistance to clone shock. They'd been doing that for a year or so now and they were all capable of having half a dozen clones training simultaneously, for multiple hours at a time. When the clones popped, all of that training was merged back into Prime's world line as though they themselves had done it.

The Gōketsu were finally getting to the point where Hazō was letting them use their clones to train actual ninja skills, and the speed of advancement was enormous. It was so fast that he had taken to referring to it in his head as 'WHOOSH', the sound that a diving bloodhawk made as it zoomed by your ear if you managed to dodge in time.

Of course, the insight was fragile, easily discovered, and Hazō didn't think that it would fit under the umbrella of clan secrets. The Shadow Clone was a secret of Leaf, not of the Gōketsu, and WHOOSH was a simple insight on how to use it effectively. If another clan learned the secret then they might be able to outpace the Gōketsu, powering up their own ninja faster than Team Uplift could empower themselves. Hazō couldn't have that. He intended, within a few years, to have a clan of multiple S-rank ninja.

Why? Because it had become clear that the way you got things done in Leaf was to have overwhelming physical power on your side. That you could do what you want so long as you could punch through walls. That you could basically ignore inconvenient rules, and that the Hokage would not trouble you overmuch so long as he knew you could kill him.

The next time Asuma decided to kick the clan off their land, or to potentially murder Akane for knowing something sensitive—shoot, the next time something happened as simple as Hazō's morality and desire for world improvement coming into harsh contact with Asuma's paranoia and overbearing nature...well, that conflict was going to go a little differently, and there wasn't going to be any killbox involved.

Not for Hazō, at least.

o-o-o-o​

October 15, 1070 AS

"Good news and bad news," Haru said. His eye twitched at the repetitive metallic clicking sound Mari was making on the couch. She'd taken off her big loopy earrings and now idly swung them around her fingers while listening to Haru's report, repeatedly bouncing them off of each other so they reversed direction.

"Understood," Hazō said. "Let's start with the good news."

"Right," said Haru. "First, whoever's been slandering us has decided to stand down after the Motoyoshi and Kyoshō got in a feud. There were a couple bar fights, a trade war started to escalate between them, and the Hokage came down on them like a hammer. Everyone involved reprimanded, clan heads chastised, and lots of reparations exchanged by both sides. Whoever our enemy is got the message—Asuma is going to be riding the clans hard to focus on rebuilding and not on internal conflict—so they've stopped funding their theater troupes.

"Of course, the plays were on the decline anyway. There's only so many ways to slander you and still keep an audience's attention, and our counter-bribes were convincing most of the troupes to find better material. It looks pretty natural, like they just decided to move on, so we shouldn't have to worry about the Hokage noticing it and getting us caught in the area-of-effect."

Hazō sighed. "Let me guess the bad news. The ramp-down was so natural that we have no way of telling who it was, in the end?"

"Right," Haru said, his face grim. "Still, Mari and I are ninety-nine percent sure it was the Hagoromo. They've been taking far too much joy in twisting the knife in any Gōketsu ninja they meet, talking about how our Clan Lord is a coward and a weakling without actually saying anything so blatant that it would permit a response on our part. You're right that we don't know for sure who it was, but no, that's not the bad news. The bad news is that the plays basically worked."

"What do you mean?" Hazō asked.

"Well," Haru said, ticking off items on his fingers, "the Amori have backed out of contract negotiations and are icing us out, the Akimichi have decided to seek investment from the Hyūga for their latest ventures rather than us, and the Kurusu have backed out on a trade venture we were discussing for marketing silk to their longstanding trade partners in Lightning. Looks like the conservative clans saw our tainted reputation and decided they'd rather wait to see if we fix it rather than let themselves get dirtied by association."

"I see," Hazō said. "Well, you did what you could and things seem to have come out much better than they could have. Mari, please tell Gaku to give me an update on the clan finances sometime? I'm only vaguely aware of the numbers, but we might need to tighten our belts a bit this winter."

Mari put the earrings back in her ears. "Haru, thank you for reporting. If that's all, could you give us the room for a moment?"

"I'll be in my office," Haru said, nodding stiffly before leaving.

Hazō sighed. "He still doesn't like me, does he?"

Mari shrugged as she pulled herself to her feet and moved forward so she could lean over the chair in front of Hazō's desk. Deeply ingrained reflexes from years of Mari exposure let Hazō look away from her cleavage almost instantly, but the distraction was sufficient to let Mari give his hair a quick ruffle.

"Nope," she said, laughing at Hazō's frustrated attempt to get his hair back in order. "I'd say he's coming around, but things are pretty much stable on his end. He respects your ideals and the good things you do with the Gōketsu, and he doesn't like you personally. That's not ideal, but it's not a problem. Clans have survived abrasive clan heads for generations. You're far from the worst that's ever ended up in the big chair."

"I'd like to not be an abrasive clan head that my people merely tolerate," Hazō said. "I'll think about if there's anything I can do with Haru. What exactly did you want to talk about, Mari?"

Mari smiled and leaned forward a little deeper. "Oh, just some things I've seen around the estate that I thought you ought to know about. Say, the occasional ninja track in out-of-the-way places."

Hazō frowned. "Is someone surveilling us?"

"Of course not! I mean, sure, the tracks and their timings line up just right with ANBU's patrol guidelines and shift changes, but it's preposterous to think that ANBU would be actively surveilling a Leaf clan in good standing. Besides, ANBU agents are very skilled at what they do. I'm sure there's no way even the village's top jōnin could notice that they'd been around."

Hazō's frown deepened. "Mari, that would be a serious problem. What did you see?" He carefully did not ask 'and how do you know the details of ANBU patrol guidelines and shift changes?' That was a conversation to be had never.

"Nothing of any importance, that's for sure. Nothing suggestive that would make me start thinking about anything. Sure, these tracks seem to be centered around Akane, but I'm sure that's a coincidence, as is the fact that they only started appearing after that chakra beast extermination mission she was specifically assigned to instead of it being posted on the board for anyone who wanted it. I'm also very sure these tracks have nothing to do with the sealing failure you caused last week. The one that created that massive storm which was very clearly a seal failure and not anything else."

Hazō suppressed a shudder. Asuma had told him to keep the secret and he'd tried his best. Asuma couldn't blame Hazō if Asuma's ANBU agents were the ones that gave away the Elemental Mastery secret to Mari, right? Better play it safe. "I don't know what to take from that."

Mari, the woman who had all but taught Hazō how to lie, smiled wider. "Well, I just wanted to point something out: the Hokage knew about the plays the whole time, I'm sure. Haru seems to think that only important things reach the Hokage's attention, but in reality, Asuma not only gets briefed by the ANBU and also by Sarutobi Clan agents, but also generally keeps an eye on the pulse of the village. He might not have investigated it himself to know the source, but... If he, say, suddenly got a reason to want to make our clan happy, he might have sent discreet messages to a bunch of the clans that could plausibly have wanted to slander us, telling them to knock it off."

"Okay," Hazō said. "I suppose that's a possibility."

"Of course, I just wanted to raise it to your attention. And of course, this possibility depends on the Hokage suddenly paying a lot more attention to our clan for some reason. A less humble woman than me might wonder who in particular he's paying attention to and why, but luckily, I'm not terribly humble and therefore I'm sure that I am the center of his attention due to my beauty, wit, and charm. I am very confident in this and have no desire to speculate on alternative explanations, due only to my complete lack of curiosity and not to the fact that ANBU doesn't like it when people's idle speculations turn out correct."

Hazō sighed. "I understand. Thank you for the...entertaining hypothetical, Mari."

Mari stepped back from the chair and made a sweeping bow. "I aim to please, milord. Now, if there's nothing else...?" She waited for his headshake, then tossed him a casual salute and sauntered out.

The moment she was out of sight, she leaned back in. "Incidentally, were I to continue that line of hypothetical storytelling, I might suggest that it would be a good idea for Akane to avoid using any especially secret clan techniques for a few months. Oh, in life or death battle, fine. Probably best to avoid training any of them, though. Or training with them. Otherwise they might go whooshing right out the door and into the public awareness."

"Ah," Hazō said. "Yes. Interesting point. Thank you, Mari."

She winked at him and pulled her head back around the corner. He could hear her humming a jaunty tune as she walked away. He even recognized the tune; she had hummed it all the time during their missing-nin days, when she was a sadistic jōnin sensei running training exercises for her exhausted then-genin. She called it her 'enjoying the fact that this is not my problem' song, sometimes also known as the 'taking joy in the suffering of others' song.

Alone in his office, Hazō chewed on the end of his brush, his stomach roiling in a snake's nest of various fears since this was very much his problem.

o-o-o-o​

October 18, 1070 AS

The canteen was crowded and Yūma was starting to feel the pressure.

He had been chatting amiably with Lady Akane for the last ten minutes. Or, rather, chatting at her, since she barely responded. He wasn't sure what exactly must have happened to put the estate's radiant, gorgeous, sunny-dispositioned Lady-apparent (was that how inheritance worked or would Lady Mari keep running the show after the inevitable wedding?) so deep down in the dumps. Still, Yūma was the kind of man to see a bad situation and find opportunities to do good. He would raise her spirits or die trying!

"—but you know, I can't exactly tell you," he said. He paused, letting the tension build for just a moment before delivering the punchline. "After all, you're not a monk."

No laugh, not even a giggle. He'd even settle for a snicker at the joke's delivery, with the over-the-top voices and the accents and the gestures and everything.

This was bad. He'd worked through all his A-list material, all his B-list material, and now he was scraping the bottom of his C-list. He was already burning his reputation doing this in the canteen where everyone could see his failure to get a laugh from his chosen target—and wasn't that against the laws of nature or something? Gōketsu Yūma never failed to get a laugh. Well, at least the kids were laughing at his jokes, even if they tried to pretend they weren't listening. Still, the fact that he was surrounded by civilian families meant that he couldn't pull out the bawdy jokes, even if he had thought that Lady Akane were the type to like that humor, which he wasn't sure about. No, he needed a real zinger, and he needed it fast.

"Okay, how 'bout this one! So, there's these three priests walking down the road, and they—"

Yūma paused as a buzzing sound crescendoed, rising to his feet as Lady Akane did the same. He leaped away as she shot forward with a snap kick at the center of the table, where one of the storage seals they'd grabbed lunch from was making the strange noise. Food flew everywhere and the plank of wood broke free and made it halfway to the wall before something happened and its middle section disappeared. It hit the wall in two pieces.

Pop, pop, popopop.

Screams split the mess. Yūma spun and scanned the hall, ninja instincts kicking in almost immediately to stifle his reactions and keep him calm.

A young girl screamed and pawed at the spot below her shoulder where blood sprayed out. A man stared blankly as the corpse that used to be his wife crumpled, the front half of her skull neatly severed in a gruesome display of viscera. A pair of legs, barely attached by a section of hip, collapsed to the ground.

"MOM!" yelled Akane. In a burst of speed, she was suddenly behind the counter where the attendants had been handing out food. She knelt next to a middle-aged woman (her mother?) who had fallen with her arm severed below the elbow. Akane lit her hands with pale-green medical chakra (since when did Lady Akane know medical ninjutsu?), then paused, shook her head, dispelled the effect, and cast her Flame Aura.

She snapped her head over to Yūma. "Noburi!" she screamed. "Now!"

Yūma nodded and started to run as Akane started to cauterize her mother's wounds.

o-o-o-o​



"—at which point, Prism made a feeble appeal to our consanguineous origins, apparently beseeching me to overlook our shared creation that morning," Snowflake said, surprisingly animated. Apparently, the Kittensphere's last board game night had ended well for the Gōketsu representatives. "I refused her my forbearance and proceeded to—"

She broke off midword as reality cracked open across the lunch counter they had departed not two minutes earlier, with full bellies and a desire for the warmth of the living room hearth.

Missing-nin reflexes kicked in, sending Hazō rolling off his chair and behind one of the cubes of polished and Earthshaped granite that made for both convenient end tables and discreet blast shields in case of attack. Snowflake had technically not existed during Team Uplift's missing-nin days, but she had inherited those reflexes in full measure from her progenitor; she made it to cover an instant before Hazō did, weapons springing to hand.

A moment later, a background buzzing sound crescendoed with a pop, and air rushed towards the counter where they'd been eating, like an implosion seal's aftermath.

Snowflake looked over to where Hazō crouched, one eyebrow raised interrogatively.

Hazō met her eyes and flickered handtalk. Cover me. Three...two...one.

He burst up from behind the granite, chakra surging into his veins as he charged to the side, leaping up and flipping to run across the ceiling so as to confuse the eye of any potential attacker. Snowflake came up on one knee so that the table continued to shield most of her body while she readied her attacks.

Hazō slowed to a stop and flipped back to the ground. "All clear," he said, his voice distracted. "Come look at this."

Snowflake joined him, weapons still in her hands.

Two hemispheres of stone had been carved cleanly from the lunch counter, as if scooped away by a massive melon baller. The spheres were centered right on where the seals containing the detritus of Hazō and Snowflake's lunches had been sitting.

"Hazō—" Snowflake began. She was cut off by a Banshee seal activating outside. One long pulse, two short. Major sealing failure. And by the sound of it, centered on the Gōketsu estate, not in Leaf proper.

Hazō wasted no time, vaulting over the ravaged countertop and making for the door. "Go find Noburi," he called over his shoulder. "Tell him to meet me where the smoke is. We'll need chakra and maybe toads. You decide if we should handle this in-house or if we need Kei and the Nara. I'll find Kagome-sensei."

"Understood," she said, jogging alongside him. "If I decide Prime is needed then I shall dispel myself and have her re-summon me back on the Nara estate. It will be faster than running there."

He nodded his thanks and yanked the front door open, slipping out into the cold October air.

o-o-o-o​

It was a surprisingly busy day in the Gōketsu Storage Seal Bank's main branch. The bank was a one-storey squat building of (as expected for the Gōketsu estate) red granite. Hazō hadn't had time to Earthshape it into something more attractive than a big block of rock, but various estate dwellers had painted it white and even added murals. It was the second bank built (the first being in the city proper) but it was now considered the main bank with the city-based version merely a branch office. Despite that, it was built at the southern end of the estate, in the shadow of the towering walls of Leaf proper and right next to the Gōketsu estate's gate where people coming onto the estate could use it easily. It offered lower prices than the branch office, as a way of encouraging mixing between Leaf's public and the Gōketsu on their otherwise isolated land.

With that strange storm and the unseasonable cold, a fair few people, both Gōketsu and civilians from inside Leaf, had opted to exercise common sense and get some food in storage for the future. If the Hokage had to ration the food stores again this winter, at least they would have something to fall back on. It was just about the anniversary of the collapse of the Gōketsu scrip, and it certainly said something positive about the Gōketsu's recovering public trust that the usage of the storage seal bank in Leaf had nearly returned to its level prior to the bank run and civilians were making the trek out of Leaf's gates, along the wall, and onto the Gōketsu land in order to use the main office.

None of the civilian tellers caught the buzzing sound in time. Haruki did, but the sound was so unfamiliar that it didn't immediately trigger his battle reflexes. Only when he noticed that it was coming from the seal racks did the fear flood through him.

"Move!" he screamed at the civilians, even as he himself surged to his feet. "Outside, everyone!" He grabbed the collar of the teller sitting next to him and heaved the man over the desk and towards the door, chakra-boosted strength getting him a good ten feet of air before he hit the floor. Before he touched down Haruki had already flickered to the next of the civilian tellers and heaved him after the first, then moved to the third. Gōketsu Kaito, the third teller, was younger and had good reflexes for a civilian; he was already halfway to his feet when Haruki grabbed him around the bicep and hauled him over the desk like a sack of potatoes, dragging him along while racing for the door. The other two tellers and the civilian customers were moving under their own power.

Behind them, the floor-to-ceiling rack of seals exploded, sending chunks of wood and broken seals and outerdimensional nightmares splattering in all directions. Spheres of pure destruction blinked in and out of existence, taking massive chunks of bodies and building with them. Haruki and his human cargo didn't even have a chance.

Outside the bank, the area was busy with passersby on their way to and from Leaf work, or running errands on the estate itself. They screamed in horror as the bank collapsed in on itself, dust and rock and debris scattering in all directions.

Gōketsu Gaku, chancellor and secretary to the Lord of his clan, had been six steps from the threshold of the bank when the building collapsed. He took a blast of dust straight in the eyes and slowly backed away from the demolished building, coughing and dropping the bag of fresh persimmons he'd been snacking on while he came to check on how things were going at the bank.

The debris lurched, mounded up, and sloughed away as mountainous shards of crystal-clear ice expanded out to nearly the size of the Hokage Tower. The explosive growth paused, but Gaku saw it continuing to change, expanding in fractals tracing through the air.

Gaku decided it would be wiser to back away quickly, rather than slowly.

Black beads, each the size of a grape, started to stream out from the building, rolling out to cover the ground. Within the ruins of the building, Gaku thought he saw clusters of the black grapes agglomerating on the corpses within. A chunk of flesh fell off a corpse without anything to sever it. In an instant, the chunk balled up and turned black.

Gaku revised his earlier decision and decided to run instead.

o-o-o-o​

Jin heaved aside a section of stonework. "Apologies, sir, but do try to keep still," he said as he scooped up the man that had been trapped under the masonry and started to pick his way back outside where he'd left the rest of the inhabitants of the collapsed cottage. It was one of the detached units that had started springing up lately as a few people decided to move out of the apartment complexes.

He set the man down and rose to attention when he noticed who was standing there. "Lord Hazō," he said.

Hazō nodded quickly. "Jin. Do you know where Mari or Yuno are?"

"I assume they're with their genin teams, sir," Jin said.

Hazō sighed. "Okay, I've sent a messenger to them, but hopefully they see the commotion and return. We need all hands on deck." He gestured at the various injured people that Jin had been pulling from collapsed buildings. "Take these people into the meeting hall. It's warm and it luckily wasn't hit. Noburi's set up a triage station. Keep working the collapses, I need to go see to the secondary sealing failures." He waited for Jin's acknowledgement, then turned and strode off, scratching his hand against the pin on his belt as he went. "Summoning Technique!"

Jin eyed his Clan Lord, then turned to the civilians scattered around. Who was most in need of medical care? Most likely—

He felt a wind breeze by his shoulder and turned to see Yuno, staring at him.

"What is happening?" she said, slightly breathless.

Jin pointed. "Lord Noburi is that way," he said, knowing what she would consider the pertinent fact right now.

Yuno smiled and gave Jin a pat on the shoulder. "Thanks," she said, before darting away.

o-o-o-o​

"Fall back!" Kagome said as he hurled another blast disk into the tidal wave of black beads that swept across the estate. The wave parted around the explosion and continued to flow forward, threatening to consume the sealmaster. A second explosion blasted away the wave's leading edge, but the momentum of the beads could not be stopped, and the wave surged forward again. Fortunately, the momentary delay had cost it its targets, and it flowed harmlessly over two of the logs that the Gōketsu kept scattered around as handy Substitution targets.

Gōketsu Kagome and the newly-named Gōketsu (née Fuyuki) Kazushi appeared in twin puffs of smoke on a nearby rooftop, one of the civilian housing units that was deeper onto the estate than Kagome would have preferred. "Sensei?" Kazushi asked, out of breath. This was the fourth sealing failure worthy of the name that he had seen during his training (minor bits of weirdness like puffs of smoke or trilling discordances didn't count), but it was by far the worst. Worse that his nightmares, which was disturbing since it suggested that his nightmares were going to recalibrate themselves.

"It's the transdimensional elasticity coefficients," Kagome muttered as he rifled through his pockets to slip more blast disks between his fingers. "Jinno—Yūdai—wanted to use the Imagawa converter as a medium to have heat energy trigger the storage seals, but the Imagawa converter doesn't account for transdimensional elasticity unless you add a left twist to the third chord. I think he bobbled the twist."

Kazushi nodded along until Kagome began hurling blast disks down at the black beads that had started to crawl up the side of their building. The explosions made it hard to hear. Instead, Kazushi added his explosives to his sensei's barrage. Within seconds, they leapt to the next rooftop as their position was consumed.

"What was that last part, sensei?" Kazushi asked through his ringing ears.

Kagome studied the oncoming wave of beads, his mouth compressed into a tight line. He had tried explosives and they did nothing more than push the beads back briefly. He didn't want to try an implosion bomb because if it didn't destroy the beads then it would scatter them far more widely. Youthenizer seals were moderately effective but he wasn't carrying as many of them as he should have been, and he had already expended what he had. Hence why there were only a million or so beads wiggling towards them instead of five million. He tried to remember where the nearest available source of youthenizers might be.

"Sensei?" Kazushi asked again. "What happened to cause this?"

"Hm?" Kagome asked. "Oh, yeah. The seals were split transdimensionally."

"What does that mean?"

"Any seal that was bisected by the sealing failure also failed. We need fire, and lots of it. Are you carrying any more youthenizers?"

"No, sensei. Sorry."

"Don't be sorry for things that aren't your fault. I should have added them to the loadout." He rubbed his jaw, looking from the beads to his student. "I need you to verify that this unit is empty. Go in here"—he pointed one hand down and triggered a blast ring three times, the directional explosive blasting a hole through the foot-thick granite—"and search from top to bottom. Make sure everyone's out, then move on to the next unit and clear that one. Tell people to head for the far end of the estate and keep moving. Got it?"

"What are you going to do, Sensei?"

"I'm going to get down to ground level and crater the ground, try to make some sumps that catch the beads and keep them from advancing too much farther. You've got your skywalkers on, right?"

"Yes, Sensei."

"Good, then let's move!"

Kazushi dropped through the hole and Kagome jumped over the side of the building, running down the wall and leaping outwards. He didn't use the skywalkers, wanting to conserve their charge as long as possible, and settled for rolling out of the fall. His knees were getting stiff as the cold weather came in and he didn't fancy trying to simply soak the impact the way Hazō and the other young 'uns would have.

He glanced left and right to verify the situation. He had thirty, maybe forty seconds before the wave of beads arrived. There was no one else moving in this immediate area (small favors), so he didn't have to worry about rescue operations.

He sprinted to the left, emptying all but one charge of his blast rings into the ground, tearing it up into a long, shallow trench that stretched between this civilian housing unit and the next one over. He ran back along the trench, dropping in foxhole charges as he went. They went off in a continuous series behind him, each one blasting out a crater suitable for hiding in, or for providing a sump to kick mis-fused explosives into. Or, in this case, to create a low moat that hopefully the beads could not flow into but not out of.

He finished just in time; a waist-high wall of beads arrived at the far edge of his trench just as the last blast went off. Kagome backed away quickly as the beads poured in. They filled the moat and washed across, leaving many of their number in the torn-up ground but the remainder continuing on.

He grunted in frustration and turned to run, only to find that he was surrounded. Tendrils of the beads had been coming in from the sides, out of his line of sight, and he now stood in an open area sixty feet across with a steadily-widening black moat around it.

Kagome stepped up onto his skywalkers and gained thirty feet, then stopped and surveyed the area to see where he could best help. Off to his left, the roof of one of the housing units was full of Gōketsu civilians seeing refuge on high ground. The beads were wriggling slowly up the sides of the building.

Horror clutched at Kagome's throat as he raced forward, his brain frantically trying to figure out how he was going to get forty people out of there given only the materials he had on his person.

"Lord Kagome!" one of them cried. Her name was Gōketsu Ageha, she was sixty-three years old, one of the cooks. Her singing voice was still pleasant albeit raspier than it had been forty years before; her son, Hiyori, was too young to pronounce 'Kagome', so he always reached fat little hands out to 'Unca Ome!' whenever Kagome came to the kitchen in order to get a sneak peek at tonight's dessert options.

"You three, put these on," Kagome said, handing out the only three rescue harnesses he was carrying to the three largest and strongest-looking men in the crowd.

"Sir...?"

"Do it!" Kagome snapped. "You're going to be carrying the ones too infirm to save themselves. You two, help me with this." He pulled the pieces of a skytower frame out of his seals and assembled them with frantic haste. It was a fifth-generation frame, intended to be usable with only one person and relatively quickly, but that 'relatively' was doing a lot of heavy lifting. He didn't bother glancing over to where the beads were approaching. Either he would make it or he wouldn't and looking away from his task was a waste of time.

He got the top and bottom frames assembled and ready. He stepped into the cut-out circle at the center, hoisted the top frame onto his shoulders and slipped the harness on, then kicked his feet into the slots in the bottom frame and made sure they were fixed.

"It's coming!" someone said from the edge of the roof.

"Here's how this works," Kagome said, his voice as calm as only a forty-year-old sealmaster can be in the midst of a disaster such as this. "I raise the top frame up and pin it in place like this." He suited actions to words, triggering the seals that would lock the frame immovably in midair. "Now I pull the bottom part up." He crunched, hanging in the harness as he pulled his knees to his chest in order to raise the bottom frame up far enough that he could reach down with one hand and activate the seals to freeze it in place.

"It's coming!" Panicky Guy shrieked, pointing over the side.

"Now I raise the top frame again," Kagome said, ignoring the alarmism. He unlocked the top frame and straightened, thereby lifting the top frame three feet higher. He locked it in place. "Everyone step up onto the bottom frame."

A few people did, crawling in between the two grids, but the rest were too distracted by looking fearfully over towards where the threat was apparently coming from.

"Hey!" Kagome snapped. "You want to live? I'm the SSO, the Senior Sealmaster Onsite, and that means I'm in charge! Plus, I'm your clan lord...teacher guy...something. Whatever, just do it! Get on the bottom frame and press together so there's room for everyone. Hold onto the top frame for balance!"

Forty people on the roof and a skytower that was twelve feet in diameter. This was going to be fun.

"Now, everyone is going to support themselves on the top frame while I lift the bottom frame," he said calmly. "Come on, come on, climb up. Good. I lift the bottom frame, then I freeze it. You let go of the top frame so that I can raise it up again. We keep doing that, right? It's easy, that's all."

Despite his calm, reassuring words, Kagome could feel his heart sinking. This wasn't going to work. With a team of ninja, all of them accustomed to working together in times of danger, all of them fit enough to hang from a grid of wooden slats for a few seconds at a time, as well as coordinating when they had their weight on which frame? That would have been doable. With a bunch of panicky civilians? No. They had maybe two minutes until the beads came over the—

From behind him, a deep voice called, "Toad Oil Wave!"

Two massive toads, each of them easily twice Kagome's height and equally as wide, came soaring up into view and landed nimbly on the edge of the roof. Each of them had been shooting a torrent of grey oily liquid from their mouths as they jumped, playing it back and forth across the ground below.

Noburi rode the toad on the left, Kazushi rode the one on the right.

"Now!" Noburi shouted. "Light it!"

The two boys flicked out youthenizer seals. Boys and toads scrambled backwards, retreating towards the center of the roof as the world went up in flames.

o-o-o-o​

"Take a letter," Hazō said, collapsing into the chair with a sigh. There was still soot on his face from seven hours worth of rescue work.

"Ready sir," Gaku said, brush poised. "No need for the salutations and formalities, sir. I shall add the blah blah blah for you."

Hazō grunted a laugh. "You're a good man, Gaku." He sighed and took a moment to organize his thoughts. "Lord Hokage from Lord Gōketsu blah blah blah. At around half past today's noon bell, Gōketsu Yūdai experienced a major sealing infusion failure while working on a storage seal derivative. Every infused storage seal he had ever made immediately self-annihilated, along with all matter within a radius of between two inches and six feet. The effect was instantaneous with no lingering effects. Seals that were fully consumed seemed to disappear harmlessly, seals that were partially bisected immediately failed in turn.

"To the best of our knowledge, Yūdai died painlessly and instantly. Most of the casualties were from direct trauma, though more were injured or killed in resulting collapses or fires. Seven of the Gōketsu civilian apartments were destroyed. Two servants in the main building's east wing were killed when that wing collapsed. Cause of death was most likely seal-based traps misfiring as the wing collapsed. The immediate event saw around sixty dead, forty maimed, and forty more injured in a recoverable way. Eighteen, seven, and three of those, respectively, were non-Gōketsu civilians who were on the estate for various reasons.

"The secondary failure effect produced a mass of black, oily beads that disassembled anyone they touched and converted them into more beads. We estimate thirty or forty more deaths in the southern third of the estate. The beads moved in non-aquatic fashion, although it's unclear if there was actual purpose to it. So far as we can tell, they are immune to kinetic force. Fire causes them to turn grey and become dormant. We have used MARI and Multiple Earth Wall jutsu to wall the beads off into a confined area. Kagome-sensei's recommendation is to leave them there for a few decades, although it would be wise to check every year or so and make sure they haven't tunneled out. The area was too large to create a granite floor under them, but they showed no evidence of digging ability.

"In Leaf proper, a few of Yūdai's seals were in use at the Gōketsu storage seal bank's secondary branch. When these seals failed they caused the building to collapse. Fortunately, there were no secondary failures.

"Within the bank, the seal failures appear to have caused a mixture of injuries and fatalities to Gōketsu Haruki, the two civilian tellers, and five clients present, but the collapse of the building killed those who survived the seal failures. The collapse scattered debris in a wide radius, causing two fatalities among non-Gōketsu Leaf civilians and also killing a merchant from Lightning. There were four other non-fatal civilian injuries, three of them Leaf civilians and the fourth the bodyguard for the Lightning merchant. Those people are currently at Leaf General being treated."

He stopped talking, rubbing his face as he cudgeled his tired brain to cough up more facts that needed to be included.

"Shall I thank Lord Hokage for the reinforcements, sir?" Gaku asked.

"Right. Yes, that. In this report, include a specific point of thanking the Hyūga—their help was essential in tracking down some of the more esoteric failure effects from the bank. Send them a specific letter of gratitude under separate cover."

"Yes, my lord. Is that all?"

"Yeah," said Hazō, pulling himself back to his feet with a groan. "I need to go and thank the clan for their work. Thank you for handling this, Gaku. Tomorrow, could you get me a list of the dead and maimed? We'll need to start making preparations for how we'll recover from this."

"And the move to the new estate, sir?"

"Priority on it has officially been moved up. Don't worry, I'll take care of it."

"Certainly, my lord. Please do get some rest."

Hazō met Gaku's gaze with a tired look. "Maybe one day."



Author's Note: Hazō made progress on Minato's jinchūriki seal chain, completing the first seal in the progression. The exact roll was:

Hazō (Calligraphy): 30 + 3 (IN) + 0 = 33
Hazō (Sealing): 47 + 22 (SSA) - 9 = 69

He also spent 4 days on prep for his next attempt. He can (profitably) spend another 3 days on it for maximum safety or he could attempt the roll now. He feels like it would be reasonably safe as long as he is careful. (Doylist: He's got 3 Fate Points.)

Chronologically, this update went as follows (some of these events were offscreen):

  • October 11:
    • Talk to Asuma about where the new Gōketsu estate will be inside Leaf
    • Successful infusion attempt on Minato first seal
    • Train Harumitsu
  • October 12:
    • Adoption ceremony for the new Gōketsu
    • Recovery from SSA headache
    • Asuma starts acquiring the necessary land for the Gōketsu compound
    • Reo starts his Technique Hacking apprenticeship
    • No Harumitsu training; SSA headache meant Hazō needed to stay away from sealing for the day
  • October 13:
    • Recovery from SSA headache
    • Asuma contines acquiring the necessary land for the Gōketsu compound
    • No Harumitsu training; his Clan Lord had him out of town in Otafuku Gai for a cocktail party
  • October 14:
    • Prep for Minato's second seal
    • Asuma contines acquiring the necessary land for the Gōketsu compound
    • Train Harumitsu
  • October 15:
    • Conversation with Mari and Haru
    • Prep for Minato's second seal
    • Asuma finishes acquiring the necessary land for the Gōketsu compound
    • Train Harumitsu
  • October 16:
    • Walk the new land
    • Prep for Minato's second seal
    • Train Harumitsu
  • October 17:
    • Prep for Minato's second seal
    • Train Harumitsu
  • October 18: Yūdai (newly Gōketsu, formerly Jinno Yūdai) has a seal failure and dies
Notes: This plan was huge. Depending on what you count and leaving out things that are obviously to be offscreened, it could be as many as 6 scenes: Akane, the compound, visit, prepare, Noburi. My rule is -1 XP per scene over 3, but I'm very tired right now and I try to be extra nice at such times in order to compensate for grumpiness that isn't other people's fault, so I'm going to ignore that and call it a 3 XP/day plan with no penalties.



FP AWARD: 1

XP AWARD: 24

Brevity XP: 8

"GM had fun" XP: 1
The seal failure has been waiting in the wings for several real-life months. We figured out the odds for seal failures based on various factors, then rolled to see if it would happen, to whom, and when; the answers came up 'yes, Jinno, sometime in October'. I'm sorry to lose Jinno because he was tons of fun to write, but the scene was super exciting to execute.

Finally, I would like to give many thanks to the inimitable @Paperclipped, who wrote initial drafts of the seal failure scene and also the scene with Mari figuring out most of the EM disaster and then telling Hazō to have Akane stop FOOMing for a few months. I've done some editing and alterations, so anything imperfect in those scenes is my fault and everything good is either shared credit or entirely his.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Wherefore Hagoromo Bigotry (Canon?)
Interlude: Wherefore Hagoromo Bigotry (Canon?)

February 18, 1069 AS, two days after the Collapse

"Wake up, stinker."

Hagoromo Ritsuo jerked awake. Or, rather, he woke up. 'Jerking awake' implied moving and moving was completely beyond him at the moment. There was a force crushing him down, pressing on every inch of his body with the weight of the Hokage Monument itself. He gasped, struggling for air, and rolled his eyes to one side and the other in a frantic attempt to see what was happening.

"Guards!" he shouted. The air drank the words like thick fog drinks light.

There came a snort from just out of sight to his left. "Calling for the guards," someone muttered. "Honestly. It's like he thinks I'm a giant dummy who can't think ahead at all."

The speaker stepped into his line of sight. He had a beaky nose and a hairline that was less 'retreating' and more 'fleeing in panic'.

"Gōketsu?" Ritsuo said, amazed.

"Good, you're awake," Gōketsu said. He studied Ritsuo for a moment. "I guess I can loosen that a bit." He reached out and touched Ritsuo's forehead. Ritsuo looked up, eyes crossing in an effort to see what was happening. He managed to barely catch sight of the corner of a piece of paper, presumably a seal, that was stuck to his forehead.

The weight that was sitting on him lessened slightly, enough that he could breathe easily. It lightened more on his head than the rest of him; he could turn his head to look around, although he could not raise his head more than an inch. Even that required full chakra boost.

He surveyed his surroundings as best he could. Nothing out of the ordinary; his door was closed, no sign of forced entry. The clock on the mantel said just before two in the morning. The fire in the hearth had burned itself low, only a few small flames caressing the half-charred logs, and the room was starting to chill; even in midsummer the ancient stone of the Hagoromo manor sucked heat away and in February it got cold enough that the mornings would show a rime of ice on the surface of a water pitcher.

Gōketsu pulled a chair up into Ritsuo's field of view and settled into it, curling his feet up under him.

"Huh," Ritsuo said. "I did not expect this would be how I died."

"What?"

"Well, I obviously didn't expect an assassin in my bedroom," Ritsuo said, chuckling. "More than that, you are one of the last people I would expect to attempt my assassination, Lord Gōketsu."

"Call me Kagome," the man said. "I still can't get used to that 'Lord' stuff."

"As you wish, Kagome. And, please, call me Ritsuo. It seems only fair." He smiled a carefully-practiced smile, the one that was self-deprecating and lightly amused at circumstance but not at his interlocutor. Building connection might well be key to ensuring a non-fatal outcome tonight.

"I was going to anyway, you stinker." Kagome sniffed. "As to why I'm here: I'm not going to kill you. I'm just going to talk to you. I'm going to tell you the truth."

"Excuse me?"

"I want to tell you the truth, Ritsuo, you arrogant stinker. You're a skilled politician. Mari says that you're one of the best she's ever seen at analyzing people and understanding people. That you're 'mentally flexible and inventive' and other stuff. That you have the best intelligence service in the world and all that knowledge makes you dangerous. She said that the third biggest danger our clan could face would be to end up on the wrong side of the Hagoromo with you as Clan Head. Well, here we are. You just became Clan Head of the Hagoromo and we'll probably end up on the wrong side of you at some point because Hazō is a good person who wants things to change and you're a terrible person who wants nothing to change. Given all that, I want to teach you about reality and how it works. About cobwebs being torn apart, the hedge, and the fact that I used to fly as an eagle."

Ritsuo eyed the crazy person carefully, plans flashing through his brain and being discarded one by one. Gōketsu said he wasn't here to kill, and in retrospect that should have been obvious. He wasn't the sort to gloat before killing someone, so if his intent had been murder then Ritsuo would never have woken up. Say what you would about Gōketsu Kagome—and the extensive dossier compiled by the Hagoromo intelligence service said much, some of it quite astounding—but the man was direct. Straightforward. Predictable.

In other words, a fool. A fool with a fascinating, dangerous, nigh-unbelievable background, but still a fool.

He was a brilliant sealmaster, the man who had invented skywalkers and impressed literally every other sealmaster in Leaf with his insight. Despite that, he never made use of that creativity outside of sealing. He met every problem with explosives and never recognized that only the stupid used brute force to accomplish their goals. Oh, certainly, if you lived in the woods then explosives were all you needed. In Leaf? Among Voting Clans? No, there were far easier ways to destroy someone. Mari, that red-haired witch, knew it well, and she apparently knew what to expect when their clans inevitably clashed.

Ritsuo smiled internally, although he made sure that his captor saw only a serious and frightened expression. Presumably, the point of this was threats—the so-called 'reality' that the other man was going to lay out. Blah blah, sealmaster, blah blah, can kill you anytime if you oppose my family, blah blah, defeated your security. Appearing frightened was the best way to get it over with and have Gōketsu leave thinking he had succeeded.

Kagome was a fool if he thought this was the way to go. Until now, Ritsuo had thought that the Gōketsu, being foreigners, were high-risk additions to Leaf but that their value outweighed their risk. He wasn't interested in outright harming them, only reducing their assets and power to the point where he could take them in as a Hagoromo branch family. Their newly-appointed and frighteningly young Clan Lord had already committed treason once, by accident, and would probably do so again in the future. If he did that again, whoever became Hokage next would most likely kill him, and that couldn't be allowed. He had far too much to contribute to Leaf's power. Indeed, this idea of 'uplift' that he kept going on about was genius—more civilians meant more clanless ninja suitable for adoption, plus more wealth for Fire and more food that could be used as leverage against the rest of the Elemental Nations until they became client states and were eventually absorbed into the Land of Fire proper. Oh, that would take a few generations but it would be a snowballing process. The more land Fire conquered, the more civilians it would have, the more wealth it would generate, the more ninja it would have, the more land it could conquer, and so on. Once conquered, the populace of that land could be molded into appropriate tools of the Will of Fire.

Granted, the foreign ninja would need to be executed. Couldn't properly domesticate the foreign civilians unless they saw Leaf as their only option for protection. And it would likely be necessary to execute ten, perhaps twenty percent of those civilians in order to ensure the rest remained obedient. Still, those who didn't need to be executed would raise the standard of living for both themselves and Fire's citizens while also swelling the power of Leaf like a tidal wave. Leaf could conquer the Elemental Nations without hurling a single kunai.

In fact, forget the Elemental Nations. There was an entire other continent to the east that could benefit from this 'uplift' concept, and the concomitant absorption into Fire.

Of course, all of this would be much easier with Gōketsu Hazō available as a resource. The boy had originated the concept of uplift and had shown himself to be extremely creative. Unfortunately, his foreign-born nature meant that he didn't understand Leaf culture very well and would undoubtedly make another misstep that would end up with him dead.

No, the Gōketsu would be much better off once the Hagoromo wings could spread above them in order to guide them away from treasonous or humiliating missteps, and to help them truly absorb the Will of Fire. With Hagoromo guidance and resources behind them, the creativity and unique abilities of the Gōketsu could be leveraged in ways that would make Leaf, indeed all of Fire, the envy of the world. And, obviously, elevate the Hagoromo as they deserved.

Of course, now that Kagome had broken into another clan's compound and threatened its Clan Head? Now they would all have to be eliminated. Kagome was a mad dog and their Clan Head was too oblivious to control him. Fair enough; Hazō was just a boy and had no specific political training. Still, life wasn't fair and Clan Heads didn't get a pass when their underlings threatened murder against other Clan Heads. The conquest of the world would need to proceed without the Gōketsu's contribution.

Mari would be the only obstacle. She was genuinely good at her job. Unfortunately for the Gōketsu, she was good at the wrong job. She was an infiltrator, not a politician. She had plenty of experience with seduction and short-term manipulation of individuals, but none when it came to forging and maintaining long-term positive relationships, much less establishing large-scale connections and alliances between clans. Oh, she was learning fast and doing quite well, but Ritsuo had been groomed for the role of Clan Head since he was nine and the Hagoromo were one of the most entrenched, most powerful clans in Leaf. Yes, they were second-wave, not Founding, but no one, not even the Founders, wanted to tangle with a clan that had the Hagoromo reputation for courage and dedication to the Will of Fire. Much less when it was combined with the political power that came with being the nation's religious leaders and having what was widely regarded as the largest and best intelligence service in the world.

No, Gōketsu Mari was going to lose this one. She didn't have the skills and didn't have the time to learn them. Ritsuo had not yet been Clan Head of the Hagoromo when the Gōketsu clan was created, but he had still started making plans for their destruction, just as a contingency. The plans went in the drawer alongside the plans for the destruction of all the other clans, ready to be pulled out at need. Well, as of tonight the need had come and the plans would be brought forth as soon as Kagome left. The first stage would be enacted in the morning, the second would require two or three days. The Gōketsu would find themselves in dire economic straits within a month and be politically isolated within two.

The real question was what Ritsuo's final goal should be; on the one hand, destroying the Gōketsu root and branch was likely the safest option. Unfortunately, that wasn't feasible for a clan, especially not a Voting Clan. There were too many protections. No, if that was his end game then he would need to have them stripped of their clan status first. He might be able to make that happen; the formation of their clan had been irregular enough, and their actions bizarre enough, that he might be able to get a Council vote passed to retroactively annul their formation, then have them executed for Kagome's actions tonight.

On the other hand, that was a very dangerous precedent to set. The existing clans were too well-established to be annulled in such a way, but it would still set the precedent that clan status could be removed. None of Ritsuo's current potential successors had the level of political talent, much less experience, to guide the Hagoromo through a clan war; Ritsuo was still decades from stepping down as Clan Head, but what if he could not find a better heir? Putting the idea out there that a Voting Clan could be dissolved and destroyed might be a major problem for the next Hagoromo head, or the one after that.

That was the main thing that Gōketsu Mari didn't understand; a proper Clan Head thought in terms of generations, not months or years. She was being overly aggressive, making enemies alongside the allies. Also, she wasn't paying attention to her own. If she had been doing her job correctly then she would have known what was happening in her clan and prevented the rest from making missteps such as attempting to assassinate a Clan Head.

He pulled his flashing thoughts away from the strategic situation and back to the immediate: Kagome needed to be placated. He clearly had no intention of murdering Ritsuo; his dossier wasn't as complete as Ritsuo would prefer, but it made it clear that Kagome was the decisive sort, someone who would simply end a threat to his loved ones instead of wasting time gloating. It was an admirable trait. In fact...hm. Perhaps directness in return was worth a try. The guards' patrol pattern usually went past his door around three in the morning, only ten minutes from now according to the clock on the mantel. Gōketsu wasn't bothering to keep his voice down; if Ritsuo could keep him talking then perhaps the guards would hear and come in.

"Obviously you aren't going to kill me," Ritsuo said. "You are decisive, thorough, and you don't let your ego get in the way. The sealmasters you have worked with speak highly of you in that regard. If you don't intend to kill me then clearly you want something that you think I wouldn't otherwise consider. So. What may I do for you, Lord Gōketsu?"

"I'm here to tell you the truth, Ritsuo," Kagome said with a toothy smile.

Ritsuo raised an eyebrow. "The truth? The truth about what?"

"About reality. About how things actually work. I want you to know it. I want it to linger in the back of your mind and inform your every action, your every thought and dream. I want it to get tangled into every part of you that matters."

"My. That sounds important."

Kagome's smile was not a friendly one. "Oh, it is. It's going to make everyone's life much easier for you to know this." He caught himself. "Well, everyone except you. Well, everyone that I care about. Well, it will make things easier some of the time. Well..." He frowned, then shrugged. "It'll make some people's lives easier some of the time, and most of the time those things will be easier for the people I care about. Let's go with that."

"I am always a fan of things being easier," Ritsuo said, nodding agreeably. "So long as we are speaking truth, would you mind telling me how you came here? My security is rather extensive."

Kagome snorted. "I'm a sealmaster, you stinker. Plus, security systems are a hobby of mine. They're like seals except simpler, especially now that everyone uses disguise kits."

Kagome cocked his head, birdlike and thoughtful, and studied Ritsuo. "You didn't understand that, did you?" he asked after a few seconds.

"Understand what?"

Kagome seemed to ignore the question. "What's the difference between a sealsmith and a sealmaster, Ritsuo?"

"I...wasn't aware there was one," he admitted, confused. "Thinking about it, I'm not sure I've heard the term 'sealsmith' before."

Kagome smiled. "Good, it's holding. Here's the difference: a sealsmith learns one or two seals, usually storage and explosives, and scribes them for the rest of their career. Maybe they do one or two research projects, working from notes they were given by their master or captured from some other clan, but it's purely for the utility. They have a seal in mind, they learn it, they go back to scribing. They think of research as a means to an end, not as a thing worth pursuing in its own right, and they do it as little as possible. They're focused on immediate uses, not potential. Not knowledge."

"By implication, I assume that a sealmaster is one who does research for the sake of research? Someone interested in learning the underpinnings of sealing in order to enable greater conceptual leaps, and is therefore capable of creating powerful and original seals?"

Kagome nodded. He pulled a canteen out of his jacket and took a sip. Ritsuo caught a faint whiff of chocolate and the liquid left a trace of darkness on Kagome's lips; the balding man wiped his mouth on the back of his hand and studied Ritsuo, nodding thoughtfully.

The silence lingered long enough that Ritsuo considered asking his captor to pull the blanket up around him. It could be a good way to establish empathy, humanize himself to Kagome. Plus, Ritsuo generally was chilly. The fire in the hearth was down to medium embers, the room was as cold as it always was at three thirty in the morning.

"Right," Kagome said, interrupting Ritsuo's thoughts. "You're as perceptive as I figured you'd be. Which is a shame. It would be much better if you were a stupid, arrogant heavyhanded bigot that no one liked and who couldn't think ahead or admit any faults. I wouldn't have to come back and re-explain all this to you tomorrow if you were a stupid, arrogant, heavyhanded bigot that no one liked and who couldn't think ahead or admit any faults."

"I...apologize for being a decent and intelligent person?" How did you even respond to ravings like that? Plus, the assumption that Kagome would be able to penetrate Hagoromo security twice was just insulting.

"Sure, whatever. Anyway, going back to what I was saying before: sealmasters do research for the sake of research, but it's more than that. Being called a sealmaster also requires that you've completed multiple research projects without dying. Have you ever wondered why there are so few seals?"

"So few seals?" Ritsuo asked, mystified. "Going by what's in the Private Library, it seems to me like there are a great number. Granted, they aren't in common use—"

Kagome gestured sharply, cutting him off. "Don't be stupid. Sealing has existed since the first ninja punched the second ninja in the face. A thousand years, Ritsuo. It varies from place to place, but something like three to five ninja in every hundred are sealsmiths. Maybe one in ten or one in twenty sealsmiths go on to become sealmasters, although the number seems a bit higher here in Leaf. Probably because you people get so starry-eyed about Jiraiya-stinker and that straw-headed student of his."

"Interesting," Ritsuo said thoughtfully, ignoring the insult to both the Fourth and Fifth Hokages while mentally filing away the slip of the tongue that showed Kagome did not consider himself a Leaf ninja. Where was this going? The obvious answer was that Kagome intended to scare him in order to get him to leave those disgusting Gōketsu alone. It was true that sealing was a dangerous and unpredictable art, and if Kagome was willing to research seals explicitly to eliminate the Hagoromo clan, that could be a real problem. As of now, the Hagoromo and the Gōketsu were at war. He could keep it purely political, but perhaps it would make sense to act more directly? He could activate some of the more lethal contingencies...

No, that would be more of an escalation than he could afford. He couldn't admit to anyone, not even within the clan, that Kagome had bypassed their security and held him captive like this. It would badly damage the respect people held for the Hagoromo competence. Although, hm... Properly spun, it would cause the other clans to recognize that the Gōketsu had a rogue sealmaster capable of defeating a Clan Head's security and threatening violence if he decided that you might, at some point in the future, become a danger to his family. It might be worth taking the reputational hit.

Yes. Yes, that was exactly the wedge that Ritsuo would need to bring down those foreign devils. He would take that wedge and he would slide it between their ribs like a blade. He would need to start putting together plans for a follow-up strike. He really should have done that already.

What was the optimal move? Kagome would need to be killed, obviously, but what about the rest of those foreigners? He could go to the Hokage with this and likely get Lord Gōketsu executed; the boy was, unsurprisingly given his origin, a traitor. Their redheaded matriarch was a slut and a whore; it wouldn't be hard to turn the Council against her. He could perhaps have the entire clan banished. Yes. Yes, that was the solution. It would get them out of the way without setting the precedent that a clan could be dissolved. Nara might be able to shield that mentally defective wife of his if she repudiated her former family, but the boy would have to expend all his political capital in order to manage it. Properly handled it could even put some cracks into the Ino-Shika-Chō alliance. Only two days after the Collapse and Chōza was already having trouble treating Nara and Yamanaka as equals instead of as the inexperienced children they were. Every time he looked at them he saw their parents, his dead friends and teammates. Splitting the Three apart would damage the liberal coalition and let Ritsuo bring the village closer to the traditional Will of Fire as it had been laid down by the Sage and the First.

Still, all of that was a problem for the future. For now, he needed to keep this insane idiot placated. The sun should rise around seven and Kagome would likely want to leave at least an hour before then. Ritsuo just needed to spin the conversation out for another ninety minutes and he should be safe.

"You're right," Ritsuo said. "There are fewer seals than there should be if the art is a thousand years old. May I ask for the explanation?"

"In part, seals get lost when their lineage dies," Kagome said, smiling for no reason Ritsuo could understand. "Until the Village Era, there was rarely more than one sealmaster in a clan, with perhaps one or two apprentices. Sometimes the master would invent something powerful but complicated and his apprentices would fail at researching it. A serious failure will destroy the sealmaster's work, plus the other people working on it, and quite possibly their entire bloodline. That means all their knowledge disappears and their seals are lost to history." He smiled. "It accounts for other mysteries too. Like the hedge."

"The what?

"The hedge," Kagome said. "Don't worry, I'll explain this carefully. And, since you are an insightful and intelligent man who is extremely good at politics, I'll come back tomorrow and explain it again. And the night after that, and the night after that. I'll keep explaining it as long as you have the mental flexibility to understand."

Anger flashed through Ritsuo at the mocking words. "What are you yammering about?" he snapped.

"The hedge, Ritsuo."

"Don't call me Ritsuo, you foreign fi—" He caught himself before insulting his captor. "Do not call me that. I am Lord Hagoromo to you."

Kagome smiled. "That was rude. Don't you have files on me, Ritsuo? Files that detail how I came to be in your purview? Files that detail all the things I've done and the influences I carry around with me?"

"Obviously I have files on you. What does that have to do with anything?"

"If you're such a skilled politician and you know so much about me, shouldn't you be smoother? If you can analyze me and understand me, shouldn't you be able to say the right things to keep me calm when I tell you about reality?" He shrugged. "Granted, it's just as well that you can't. If you were that smooth, skilled politician then this would be a long conversation. If you're a stupid, arrogant, heavyhanded bigot that no one likes and who can't think ahead or admit any faults then I would be comfortable with what we had discussed and I could head out now."

Frustration boiled up inside him. "What do you even want here?" Ritsuo demanded. "How did you get in?"

"I want to tell you about reality, Ritsuo. I want you to understand the truth of things. As to how I got in..." He chuckled slightly, shaking his head. "I'm a sealmaster, Ritsuo. Security systems are what I do to relax." He smiled and sipped from his flask.

"What do those files tell you about me, Ritsuo?" he continued, capping the flask again. "Do they talk about the things I've told you tonight?"

"You haven't told me anything tonight. Nothing substantive, anyway. As to the files...there isn't a lot of information on you." That would be the safe thing to say. Ninja never liked it when there was too much information about them written down. Not that there actually was much on this idiot.

"Indulge me. Do they say where I came from? Do they tell you the story of my birth?"

"Yes. They say that you—" He broke off as Kagome twitched; Ritsuo's heart leaped, chakra and adrenaline flooding through him as his reflexes perceived the motion as an attack, but it was no such thing. Kagome had simply shifted quickly in his chair. He must have used chakra boost because Ritsuo hadn't seen him moving, merely sitting in one position and then in another.

"You were saying?" Kagome asked.

"Uh..." He groped around for the train of thought he'd been having, that the invader had disrupted.

"What do your files say about my origins, Ritsuo?"

Oh, right. He thought for a moment, envisioning the inch-thick stack of well-thumbed pages in their leather-bound covers, the product of millions of ryō and months of effort on the part of the more esoteric segments of the Hagoromo intelligence corps. "They say that you're from Mist."

That was what they said. Yes. He could envision the relevant document clearly. It was the third page down and the last one that had actual writing on it, the rest being simply blank pages that were there as promissory notes for when future investigations paid off. That was the standard practice with Hagoromo intelligence files. Padding them all to a one-inch thickness meant that no one could tell how much information the Hagoromo actually had based on the size of the folder.

"Mist," Kagome said. "The land of intelligence and reason, where people aren't afraid to investigate how things truly work." He started to say something else but a sound caught Ritsuo's ear, pulling his attention away. Was that the creaky board in the hallway, the sign that one of the patrolling guards was passing by?

"Earth to Ritsuo," Kagome said, his voice slightly sing-song. "It's not a guard coming to save you. You were telling me about your files, about how they say that I'm from Mist. It's a better place there, don't you think? Far more willing to face the facts."

"Oh, please! As though they could possibly compare to Leaf. They lack the Will of Fire."

"Well, if you have the Will of Fire then I'm sure you're much more knowledgeable. The Hagoromo are well known for having the best espionage service in the Elemental Nations, meaning that it should be easy for you to find out about the hedge, about the peeking gourd, about the cobwebs. If they haven't already found those things out then the existence of your so-competent network will make it easy for me to feed you the information—I can simply walk into any bar anywhere in the Elemental Nations, start talking about those things, and be confident that one of your agents will hear about it within hours." He paused, lips pursed in thought. "In fact, if your intelligence service really is competent then I think I'll do that. Yes, that sounds good. I'll search out places where I know your agents to be and talk to them about how things really are. That shouldn't be hard so long as your network is the greatest in the Elemental Nations."

'Greatest in the Elemental Nations'? Yes, the Hagoromo intelligence network was decent, but Ritsuo had no delusions that it was better than average for a wealthy Leaf clan. That was something Ritsuo intended to work on, but right now it was clear that the Gōketsu were getting invalid information from somewhere. Was it one of Ritsuo's enemies, trying to divert attention from themselves by making the Hagoromo seem like a greater threat than they were? Or perhaps that redheaded slut was even more of an idiot than Ritsuo knew her to be.

"Obviously I knew about all those things, you idiot," Ritsuo sneered.

"Oh?" Gōketsu asked. "Did your astounding intelligence service tell you about the history of sealing? Was my story about the peeking gourds new to you or had it already been sussed out?"

This Mist traitor needed to learn his place. Whatever this 'peeking gourd' nonsense was, it wouldn't do to seem ignorant of it. Also, where were the Sageforsaken guards?! It was nearly five in the morning, they should have been patroling this corridor by now.

Gōketsu smiled, the expression cruel but also...sad?

"You're just about done, aren't you Ritsuo?" he asked, his voice quiet. "Useless. Helpless. More of a laughingstock than a threat now. I'm sure you'll hate us and your bigotry is going to hurt a lot of people, but you won't be dangerous to us. I wonder...do you have anything in that head of yours now? For example, do you still love your wife?"

Cold ripples sliced across Ritsuo's skin.

"Don't you threaten her, you Mist-born scum!" Ritsuo shouted. The words came out muffled by whatever seal Gōketsu was using.

Gōketsu nodded, his expression oddly relieved. "That's good. Don't worry, I'm not going to harm you or anyone else." He fell silent, considering. "You know, this is a dangerous thing I did tonight." He waved a hand, preemptively interrupting Ritsuo's sneered agreement. "Oh, not you. You were never a threat, even when you were competent. No, the real danger is simply in the way things are."

Gōketsu must have seen the confusion on Ritsuo's face, because he smiled and explained. "The rules don't apply to me, you see. Not the way they do to other people."

The arrogance of this foreign filth!

"See, I don't forget things and I can't simply be made to die without it causing bigger problems. Takes a lot of options off the table."

"I think you'll find that you can be made to die, you disgusting beast," Ritsuo said, unable to restrain himself. The foreigner was so arrogant! So utterly lacking in the Will of Fire to place himself above the laws of the Leaf? Above the will of the Hokage? Claiming that the rules didn't apply to him—hah!

"Not directly," Gōketsu said, shaking his head. "Not by one stage of separation, either. Oh, I'm sure if I pushed hard enough then some third-order effect would come along and take me out. A traveling merchant would lose control of his horses, which would gallop through Leaf in a cloud of dust, the dust would settle into a trough of cement being mixed to fix the facing on a building, the dust would cause the cement to have air pockets that weakened it, and the facing would come loose just as I walked beneath it."

"What are you babbling about?!" Ugh, why couldn't he move?!

"The edges of the permissible, Ritsuo. Reality and I are old rivals and I know just how far I'm allowed to push. Talking to you tonight, making it plain that I'm going to continue talking to you as long as you are a brilliant and insightful politician with a world-class intelligence service...that makes me an irritation, but it's not quite enough to make me a threat. Threats get dealt with, you see, even if doing so causes other problems. Irritations, on the other hand, can best be dealt with by removing the reason for the irritation."

"You're insane."

"No, just irritating. Oh, not to you. You are no brilliant leader, no skilled politician. And, as a result, I no longer need to be irritating." He glanced over at the clock on the mantel; five thirty in the morning. Ritsuo's heart surged in eagerness; people would be moving about on the estate soon. Someone would surely come and discover this vile traitor to Leaf, this foreign-born scum.

"Goodbye, Ritsuo," Gōketsu said, standing up. "I'm going to put you to sleep now. When you wake up, I'm sure you won't remember this as anything more than a dream...if you do, then I'll have to go back to being irritating." He pulled a seal from his pocket, bent down, and tapped it on Ritsuo's head.

The world went away as sleep dragged Ritsuo into its warm, memory-erasing embrace.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 566: Uncomfortable Truths, Dark Prophecies, and Ancient Secrets

Hazō strongly suspected that Kei wasn't happy with him. On reflection, explicitly snubbing her in favour of Shikamaru when he needed help with a crisis might not have been the most tactful move, and he'd sensed that something was off about her behaviour when they last met at the Gōketsu (Shimura? Double Shimura?) compound. Still, she'd chosen not to raise the issue, and Hazō had decided to respect her choice with great relief. He was regretting it now, when he needed to consult her on a matter of great importance while his failure to consult her on the last one might still be at the top of her mind.

"Lord Hazō?"

Also, apparently her previous meeting had overrun.

"Sorry to interrupt you," Hazō told Kei Ruri as he took in the several empty cups, the plate of bare dango sticks, the completely unfamiliar-looking maps spread out across the table, and the stacks of notes on both sides.

"Not at all," Ruri said. "We were just finishing up. We can discuss the Kei investments at tonight's KEI meeting."

"Of course, Kei," Kei said. "Please give Lady Kei my regards."

"With pleasure, Lady Kei. Good day to you both."

"Ami has a lot to answer for," Hazō commented as he watched the Condor Summoner go.

"You do not know the half of it," Kei replied. "Like Mist, Leaf is already replete with Keikos, as well as a fair number of Keis, and a few are already rising through the KEI hierarchy. It is fortunate that I already possess Fujisawa as my adjutant, and thus need not consider, say, Umino Kei for the job. Nor am I spared even within my own household, which no one saw fit to warn me would come with its own Nara Kei—a sociable, affectionate Academy student who possesses countless virtues I lacked during my own childhood years and indeed still do.

"Not that you are blameless yourself, if Akane's reports are to be believed. Are there not already two infant Gōketsu Hazōs at the estate, as well as a Gōketsu Hazuki and a most unfortunate Gōketsu Hazuo?"

Hazō winced. "I didn't know about Hazuo. I'll direct more funding to the GED."

"See that you do," Kei said. "Unlike me, you have no excuses, since your name was coined by your mother and thus you are their parents' sole possible inspiration."

Her tone cooled.

"If you are here to consult Shikamaru, I am afraid he is presently napping, and interrupting a Nara's nap would be an act of naked aggression akin to stealing an Akimichi's food or tearing a Hagoromo's manuscript. If you wish, I can arrange an appointment before you leave."

"Actually," Hazō said, "I'm here to talk to you."

"Oh," Kei said with an unwarranted note of surprise. "In that case, I have a secure space prepared. Follow me."

Hazō hadn't actually said he was going to discuss anything OPSEC-sensitive. Technically, he was, but he'd already shared his necromancy plans with Kei and Shikamaru, and he never actually swore either of them to secrecy. For all he knew, the entire clan was aware of his efforts by now (especially since, his inner Kei added venomously, the Nara clan head actively sought the input of his clansmen when dealing with dangerous new ideas).

Still, one didn't turn down the opportunity to speak freely without fear of being executed just because one, say, accidentally proposed having Orochimaru overthrow the Hokage.

Kei's secure space of choice turned out to be the same deep underground room with the bookshelves and braziers that Shikamaru had escorted him to last time, though instead of placing a seal on the wall as Shikamaru had, she merely tapped some unseen panel on the underside of the desk (suggesting that she had been expecting him to come here, and thus deliberately prepared the seal where he couldn't accidentally download it). She also didn't light as many braziers as Shikamaru had.

"I want to start by saying I'm sorry, Kei," Hazō said as he took a seat. "I don't check in with you anywhere near enough, and I guess that's still true even though you warned me about it. I do want to get better, I promise."

"Indeed you do not," Kei said. "Hazō, I could have helped you. I would have dearly loved to help you. Instead, I am reduced to standing by, knowing that I might have been able to prevent or at least ameliorate a disaster that now threatens the safety of my loved ones, my home, and potentially civilisation itself, but for the fact that my brother chose to treat me as a liability."

"You weren't a liability, Kei," Hazō said. "I never said that. I just… I never expected it to get this far. I thought it would be a small, controlled test, and then I'd be free to loop you in later once I knew there was actually something worth telling you about. Then, when things went wrong, my only thought was damage control, and pretty much the only damage control option I had was limiting the number of people who knew."

"So naturally, you went directly to Shikamaru," Kei concluded.

"I thought he might be able to use his position as Asuma's advisor to persuade him to leave the whole thing be," Hazō said. "He has the kind of credibility with him that I don't think I ever will, and dealing with Asuma was my number one priority."

Kei sighed with a familiar expression of disappointment. "Hazō, I am Shikamaru's wife, second-in-command, and confidante. He and I have spent countless nights discussing the ways in which we might use our influence to steer the Hokage towards better long-term decisions and away from tempting but catastrophic ones, as the Nara have for as long as there have been Hokage to steer. If you had asked me, I would have informed you that this was not a card available to us yet this generation. But I suppose by then you had already decided not to trust me."

"Again," Hazō said, "I'm sorry. Maybe I should have asked you instead—though, as you say, it wouldn't have done any good anyway."

"You do not know that!" Kei snapped. "This is your problem in a nutshell, Hazō. You assumed that your original plan for the test was flawless, and so did not bother to consult the person whose duty it is to find flaws in your plans. You then decided that your ability to cope with the consequences of your failure was so great that seeking a second opinion from the uninitiated would be actively detrimental. You do not know what I could have done for you, before or after the disaster. You do not know what Snowflake, who shares all of my feelings on this matter, and whom you owe an entirely separate apology, could have done. We do not know, since we are operating almost entirely on inference and have taken pains not to acquire any information that would cost us plausible deniability, save that our aid could only have been an improvement on the present state of affairs.

"Even at the last moment, had you spoken to me instead of Shikamaru, is it truly so implausible that I could have optimised your presentation to at least increase the odds of keeping Akane safe?"

"I really don't know what you could have done," Hazō said. "I tried, but Asuma was utterly implacable, just as Shikamaru predicted. Besides, isn't the Frozen Skein weak with social situations?"

"I am not the Frozen Skein, Hazō," Kei said. "Pitiful though my social skills may be, I am of necessity a political figure just as you are, with my own limited Hokage-wrangling experience—and, more importantly, the opportunity to learn from Shikamaru's experience and training at same. At that time of day, I might even have been able to dispel and resummon Snowflake, and she would have forgiven me in light of the emergency.

"I cannot guess what you said to the Hokage, and for obvious reasons will not ask. I can tell you what Snowflake and I would have said, having spent altogether too much time contemplating and discussing the matter."

"Oh?"

Kei stared fixedly at an imaginary Asuma hovering ominously over Hazō's left shoulder.

"Sir, I wish to inform you that the recent phenomenon was caused by a Gōketsu Clan experiment. Unfortunately, the completely unexpected scale and destructiveness of the effect indicate that we were gravely mistaken in believing we understood the mechanisms involved. Having reviewed the data, it is my judgement as Leaf's leading weapons developer and unconventional warfare expert that further research could pose a danger to Leaf, its shinobi, and/or the Fire Country at large. As such, I have officially terminated it and marked all relevant materials classified. I would like to humbly apologise for conducting this experiment without coordination with the Tower, a mistake I will not make again, and I will of course provide whatever compensation you consider necessary for damage to Fire Country territory and its population."

Hazō took a few seconds to soak all of that in. Granted, it was unfair to compare the product of (more or less) two people's work over a fortnight to his frenzied efforts in the immediate aftermath of the event, but if he'd talked to Kei and she suggested something like this… would it have been more effective than Hazō's failed attempt? Nothing Kei had just said to the imaginary Asuma was a lie, or even really an exaggeration…

"But wait," Hazō said. "What about…"—he wasn't going to name Isan if Kei really thought the plausible deniability would help her—"…external proliferation? Asuma needing to know it could be replicated was the reason things went down like this to begin with."

"As a positive effect of this disaster," Kei said to the imaginary Asuma, "we have identified a capability in the hands of a non-Leaf faction which, with sufficient development, could trigger similar effects. We can expect that anyone who decides to research it will meet with equally disastrous results—indeed, worse, since as a sealmaster clan of the Kagome lineage, we pride ourselves on our extreme safety precautions. Thus, I believe it is incumbent on Leaf to ensure this capability does not proliferate, especially as Leaf is now likely to be blamed for any further incidents, with the only people capable of exonerating us bound to have perished during the experiment. The Gōketsu will, of course, provide all the information necessary to identify this capability and its users, and will assist in preventing its proliferation in whatever way the Tower deems appropriate."

It wasn't foolproof—on being told about Elemental Mastery, Asuma could still say, "Is that how the Gōketsu did it?", and then Hazō would be back on the defensive—but he had to admit that the amount of wriggle room offered by the two parts of Kei and Snowflake's speech in combination was well beyond Hazō's gambit of "For the greater good, please don't ask about this". The question remained: could he have protected Akane if Kei had offered some crude version of this at the time, and then he'd refined it with his own Mari-trained powers of misdirection? Could he have saved the world from Asuma's ambitions?

It would at least have been another option in a situation in which he'd felt he had none. Why hadn't Shikamaru tried to offer something like this?

"You're right," Hazō said. "My decisions impact too many people now, even just within the clan, and it's my ambition to be able to make decisions that impact everyone. I can't afford to keep leaving things to one person's judgement."

Technically, often it was one person plus a Mari sanity check, but Hazō wasn't stupid enough to say that here and now.

"This is why normal clans have councils of elders," Kei said. "Setting aside pathetic yet inevitable power struggles and other such historical reasons for the institution's formation, this is why anything has councils of anyone. I am what passes for a Gōketsu elder, much as it shames me to admit it. For the honour of the ancestors in the depths, Hazō, use me."

"I'm sorry," Hazō repeated. "I promise you I will do better. I know I have major blind spots. I don't check with Asuma before doing things either, I don't take adequate account of my social and political weaknesses or do enough to address them, and the same goes for my level of connection to this village in which I supposedly live. I feel like even Ami has deeper roots here in some ways, with her visible and invisible networks of connections. I know this is a blind spot too, and as my sister and one of the people who's helped me shape Uplift into what it is, you deserve better in ways that those other people and institutions don't. I hope that if there are other blind spots, you will help me find them and fix them."

Kei sat in silence for a little while. Eventually, a small, melancholy smile found its way onto her face.

"It is always like this, Hazō. You find some new way to hurt me, and then you apologise, and present some compelling argument that you have learned your lesson, and I forgive you until the next cycle. Nor can I complain, for you also forgive me my innumerable failures, and I cannot claim that my progress towards growing into a better person is anything but excruciatingly slow and, perhaps, invisible from the outside. Must it continue like this, unto all eternity?"

Hazō shook his head. "We do grow, Kei. I'm not the same man I was when I nearly put you in danger in Isan, or when I went over your head to talk to Ami in Mist, or when I… OK, nothing immediately springs to mind from the pre-Leaf era, but I'm sure there was a variety of stuff I've just blissfully forgotten."

"I shall spare you the itemised list on this occasion."

"I have nothing to fear from lists, Kei," Hazō said with a smirk. "Now if you throw another budget allocation table at me, then I might faint, and I doubt you're prepared to carry me back up all those stairs.

"More to the point, you grow too. I don't think you're the same woman you were when you undermined a dangerous mission because you couldn't make yourself work together with Mari, or when you ran away to the Seventh Path in the middle of the Chūnin Exams, or when you threatened to torture me so I had to leap out of a window to escape."

"You still hold a grudge over that?!" Kei exclaimed.

"It was freezing cold, and I'd already changed into my pyjamas, and there was a chakra fox prowling the area, and all I did was accidentally see what I'm now guessing was a gift from your secret girlfriend."

"I would not actually have tortured you, Hazō," Kei said. "In reality, I would have been at a loss had you stood your ground, since you are my superior in close combat, and besides, like any sensible young woman, I would have found the idea of laying hands on you in my bedroom at night abhorrent. In retrospect, my reaction may have been somewhat irrational."

"You think?"

For a few seconds, they simply stared at each other.

Kei broke first.

"On reflection, perhaps you are owed an apology. While I maintain that my privacy is essential, and may on occasion need to be protected with lethal force, and that your invasion of it at the time was shameless and unjustified, perhaps a more appropriate response in that specific instance would have been a stern lecture rather than immediately resorting to cruel and unusual punishment. You are correct, Hazō—I acted immaturely. I apologise."



Hazō was at a complete loss. He wasn't sure why—Kei was proving the very point he'd been in the middle of making—but somehow, that incident had always floated in sea of his unconscious as a reminder that however much he loved and trusted his sister, it could never be without an edge of wariness.

"I… uh… thank you, Kei. Apology accepted."



"Please do not misunderstand," Kei added to break the awkward silence. "Threats of lethal violence are an essential tool for handling recalcitrant younger siblings. This is a truth universally acknowledged in both Mist and Leaf, and I do not intend to deny it simply because I have wielded said tool inappropriately at one or more points in the past. I am simply… admitting that I was at fault in that specific incident, and perhaps making a commitment to be more judicious in my application of intimidation in the future."

"…and so things are back to normal," Hazō said, but with a lighter heart. "Still, you've changed. Quod erat demonstrandum."

Kei wrinkled her nose. "Please do not cite classical tongues at me. It reminds me unpleasantly of the Hagoromo."

"Good point. Shōmei owari?"

"Hazō, the Sage did not grant humanity the gift of universal language purely so you could spurn it for the sake of demonstrating your intelligence. Why, dare I ask, have you bothered memorising terms that, in the modern age, are used almost exclusively by scholars of mathematics and formal logic?"

"To shock Shikamaru next time he was acting intellectually superior, obviously," Hazō said. "It was Noburi's idea, and Kagome-sensei taught me a few expressions. It amazes me how many obscure random facts that man knows sometimes."

"Indeed," Kei said. "Yet at the same time, he can unexpectedly lack the most common knowledge. Would you believe the other day he professed surprise at the existence of domesticated chakra boars?"

Hazō blinked. "I mean… what did he think the upper classes used as beasts of burden?"

"Unfortunately," Kei said, "I was distracted by an urgent message from the Nara before I could investigate further."

Come to think of it, wasn't this a really irrelevant topic compared to what Hazō had come here to discuss? It wasn't like either of them had all day.

"Actually, Kei," Hazō said, "there was a sensitive issue that I was hoping to get the benefit of your insight on, or at least to keep you updated."

"Oh?" Kei sat up a little more straight.

"Our research into the afterlife rift continues," Hazō said. "We believe we're on the right track to getting a working portal. Technically, we even have a working seal, but it needs to be used from both sides at the same time, so we'd have to—"

"No."

"Kei, I didn't say—"

"Hazō," Kei said, no longer smiling, "if your plan involves committing suicide on anything less than a 100% chance of revival—no, even if it involves committing suicide on a 100% chance of revival, in your judgement which has just proven so stellar in terms of risk assessment—then I hereby veto it absolutely. While I recognise that it is not within my power to actually prevent you from committing suicide should you so desire, be aware as disincentive that if you do, I will impose consequences for you to suffer upon your hypothetical safe return, beginning with laws to eliminate the rights of those declared deceased and continuing to the full extent of Ami's creativity."

"I'm not going to commit suicide," Hazō insisted. "That would be insane. I know that if the seal doesn't work, or if seals don't work in the afterlife at all, or if I lose it in the process of getting back to the rift from wherever I end up, I might be trapped there until I'm forgotten, or whatever else is a danger to dead souls."

"I would ensure you were not forgotten," Kei said dismissively.

She froze.

"I mean, not that you should take this as incentive! I merely mean in the hypothetical where—no, Hazō, please forget I said anything and proceed to whatever less distressing topic you originally intended to introduce."

"Right," Hazō said. "The research is progressing. There's some great stuff in the Fourth's notes to do with chakra constructs which we think might be the key to a breakthrough. We just need to work our way through them until we find something, and let's just say it's not an exercise for the impatient, or some would say the sane."

"Then you are exactly half-qualified," Kei observed. "But Hazō, would this sealcrafting effort not be better used on the Great Seal, the source of an immediate existential threat which you are currently key to preventing? A fine comedy it will be if you cast open the gates to the afterlife, only to find that the Dragons have finally found a way to cross over to the Human Path, and can now take turns consuming you on both sides of the rift. Even if they are unable to do so, as I personally suspect, given the fact that even a summon boss cannot leave the Seventh Path without a summoning scroll's power, do we not owe the Seventh Path its salvation after all the harm we have wrought on it?"

"Two sharks, one spear," Hazō said. "Once we get Jiraiya, the world's greatest sealmaster, back, we'll make up for lost time and then some. I have thought this through, Kei."

"Have you?" Kei asked. "Even assuming you are correct in your belief that what lies on the other side of that rift is the Pure Land, which remains hypothesis, not fact, it is a greater leap still to believe that Jiraiya is still there after all this time, as opposed to having ceased to exist as a human being in favour of reincarnation on the next Path, or indeed having become one with the Will of Fire as he expected."

"He's there," Hazō said with as much confidence as he could gather. "I don't know how long for, which is another reason to hurry, but he's there and he's waiting for us even if he doesn't know it."

"How can you possibly know that?" Kei demanded. "The rift is closed, and you have no means of so much as guessing at what lies beyond that sea of acid."

Hazō hesitated, but only for a second.

"I saw him," he said. "You know how Orochimaru knocked me out with his jōnin aura once and I had a bunch of visions? I managed to replicate that with Mari's help, and I used a load of items with a spiritual connection to Jiraiya to try to reach him. I couldn't communicate with him or anything, and for some reason it seems like it was only a one-time deal, but I saw him training in the afterlife, and he used some technique that I don't remember ever seeing but Naruto recognised.

"I mean, it's possible that it was a fake vision and I really did see that technique before or hear about it from somewhere—I recognise that it was weird for a ritual I made up out of whole cloth to work so easily—but it seemed completely real, and I'm choosing to believe in it. He's there, Kei. He needs us."

"I…"

Kei stared at him in sheer shock, and it took him a moment to recognise it was the wrong kind of sheer shock.

"You never mentioned it. Naruto never mentioned it. Mari never mentioned it. Was I the only one not to know?"

Oh, hell.

Hazō had no immediate ideas for how to get out of this one.

"No," he said quickly. "It's just the people I listed, plus Noburi because we had to verify what I saw with the toads who knew Jiraiya. And maybe Ino, because Noburi suggested Naruto talk to her to help him decide whether to trust me, but I never checked to see if he did."

"Just everyone with a family bond with Jiraiya except me," Kei said, her voice dull. "And maybe Ino, in case I were to mistakenly believe it was an OPSEC issue."

Both hells, hot and cold.

Claim it wasn't a big deal? There was no way that would work. He'd get told either that of course it was or that it wasn't for him to judge what Kei considered a big deal.

Claim he didn't want more people than necessary to know? No, mentioning Ino had scuppered that (and not mentioning her would have been even worse if Kei ever decided to follow up on this with Naruto).

Claim he wanted to wait until it was verified? No, then he should have gone to her as soon as he decided he wasn't going to get any more information (in other words, once he gave up on trying to replicate the ritual, which was very quickly, since being aura-blasted by Mari over and over sounded like a great way to end up a quivering wreck or comatose).

Claim—

"I... I do not understand." Kei's voice trembled. "Did I fail to grieve correctly? Should I have cried as I did when my grandfather passed away? Is the anger I feel at Jiraiya's loss so inhuman that it comes across as apathy?"

"Kei, no, I—"

She was crying. She was crying and Hazō had no idea what to say.

"He promised us. He would come back... and build a family with us. He scared me... but he promised to protect us. To go beyond 'pretty damn far' for us. I did not think I could have a father again... but I tried. I tried to open my heart and believe. Then he broke his promise. Am I not allowed to be angry for that? Is my grief empty... because I cannot say I loved him? Because I took too long to reach out? Was I excluded for being too unfeeling?"

"No, not at all!" Hazō exclaimed. "I just didn't think of it, I swear. I didn't mean to exclude you; those particular people knowing is just how it fell together. I mean... Akane doesn't know. Or Kagome."

"He was Akane's hero. Not her parent. That was... our shared sin." Kei wiped her eyes ineffectually with her sleeve. "Please, Hazō. Go upstairs. I need... time to myself. I will try not to take long."

"Kei, I really—"

"Go!"

Hazō went.

-o-​

Hazō couldn't think, on reflection, why he hadn't shared the information with Akane, Kagome, or Kei. Sure, it was uncertain, but if it had been Kei acquiring meaningful evidence that Jiraiya was still alive (by the standards of the afterlife), and choosing to withhold it from him because it didn't meet a self-determined standard of reliability... he'd probably have been furious. Had he assumed, on some level, that Kei's feelings about Jiraiya weren't particularly strong compared to his, and therefore she didn't automatically merit including in Jiraiya-related issues?

Well, it was another lesson learned too late. Now he just needed to figure out the least disastrous way to navigate this situation... and then how to have the same conversation with Akane. (Kagome-sensei, he suspected, would be too busy ranting about the madness of experimenting with transplanar spiritual projection rituals to have time for personal issues.)

"Hazō."

Hazō: Alertness 33 + 6 = 39 vs TN 30
Success.

A ninja without a sealmaster's attention to detail (or, in fact, the certain knowledge that Kei had been crying) would probably not have noticed the subtle makeup around her eyes that almost magically transformed her into an emotionally stable individual who was having a calm and productive day. It raised worrying questions about what other Kei-friendly forms of social manipulation Ami was teaching her.

"Kei, I am, once again, really sorry."

Kei beckoned him silently back down to the secure basement.

"On the contrary," she said. "If I have misled you into believing that Jiraiya's fate is not personally meaningful to me, that is no more than a product of my stunted capacity for emotional self-expression. It would be unreasonable to condemn you for placing me in the same category as Kagome when it comes to non-essential information about my stepfather."

Gah. It was rapidly becoming clear to Hazō that he wasn't going to get through this on his own strength alone. If ever there was a time for the S-rank non-elemental ninjutsu that was the Clear Communication Technique...

"I did not fail to inform you about the ritual as a deliberate choice," Hazō began. "My understanding of how you feel about Jiraiya's death and how you have been grieving is very limited, and now that I see that more clearly, I regret not making more of an effort to find out and be there for you. However, the reason I did not inform you about the ritual is that I simply did not make a connection between the two things. I suppose I did not think of seeing Jiraiya in terms of a connection with a lost loved one, since to me it was simply a source of additional data within the framework of a broader rescue plan, and it therefore didn't occur to me that it might possess that kind of emotional significance to you. I chose the people I involved on a purely pragmatic basis, and you were not one of them because your help was not specifically necessary... and even as those words are coming out of my mouth, I am realising that this is the same failure mode all over again, because for all I know, you could well have had lore from the Nara or another source which would have made the ritual more effective and/or mitigated dangers I don't even know about."

"I do not," Kei said, "but that is not to say that the Nara Library might not hold vast mountains of scrolls on the subject which I have simply never had cause to investigate.

"However, I accept your explanation. I am distressed at the repeated instances of my family—you especially, but also others such as, in this case, Mari, Naruto, Noburi, and possibly Ino—neglecting to involve me in important or dangerous endeavours. I am increasingly anxious that there may be many other such instances I am unaware of because it has not occurred to anyone to involve me, and that I will never even learn of them unless they are mentioned accidentally, as with the ritual, or appear within the public eye, as with the phenomenon. Such experiences lead me to feel fear that I am being excluded from my family, accidentally or deliberately, as well as guilt for failing to be physically present or more deeply involved with the lives of the Gōketsu, even as I know I do not possess the freedom to address this in any meaningful way."

Kei looked down, hesitant.

"This... Forgive me for breaking form, Hazō, but there is a more direct way to say this. I did not fully understand this until recently, nor can I claim sole credit. However, if... If you will permit me..."

Kei closed her eyes.

"With this, you have reached the core of who I am. I fail my family and am abandoned as a result. The oldest part of me is merely waiting for it to happen again. The rest either flails in mortal terror, making poor decisions all the while, or clings to morsels of temporary happiness as a feeble form of denial. Everything else is detail.

"My analysis is my way to contribute value and delay the inevitable. My bonds with the very few people who are Safe are my morsels of happiness, as are my escapist hobbies. My mortal terror... well, you have been a victim of my emotions running out of control more than any man living."

It made so much click into place.

"And Ami stands outside the system," Hazō concluded.

"Ami is holy," Kei confirmed. "She chose me when I was too young to have any value at all, and permitted me a connection which nobody else in all the world will ever possess. She has never abandoned me, not once, no matter how many times I failed her. She is the part of me which is always safe, even when all else crumbles."

"...Kei, I don't know what to say. Thank you for sharing this with me."

Kei opened her eyes, but did not look at Hazō. Silence reigned.

"That is, without doubt, the most embarrassing thing I have ever said, and I deeply regret saying it. Please wipe it from your mind immediately. Also, if any of it becomes known to anyone else through any agency on your part, I will change my mind about your suicide plan and assist you immediately, seal or no seal.

"Moving on with the greatest conceivable haste, I did not request that you leave the compound after the... impact of your latest revelation for the sole and exclusive reason that I appreciate that laying contingencies for the unmitigated disaster that is your rift project is more important than my hurt feelings. Please proceed with your original comments."

"Uh, right," Hazō said. "Sure. By the way, you mentioned the Pure Land earlier. What was up with that?"

"As I feared," Kei said. "Hazō, while I may be furious with Jiraiya for his betrayal, with a human complexity which I have apparently utterly failed to indicate despite in fact being human, I do not actually believe he belongs in Naraka—the hell reserved for the vilest sinners—as your choice of terminology has implied to Akane. Nor am I convinced by Shikamaru's Will of Fire thesis. Accordingly, I called in a favour from a KEI theologian, who spent some time in discussion with the Hagoromo. According to their allegedly Sage-given lore, the souls of the newly-deceased first travel to the so-called Pure or Purifying Land, a heaven of respite where they are cleansed of the mortal bonds and burdens that cannot follow them on the journey of transmigration. Only once this purification is complete do they move on to their next destination among the Six Paths. If the place beyond the rift is truly the afterlife, and if Jiraiya is truly to be found there with his original appearance and identity—both hypotheses dubious and loosely supported at best—then this Pure Land seems a more plausible candidate."

"That's good," Hazō said. "I'm sure it'll be a relief for Jiraiya to know he wasn't condemned to the hell reserved for the vilest sinners."

"He has still been denied the reward promised to every true Leaf shinobi," Kei observed. "It is a very special kind of pain, to serve a religion faithfully and then discover that one is unworthy of its reward. However, that is not our problem. We did not invent the Will of Fire, nor is it within our power to transmute the sham into reality."

"Right," Hazō said. "Honestly, I don't know how Leaf ninja can look at all the terrible things happening in the world—in fact, just in the Fire Country—and talk with a straight face about how the greatest power in the world is that of unity and protection. At least the ancestors in the depths are honest. They don't promise any more than an edge in the survival of the fittest as long as you live honourably, and to treat you after death in accordance with your deeds in life."

"In other words," Kei said, "you and I are destined for an eternity of torment once we join them in the Abyss. I wonder how that interacts with the Pure Land and the Six Paths."

"Best not to think about it," Hazō decided. "No, what I wanted to ask you about was what to prepare for in the real world. Things have changed—a lot—since I first discovered the rift and the idea of bringing back Jiraiya came into my mind. With success finally on the horizon, I think it's time I asked you what kind of issues I need to get ready for."

"What kind of issues?" Kei echoed. "Oh, how I have waited to deliver this rant, hoping for a time when there would be the tiniest chance you would listen, even as I prayed you would abandon your project and spare us all so it was never necessary. Hazō, there is not one single level other than the strictly personal on which resurrecting Jiraiya would not be a catastrophe far beyond your power to cope with.

"Allow me to first set aside the first and most obvious category of unknown unknowns with which I am less qualified to deal. Let us assume that the rift ever led to the afterlife, and will once more lead to the afterlife when reopened. Let us assume the other side does not contain monsters, powerful chakra beasts, inimical supernatural beings, or other threats of that order which could invade the Human Path. For that matter, we should include alien disease spirits against which we have no protective rituals, invasive plant or animal species that can alter the natural world on which we depend for our survival, and poisons which may spread from the island site by air or sea. Let us assume that the unprecedented act of manually wrenching a closed rift open does not harm the fabric of the Human Path or the afterlife in any way, and nor does forcibly stabilising that rift for an extended period of time—an element central to your research, I trust, since there is no guarantee that if the rift closes again with you on the other side, the same means will be efficacious in opening it a third time. Let us assume, finally, that Jiraiya is there, that it is possible to find him before he moves on despite a total lack of information on his location or the geography of the afterlife, that he is both able and willing to seek return, and that a deceased person will become alive again upon re-entering the Human Path (as opposed to, say, being forcibly returned to the Pure Land or having their soul disintegrate). Finally, let us assume that you encounter him and not, say, Captain Zabuza, or any other force that will compel you to surrender the rift's secrets so they may take control of their own and their allies' resurrection. In short, let us assume that the rift and the other side will function in exact accordance with your wishes and expectations, as matters in life ever do.

"This granted, allow me to treat the various types of failure mode as independent, although, of course, they will be simultaneous and the second-order effects of their interplay will be complex and staggering. First, for the Gōketsu. Jiraiya would, naturally, take control as clan lord. Your rule has been mixed, shall we say, while he is a veteran statesman with a decades-long record of success. He would not be so irresponsible as to leave his people's welfare in the hands of a junior, much less place his vast power directly under your control. You would naturally lose all the agency to which you have grown accustomed, your role reduced to advisory and executive after the fashion of Noburi or myself, and I may remind you that Jiraiya was not of Uplift. He was coming to express an interest in it, in terms of benefiting Leaf by better leveraging its civilians, but he was ultimately a man in his fifties who had spent his life in a Leaf prospering under the Third's stable, moderate regime. He did not propose or conduct any bold social experiments then, and the KEI is as much his legacy as anyone's, insofar as he did not lift a finger to save his clanless brethren, for all his power and influence. I have power now, Hazō, if complex and qualified, and it leads me to respect Jiraiya less and less as I come to comprehend just how much he could have accomplished with his and did not.

"Even as I acknowledge that Jiraiya displayed some openness to new ideas, the institution of till'n'fills being his finest hour, the fact remains that the Gōketsu's Uplift drive would attenuate by orders of magnitude were he to replace you as its autocratic leader.

"Let us take a step outwards. A fierce power struggle would naturally ensue over the Hokage's seat, Jiraiya only ever having taken it in order to rescue Naruto and doubtless ecstatic to be freed of the burden, and the Seventh seeing an opportunity to transfer a duty he never pursued and likely does not feel himself equal to onto the shoulders of a much more qualified superior.

"I imagine Jiraiya would emerge victorious, with his superior skill and vastly superior experience, as well as the existing precedent of the older Hokage stepping aside for the younger. I hope you did not possess any fantasies of a loyal Hokage in office. Beyond that, Jiraiya would certainly be a grand political asset, and your odds of execution would decrease considerably, but I suspect he would wish to avoid overshadowing his mentor's son's rule, so long as that rule remained to Leaf's benefit. To repeat the comparison, he did not rule from the shadows when his own apprentice became Hokage.

"Speaking of the Hokage... I hope you appreciate that your control of the rift would last only until the first expeditionary team encountered the first human. If the rift is proved as a potential source of 'new' Leaf shinobi, or shinobi willing to be recruited to Leaf's banner, it must be under the Hokage's direct control. If it is a potential source of hostile shinobi, Kage-level at worst, it must certainly be under the Hokage's direct control. If there are other parties with whom Leaf may negotiate for advantage in an unknown world, again, you are not the person to whose judgement such weighty matters should be entrusted. I assume that from that point, any exploration would be conducted by the most trusted, competent, and, of course, discreet shinobi available to the Hokage, while you would be expected to return to your own specialisations, such as research and development.

"Meanwhile, once the existence of the rift became known to the clan heads, as it would need to be with Jiraiya's return and the regular recruitment of their members for expeditions, there would be a competition of unprecedented ferocity over who should be rescued next—for obviously Leaf's expeditionary resources are limited, and traffic to and from the site needs to be limited also. Every clan head would demand that their fallen take priority, and exert the full extent of their influence to ensure that their parents and siblings, their heroes and their masters capable of expanding the clan's temporal power, come first. Or do you believe you are the only one willing to cross lines and embrace extremes to resurrect a loved one? Needless to say, I intend to participate fully in this competition, for Leaf's clanless deserve a second life no less than anyone else—arguably more, since their first lives would on average have been shorter and worse—while the Gōketsu would be all but irrelevant with no more prominent figures of their own to rescue. The damage to Leaf's unity and stability would be... honestly, beyond my power to estimate.

"Now, let us expand our scope again to consider events in the outside world as Leaf tears itself apart. It would be impractical, realistically unviable, and counter-productive for Leaf to attempt to conceal Jiraiya's return. Much of his value is as a diplomat and as a military deterrent. Nor would it be plausible to pretend he was alive from the beginning, between the survivors' testimonies, his absence during Leaf's recent crises, and the fact that there was no conceivable reason to keep his survival secret even from the Tower's own shinobi.

"As soon as Leaf's capability for resurrection was discovered, even if Leaf itself claimed it could not be replicated, it would be swarmed with spies and with demands for explanation. Every other nation would be terrified of Leaf resurrecting more Hokage, and rightly so, I regret to say. Do you believe the existence of the rift could be concealed for long, considering that Akatsuki were present when it first opened, that it would be the focus of the greatest political struggle in Leaf's history, and that it lies far closer to Mist than to Leaf?

"The AMITY nations would naturally demand that the rift be given into common keeping as Pain's seal was, and for the same reasons. I note in passing that this would technically place it under Ami's control, since it is she who administers AMITY matters not under the purview of any given member. Alas, I do not believe this final saving throw would ever be rolled, as no Hokage or potential Hokage we know would consider surrendering the rift. The possibility of it falling into enemy hands is an existential threat, and any hands may become enemy hands when they face the temptation of conquering the world with an inexhaustible supply of loyal demigods.

"I need not belabour the point from there. The most realistic scenario is that Akatsuki would claim the rift, formally on behalf of AMITY should they desire that fig leaf, and test if Leaf can defend it in the distant land of O'Uzu. They are already aware of it, and we only assume that they have not been researching it themselves. Once it is brought to their attention that it can be used to resurrect Pain, to whom they were fanatically, and, per your speculations, in some cases romantically devoted, no power on this Path will stop them. And if you are capable of finding and retrieving Jiraiya, they are certainly capable of finding and retrieving Pain.

"I trust I do not need to explain how a returned Pain, together with control of the rift, would leave the rest of humanity at their mercy. Among other considerations, I invite you to contemplate the image of Pain sacrificing himself to resurrect any Akatsuki members we are somehow able to defeat, then strolling blithely back out of the afterlife without assistance now that the rift is open and he knows the way.

"This is still arguably the best scenario, for Akatsuki claim world peace as their objective. The alternative is for AMITY to collapse, as pre-emptive elimination of a member state due to potential threat makes mockery of its very concept. That collapse, of course, would take the form of Leaf's destruction. Needless to say, the man with the ability to manipulate the rift would share its fate—destroyed if its new masters choose to destroy it, or enslaved if they wish it under their sole control—together with any associates who might have been inducted into the same secrets, or might be needed to provide leverage in the event of resistance.

"Accuse me of pessimism if you wish, but I cannot believe that, with the rift taken from Leaf by force, the remaining villages would come to a reasonable agreement as to its ownership and use. Ami could certainly arrange it, but even assuming she survived Leaf's destruction, with AMITY failed, I doubt she would possess the credibility and influence. No, I consider it much more likely that they would return to form, and war over this precious resource until it was either destroyed or claimed by a single definitive winner. There is little point in speculating beyond that, except to say that the kind of village that would successfully trample all others for the sake of power is unlikely to then use that power in an Uplift-friendly way.

"These are the key points which capture my imagination, Hazō. If you desire others, Shikamaru and I have a bulging folder. If I may be frank, your assertion that research is proceeding smoothly terrifies me. Still, you have come to me to seek advice, and therein lies a seed of hope that you will give these issues serious consideration, and refrain from triggering this possible apocalypse until you find solutions that satisfy you and, with my aid, polish them into solutions that satisfy Leaf's finest realists as well."

Hazō sat and stared at Kei mutely. Doom-pronouncing rants were nothing new for Kei, but it was hard to evaluate their validity, since generally he took her advice and didn't do the thing, and so the disasters she predicted had no chance to ensue. Terrible as he apparently was at seeking her advice when it mattered, he prided himself on his ability to accept it when he did, even when it was intensely critical and made him feel like an idiot. He also couldn't think, off the top of his head, of any instances where accepting it actually backfired (except in terms of lost opportunities where nothing would have gone wrong, a type of counterfactual it was difficult to assess).

So if she was right (and thinking of ways in which things could go wrong that he'd missed was her speciality), then maybe he'd placed Jiraiya—both his feelings for his stepfather and the instrumental value of having the most powerful man in the world at his side, ideologically sympathetic and owing him a life debt—on one side of the scale... and not actually placed anything on the other.

"I... I think I need to think some things over, Kei."

Kei's shoulders sagged subtly in relief. "I suspect that may be the best I can ask for at this moment in time. Please consult me as often as you wish, Hazō, as many times as you wish. I, too, would gladly see Jiraiya returned to us, if only so that he can be made to fulfil the responsibilities, to myself and others, that he so shamefully abandoned. But my desires are not relevant to the broader needs of the world, and if they are to be fulfilled, it is only incidentally, or in the gaps between. I do not ask you to embrace a worldview fashioned half of unchosen duty and half of a resilient perception of myself as worthless... only to think before you act."

"I probably shouldn't talk about this with Shikamaru yet, should I?" Hazō asked.

"Not if you wish to retain his respect when he asks about the aforesaid and you have nothing to offer him. If he asks me, I shall inform him that your latest progress report was positive but ambiguous, which it is to a layperson like myself, and that we discussed the matter of consequences and you promised to consider it further, which should be vague enough to satisfy my duty to both parties. Please do not betray my trust in this matter."

"I won't," Hazō promised. "Before I go, which I probably should because I have a Noburi to debrief about Toad stuff—which, I imagine, you don't want to keep me from either—I meant to ask you about the new estate. Do you want your own room, like before? Does Snowflake? Anyone else? This seems like a great opportunity to fit in all the things we were too much in a rush to do properly last time, and if you have any design preferences, I'll do my best to accommodate them."

"Of course I wish to have my own room, Hazō," Kei said, "though I am grateful that you asked. I… appreciate that I have not exactly been making regular use of the old one, and I daresay that my feelings towards Mari do not grow any warmer when I consider that she is likely the one who led you to feel that her own sanity checks were sufficient and rendered mine redundant… but both Snowflake and Tenten insist that I not set this future in stone, and since you are offering, it costs me little to respect their advice."

Hazō was torn. On the one hand, Mari had never said that, and having Kei believe it would only make things worse. On the other... it wasn't like she'd ever said, "I think X, but you should check with Kei as well in case she disagrees"—at least not in matters that didn't directly affect Kei, and sometimes even then.

On the third hand, Hazō and Kei had just reconciled, and Hazō couldn't bear to ruin that so quickly by reminding her that he was the one who kept neglecting to make her part of the process.

"I do not require an extravagant room," Kei mused. "Indeed, something cosy and secure might be preferable, as long as there is room for sufficient bookshelves and general shelf and wall space. A broad desk, as well. A flat ceiling would be mandatory. In fact, acceptable ceiling breadth, as well as a certain basic amount of exercise space—static exercises, nothing excessive—are arguments for a larger room, so perhaps it would be possible to strike a balance?

"A higher floor would be preferable to a lower one, as would a less frequented part of the house. Close to Akane, perhaps, if bedrooms must be in proximity. Yuno is also acceptable. Actually, no, perhaps not. If she dwells separately from Noburi, he might visit, and... enough said. I appreciate large windows, and if it is not too demanding, it would be ideal if they faced empty space—perhaps a natural environment if such is part of the estate as it was of previous ones—rather than an inner yard or another source of people and noise.

"Oh, come to think of it, it would be very satisfying to have a double bed all to myself, so—"

Kei went bright crimson.

"No, disregard that last requirement. I mean, no, do not disregard it... Just please ignore it completely while nevertheless acknowledging my desire for a double bed.

"In any case! I will consider the matter and inform you if any other issues arise. Snowflake will certainly desire a room of her own, and while I could describe her preferences to you, I believe it would be more respectful for you to inquire directly. Otherwise... Perhaps a guest room somewhere close by? The Nara main building possesses countless virtues, but privacy is not among them, and if I were to find time for—"

Kei was still crimson, so there was no visible change, but the squirming redoubled. "Do not misunderstand! It is not as if I have any specific use already in mind. I merely wished to leave potential for... for..."

"I get it, Kei." Hazō suppressed a smile. "Architecture isn't exactly my forte, but I'm pretty sure I can build with the best of them as long as I have detailed blueprints and enough stone—and stone will not be a problem as long as you like barrier-grade granite."

"If mere exposure is truly sufficient to generate affection," Kei replied, "you may consider barrier-grade granite to be the love of my life. Why, it is a wonder it is not part of the polycule already."

Hazō nodded. "A reinforced double bed, then."

"Hazō..." Kei growled.

"So how about that dinner I was planning to invite you to all along?" Hazō smoothly changed track. "I miss you, and so do the others. Why don't you and Snowflake come over sometime? You can bring the Snow Globe if you like"—Hazō had decided this wasn't the moment for the Kittensphere's debut—"and I'm sure we can figure out... logistics... if it would make you more comfortable."

"That title was rejected by majority vote," Kei said, "and any usage of it on Snowflake's part is in contravention of formal policy. Please do not encourage her. With that said, I greatly appreciate the invitation and will endeavour to rearrange my schedule so as to take advantage of it."

"Oh, no," Hazō said. "That was all me. I just like the sound of it. Why, what name did you settle on?"

"No consensus was reached," Kei admitted, "and we were eventually forced to resort to Shikamaru's unimaginative default option of 'the polycule'. There has been discussion of holding a new vote once Fujisawa feels more comfortable with the arrangement, which is to say that it occurred to Snowflake and I tentatively approve."

"Who is in the polycule these days?" Hazō asked. "It can get hard to keep track."

Kei gave him a cool look. "By which I take it you mean that the deaths of our last two girlfriends half a year ago failed to make an impact on your memory, as did the humiliation that was my attempt to introduce Fujisawa to the family."

Oops.

"Sorry," Hazō said. "I was being flippant. So it's currently Tenten, Shikamaru, Shiori, and Fujisawa, right?"

Kei winced. "Shiori is not part of the polycule."

"Oh, no. What happened? If you don't mind me asking, I mean."

"No, it is a reasonable question," Kei said. "I, too, once believed that, as our preposterous love square was clearly the work of kami overdosing on Icha Icha, it would linger without meaningful development for volume after volume until Jira- the author finally recalled its existence and scraped together some unsatisfying resolution so as to create room for a more interesting new plotline. I could not have imagined that... No, forgive me, Hazō. I have embarrassed myself as much as I can bear for one day. I shall narrate that sorry tale another time."

"Fair enough," Hazō said. "In that case, I think it's time for me to bow out. Enjoy your Kei discussions at the KEI meeting, Lady Kei."

"Enjoy your batrachian briefing, Hazuo."

-o-​

"What're you up to, Noburi?"

Leaf's next rising star of medicine/ninjutsu/summoning looked up from the table over which he was poring over some scrolls by candlelight. Tonight, Noburi was studying in his room, which had been mercifully spared by the recent disaster. The sizeable axe blade-shaped dent in one of the barrier-grade granite walls was probably unrelated, and Hazō decided he didn't have the energy to poke his nose where it didn't belong.

"Just doing my homework," Noburi said. "Did you know Orochimaru once peeled all the skin off a missing-nin and then glued it back on inside out to see if it would keep its protective properties?"

Hazō shuddered. However, the sealmaster in him couldn't help asking, "Did it?"

"Not sure. She died before he got to the feet. This was back in the days when Orochimaru didn't just grab random people when he wanted to experiment on someone, so he never got around to trying again. Or rather, if he did, it's not in these notes.

"Anyway, there are some great insights about dermatological surgery buried in all that. I mean, imagine flaying someone so skilfully that they're still alive hours after you're done."

"I'd... really rather not, thanks." Hazō really, really hoped following in Orochimaru's mental footsteps wasn't going to turn Noburi evil. Was it too much to ask to have one member of his family who wasn't horrifically traumatised, morally worrying, dangerously unstable, or some combination of the above?

"Anyway, I wanted to thank you for saving the day during the sealing failure earlier," he said. "I didn't get a chance to say anything then, but I really appreciate you always having my back in a crisis."

Noburi grinned. "It's what I do. Still, I'd really rather I didn't have to, so try to go easy on the sealing failures, will you? Between this and the Naraka Storm, I'm suddenly a lot less comfortable living in a compound full of sealmasters."

"Duly noted," Hazō said, trying not to feel guilty about the fact that he was keeping one of the people he trusted most ignorant of a life-threatening danger to them all.

"How's stuff on the Seventh Path going?" he asked instead. "You were out for quite a while today."

"Sure was," Noburi said. "Count yourself lucky that I have the patience of a mountain hermit, because getting relevant factual details out of a pair of elderly sages reminiscing about the ancient past when they already disagree about whose turn it was to peel the grubs yesterday is like getting Captain Zabuza to give a missing-nin a medal."

"That actually happened, though," Hazō commented.

"Right, the Finals. And I managed to get a bunch of valuable info, so the comparison's just right."

"Good work, Noburi," Hazō said. "Hit me."

"All right," Noburi said. "So Shima and Fukasaku were really impressed with me for knowing the name 'Pasafutsu', which is kind of funny given I heard it from them to begin with. Apparently, only really old summons know that name, because he gave it up when he became the Pangolin Hierophant."

"What's one of those?"

"No idea," Noburi said. "Shima and Fukasaku were really vague, and then they argued about it for a while, and the upshot of it is that it's a weird Pangolin thing, and they only had one at a time, and Pasafutsu was the last of them.

"Here's the important part. A few hundred years ago— they didn't agree how many, so that's as good as it gets—the Pangolins had a massive population boom because of the Quarg, or possibly the Qworg, or maybe even the Quaag. I still don't quite get what one of those is, but apparently it's so culturally specific that the gestalt field just breaks down when it tries to translate it.

"Trouble is, you know how the Seventh Path gets chakra weather instead of chakra beasts? Actually, maybe you don't; I have no idea what it's like over in Dog lands. So the Seventh Path gets chakra weather, probably because they don't have a sun and the sky is crazy and pretty much every force that shapes Human Path weather is either missing or freaking weird, and it was worse back then than it is now. You can probably see where this is going. They had a weather disaster, and it completely screwed over their food supply because of mass insect extinction or whatever, and it's not like they could un-Quaag the Quaag when the pangopups were already running around. Nobody was going to trade them enough bugs to keep them from starving—most of the nearby clans didn't even eat bugs to begin with—so basically it was grab somebody else's land that hadn't been wrecked by the weather disaster or die.

"Oh, and nobody liked the Pangolins even then, because they were already all holier-than-thou, so obviously a couple of their neighbours decided to strike while the iron was hot. They didn't care that Pangolin territory was low on bugs. So all that kicked off the kind of massive war you rarely get on the Seventh Path unless stupid humans come along with their seals, and you had shifting alliances, and territory ownership bouncing back and forth, and legendary heroics and unforgivable atrocities and all that good stuff. Most of my afternoon was spent politely and diplomatically getting the two toads to shut up about it. Spoiler alert: the Pangolins survived, and also grabbed a big chunk of Hyena territory with help from their old allies the Condors because WTF, and that kept them going until things levelled out. At some point during all of that, the Hierophant vanished and the Pangolins got the Polemarch instead, but since neither of them had names, it's not clear if it was the same pangolin or not. Shima thinks yes and Fukasaku thinks no.

"Then after that—maybe a load of decades, maybe a couple of centuries; what the heck does 'a while' mean when you're older than the forest you live in?—there's a new Polemarch, and it's Pantsā of the Adamant Scales, who happens to be one of the great heroes from that war, and by that point the Pangolins are well on their way to being the clan of mini-Yaguras (or maybe mega-Yaguras, given how he wasn't that tall and some of them are ginormous) that we know and love.

"And if that sounds like messy storytelling with more gaps than the mouth of an elderly tiger with a chocolate addiction, then thank your lucky stars you're getting the edited Noburi version."

"So," Hazō concluded, "we still don't know what happened to the last Polemarch."

"No," Noburi said, "but we know more or less when it happened and we can kind of guess what triggered it. Getting a new leader with a new title in the middle of a war doesn't just happen by accident. The name thing is throwing me off, though, because now we don't know if the Hierophant just changed jobs or if there's an extra clan boss in the mix somewhere. I think we need to tap some non-Toad sources for this."

"You're right," Hazō said mischievously. "The Turtles are isolationist, but I bet they have long memories. You should go poke Hyūga and see what he can find out. The Gōketsu can owe him a favour."

"Well," Noburi said with emphatic reluctance, "if it's a clan head order, I guess I have no choice. I'll just have to go over there and hit him with all the amazing material I've been saving up for months."

"And get the info."

"And get the info," Noburi agreed. "But a man's got to have priorities in life."

Hazō's mind flashed to his vision of Jiraiya, fighting to hold on until a rescue he didn't know was coming, and to Kei's vision of a world shattered by his return.

"Yeah," Hazō said. "He does."

-o-​

You have received (5 + 1 (Brevity)) x 3 + 1 (Fun-to-Write) = 19 XP.

-o-​

The rest of the plan has been implemented, with the exception of talking to Akane, because it wasn't clear to me what you wanted to say with regard to WHOOSH, and the rest of the Noburi check-in because I am out of spoons.

You have taken a financial hit from paying compensation to various parties, but not a crippling one. The Tower does not levy excessive fines for sealing failure-induced damage, probably because it doesn't want to disincentivise sealing research.

Edit:
Hazō (Calligraphy): 34 + 3 (IN) + 8 (4x prep days) - 3 = 42
Hazō (Sealing): 48 + 22 (SSA) + 8 (4x prep days) + 8 (invoke "Promising Sealing Student") + 8 (invoke "Gōketsu Research Facilities") + 6 = 100

Hazō has made massive progress on the second seal in the Fourth's seal chain. He thinks he's 2/3rds done, and could probably have already finished it if it weren't for his massive headache.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 567: Secrets that Never Were

There continued to be plenty of scaffolding to sit on dotted around the Hokage Monument—the latest situation with the Sixth Hokage's head carving was that some dangerous imperfections had been detected in the rock around the projected nose area, and so the stonecarvers' blueprints would have to be significantly revised before they could proceed further. So far, the only part of the carving that was remotely complete was the chin. In fairness, Hyūga Hiashi had possessed a very fine chin, masculine but not exaggerated, but even that body part was apparently coming under question as some carvers were asking whether the proportions would fit properly with the current cheekbone designs. There was a risk that they would have to abandon it and start from scratch.

It was on one of these scaffolds, placed roughly where Hyūga's furrowed brow would be if issues with the chisel supply hadn't delayed that part of the work, that Snowflake sat with a canvas, sketching an image of Leaf in twilight. Hazō, coming up behind her, could identify the cold grandeur of the Hyūga compound in the spiked straight lines, the flickering lamps of the red light district in the brief curves, and, of course, the ominous majesty of the Hokage Tower in a single stacking spiral rising to the heavens.

"Hi, Snowflake."

Snowflake put down her brush.

"As it happens, Prime is training in my place today. You are addressing Shard, so named by Moonlight to evoke the image of a mirror shard, broken away from the static duty of reflection and capable of portraying any image. Also, possessed of very sharp edges. I have been assigned uncensored self-expression."

"Oh," Hazō said. "Pleased to meet you, Shard. Thanks for meeting me out here. I badly needed to get away from Gak—various unimportant duties. Let me tell you, trying to beautify the estate when I'm the only person capable of using Earthshaping and, currently, Multiple Earth Walls, and I have to wrestle with my civilian contractors to do either, and when none of my other clan head duties have gone anywhere, and when there are people to get settled in, is a nightmare. I dread to think what kind of things I might be letting slip past me while I'm distracted."

Shard gave him a look he couldn't quite figure out. "Indeed."

A strange, tense silence settled in the air between them.

Was that a hint? Was there something he'd already been distracted from?

"Prime had thought," Shard said coldly, "and I agree, that it was unfair for Kei to give you warning of the need for an apology. It robbed you of the opportunity to come to the necessary realisation yourself, and apologise of your own will. Such an opportunity can make a great deal of difference to two people's relationship, as illustrated by Mari and Kei. It seems, however, that she overestimated you as she is wont to do."

Apology? Oh, hell, the Elemental Mastery thing.

"Shard, I'm sorry—"

"No," Shard interrupted. "As you are apparently incapable of modelling our feelings, or perhaps being moved by them, after being instructed to, and as explaining exactly how I feel is more or less my literal raison d'être, you can listen quietly until I am done, Hazō.

"Kei's wound from this vile debacle was your refusal to share your creative planning, your true heart, with her, or to allow her to express her own love the best way she can. My expectations of our family bond were not so lofty, nor am I unaware that trust not extended to Kei could never be extended to me. I shall forego the question of whether my existence had any meaning to you at all in your calculations, or whether Kei plus Snowflake did not equal anything more than Kei. Instead, allow me to speak of agency, my sole, inalienable possession.

"I, too, have people to protect, places, an entire world I have only just begun to learn. What gives you the right to endanger them unilaterally, with your brilliant idea that has no function but to wreak havoc on geopolitics? What gives you the right to deny all of your family's, all of this village's, all of humanity's agency in one fell swoop? Would you even have involved Akane had you not needed her as your instrument, or would she have joined us in mute ignorance as our fate was decided in the background?

"Your decisions are ever thus: sweeping in scope and unilateral in nature. Kei satisfies herself with the slow drip of lessons learned, with the privilege of finally being consulted on her fate. The rest bow to you the visionary, their role to implement your will with the occasional course correction, no matter how many times you prove that genius does not correlate with wisdom. Perhaps there is no choice, for if there is one thing that will doom the world for certain, it is inaction. But you are not the Chosen One, Hazō. You possess no heavenly mandate to dismiss our will because it is inconvenient.

"It is the same with your other project. Ignore the civilians you have no convenient means to poll. Ignore the ninja who might not understand the brilliance, the necessity of your plan, and therefore possess no rights in this discussion. But did you ever ask us, your family, for our opinions? You did not even know how Kei felt about Jiraiya. Do you know how she feels about Lord Shikaku, whose return would heal the broken heart of one precious to her, restore a clan she struggles to rebuild after endless disasters, and provide Leaf with guidance it may need much more than another strong arm? Do you know what Jiraiya is to Yuno, or what he weighs next to her parents, whose loss set her on her path of pain and isolation? Have you asked Akane if she treasures Jiraiya over Maito Gai, the one man who might still be able to save her heart? Have you asked, even once, whether Kagome has loved ones on the other side?

"To me, if you care to know, Jiraiya means little beyond what he means to Kei and the rest of you. I am not his daughter. I am a peculiar ninjutsu effect, and I cannot know if he will ever see me as anything more or merely dismiss me with idle tolerance as a curiosity. The father I would see restored is my own, Senju Tobirama, both so he can be called to account and because he alone can find a way to free me and my brethren, or at least make us less dependent.

"It is appalling enough when you choose other people's futures without their knowledge or consent. But I am my choices, Hazō. Their consequences are all that will remain of me when Kei falls asleep tonight, or for the final time. For you to make them for me, in my absence, in my ignorance, is as close to murder as you can get while allowing Kei to be safe."

Hazō sat in silence after she was done, ostensibly waiting in case she had anything else to add, but in practice not knowing what to say. Where Kei's suffering had been very personal, stemming from fundamental features of her personality which she'd taken pains to explain to him, Shard's seemed like a comprehensive denunciation of Hazō's entire approach. Still, he felt that behind the more distanced perspective lay the same basic message. Shard—Snowflake—felt that she didn't matter to him because, when push came to shove, he had a tendency to act like she didn't exist. Today was a product of carelessness. But when it came to Elemental Mastery or rift research, or, frankly, the majority of his projects, Snowflake wasn't an advisor like Mari or an optimiser like Kei. He'd thought that meant it was fine not to involve her with his planning unless she was relevant, the way he didn't Akane, Noburi, Yuno, or Kagome-sensei (or, indeed, every other Gōketsu), but now that she'd called him out on it… was he really not interested in his loved ones' opinions outside their spheres of expertise? What did that say about him if it was true?

"I'm sorry, Shard," he said. "You're right. I should have cared about your opinion, whether it was instrumentally useful or not."

Shard nodded. "I hope you understand that the trust between us has been shaken. Kindness and respect can be sharply devalued when it appears that they are expressed only in person and only when it is convenient or easy to remember."

"I will do better in the future," Hazō said. "I promise."

Shard nodded again. "I cannot say I am in the most social of moods now, self-expression or no self-expression, but I do have additional missives to convey from Kei before I can depart."

"Go on," Hazō said.

"First, am I to understand that Akane has not spoken to you regarding the recent changes in her behaviour?"

"Recent... Oh, thank the Sage and all his many brothers! I wasn't imagining it!"

"Indeed," Shard said. "Subsequent to your conversation, Kei and Prime have judged that enlisting your assistance in the project is a higher priority than superior OPSEC or protection of our own safety."

"What project?" Hazō asked. It was the best news he'd had all day. Both Akane's unnatural fake happiness and the weird sense of distance between them had been starting to frighten him, especially when the most perceptive woman in the clan responded by acting as if nothing was wrong.

"This is nothing to be discussed in an unsecured setting," Shard said, "but you may speak to Akane and inform her that I advise her to enlist your aid. The earlier you can begin, the better."

"Cryptic," Hazō said, "but I'll do my best. You said there was more?"

Shard handed him a piece of paper.

"Prime speculated that you intended to discuss bedroom arrangements, and we would certainly like bedrooms to ourselves in order to conduct various experiments with self-definition, but she was of the opinion that after reading Kei's message, you would wish time alone to think."

Hazō scanned the paper.

Hazō, pursuant to our earlier conversation, I have attempted to compile a list of individuals and groups which may be aware of the rift and/or your research, together with probabilities, sources of information, and the rationale behind my analysis where I felt it was beneficial to include it. I gleaned some additional information from your descriptions of your preparations for the first research mission to the rift site, as mentioned to Shikamaru in the process of having him recruit for the mission on your behalf.

I apologise for having previously overlooked certain key proliferation factors. I am aware that this represents a significant failure in my role as contingency planner. Please do not hesitate to contact me for further discussion if necessary.


Knowledge (rift)Knowledge (research programme)Chance of learning of rift/programmeChance of attempting research
if aware of rift
Notes
Sarutobi AsumaCONFIRMED
(direct, reports)
CONFIRMED
(direct, reports)
N/AVery High
(will control yours)
Granted permission for your research missions.
AkatsukiCONFIRMED
(Itachi, Hidan)
Low
(unless physical evidence at rift site observed)
N/AVery High
(skilled sealmasters,
Pain lore, highly motivated)
Nara ClanCONFIRMED
(direct)
CONFIRMED
(direct)
N/AVery Low
(will participate in yours)
Uzumaki ClanCONFIRMED
(direct)
CONFIRMED
(direct)
N/AVery Low
(no skills)
Hyūga ClanCONFIRMED
(Motokazu)
CONFIRMED
(Motokazu)
N/AVery Low
(no opening to compete)
Uchiha ClanCONFIRMED
(Sasuke)
CONFIRMED
(Sasuke)
N/AVery Low
(no skills)
Other Leaf clansVery High
(original O'Uzu report)
Very High
(clans with consulted sealmasters),
otherwise Low
N/AVery Low
(no opening to compete)
OrochimaruVery Low
(asocial tendencies)
Very Low
(asocial tendencies)
Low
(via Dr Yakushi's social connections)
Very High
(will replace yours)
If Orochimaru was aware of your rift research,
you would not be in a position to read this.
TsunadeLow
(asocial tendencies)
Very Low
(asocial tendencies)
Low
(asocial tendencies)
Moderate
(may interfere in yours if unsatisfied)
Tsunade seems to have little interest in the world around her
in general, but this will change quickly if she learns about resurrection.
AmiLow
(would have mentioned it)
Very High
(of course you are researching immortality)
CONFIRMED in near futureVery Low
(will participate in yours;
no opening to compete)
Will inform her after her next mission unless there is good reason not to;
we need all the help we can find.
Leaf ANBUVery High
(Hokage,
original O'Uzu report)
???
(Hokage)
???
(Hokage)
N/ASome personally present for O'Uzu debrief.
Misc. Leaf sealmastersCONFIRMED
(direct)
CONFIRMED
(direct)
N/AVery Low
(no opening to compete)
You sought input from them before the first research mission.
Misc. KEI ninjaLow
(KEI sealmasters)
Low
(KEI sealmasters)
Low
(KEI sealmasters)
Very Low
(no skills)
The typical sealmaster has a limited social circle,
but is attention-starved and loves to boast.
MistLow
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
Akatsuki observation of site)
Moderate
(Akatsuki, may encounter researchers/evidence of research)
Very HighO'Uzu lies within Mist's sphere of influence, and it is likely that Mist ninja/patrols periodically visit it.
Mist is also the best candidate if Akatsuki wish to call upon an AMITY village's resources.
CloudLow
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
(Akatsuki observation of site)
Low
(Akatsuki will not share unless beneficial)
Very High
RockLow
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
(Akatsuki observation of site)
Low
(Akatsuki will not share unless beneficial)
Very High
SandLow
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
(Akatsuki observation of site)
Low
(Akatsuki will not share unless beneficial)
Very High
IsanLow
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
(Akatsuki observation of site)
Low
(Akatsuki will not share unless beneficial)
Very High
Waterfall/
Minors
Low
(Akatsuki)
Very Low
(Akatsuki observation of site)
Low
(Akatsuki will not share unless beneficial)
Very High

Hazō was too busy staring at Kei's table to notice when Shard packed up her canvas and left.

-o-​

You have received (2 + 2 (Brevity)) x 3 = 12 XP.

-o-​

Kei and Mari think that it would be best to take a couple of weeks off from WHOOSH in order to better gauge the situation. You can use one clone at a time at most for doing sensible things like reading notes (emphasis Kei's).

Tsunade was happy (or rather, grudgingly resigned) to evaluate Noburi and Akane for apprenticeships. However, she does not feel she has time to teach different apprentices different skill sets simultaneously. Akane has been rejected for medicine training on the grounds of poor ability, while Noburi has passed initial testing and his evaluation is ongoing.

Awesomeification of the estate is proceeding, but slowly because the civilian architects are terrified of what Hazō can accomplish with Earthshaping and everything ends up becoming a process of negotiation lest the Merchant Council become involved and cause a grand headache for everybody.

You visited Mareo. The second time he even welcomed you as a guest as opposed to calling you a little gaki and chasing you off his property. The chocolate and Keishi wine in the gift basket were particularly appreciated.

Harumitsu says the Hagoromo have started treating him with more respect and appreciation as his ability to contribute to the clan grows.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Interlude: Honoka's Important Lessons, Part 2
Interlude: Honoka's Important Lessons, Part 2

Hazō had an audience.

He caught sight of her as he was in the middle of a spinning back-kick combo. He put her out of his thoughts, finished the kick, and progressed to the next movement in Kata #23 of the Mist Academy style. It wasn't his favorite kata, or his favorite style, but there was something reassuring about it. The style rooted him to the core of his training, the foundation of what had built him into the ninja, into the man, that he was. The kata was all fundamentals, just advanced enough to be interesting, and focused on balance and flexibility so it made errors far more clear than kata that focused on simple attacks and blocks. He was doing it without the benefit of the Iron Nerve, which always felt strange and left him a little off-kilter.

He finished the kata, wiped away the sweat with his towel, and sipped from a bottle of hot water as he wandered over to where Honoka was kneeling next to a bush at the edge of the training field.

"Hey, little mouse," he called. "What are you up to?" He spread a blanket out on the ground and plopped down next to her, skootching over so she would have room to join him. Her knees and shins must have been freezing from sitting seiza, and her pants were doubtless covered in grass stains.

"I was supposed to meet Kagome-sensei here, but he's late," she said hesitantly. "They said he was tied up in a meeting."

Hazō grimaced. "Yeah, it's probably another round of after-action reports from the seal failure on the old estate. It happens every time. Want some?" He offered her the bottle and she gratefully took a swig. He rummaged in his seals and pulled out bread and cheese. She looked at him to ensure that she was allowed to have some. He gave her an encouraging nod and a 'go on' gesture, so she carefully took one slice of cheese and one small piece of bread.

"You know," Hazō said, serving himself a handful of the bread squares and an equal number of cheese slices, "when I was your age I was basically always hungry. Now that I'm all old and decrepit, I can't eat as much. It would be bad to have to seal all this up again, so you'll just have to eat it for me. Think you can do that?"

She nibbled on her piece of bread, studying him, but her eyes flicked down to the bounty and then back up.

Hazō threw his hands dramatically in the air and adopted the thickest, most stereotypical 'Rock-country grandma' voice as used by the street players of Leaf. "Eat! Eat! Eat! What, you're gonna make me eat it all? You want me to explode from eating this much? Or maybe you think my cooking is terrible, aye? What did I ever do to you that you should insult me so?"

Honoka laughed and took several more pieces of bread and cheese.

"Why was there a seal failure?" she asked as she worked her way through the second piece.

"That's...complicated, sweetie." Hazō went silent, thinking. "You're doing math and taijutsu at the Academy, right?"

"Uh-huh. I'm the best in my class at math!" She paused and looked guilty. "Well, second best."

"Good. Math is important."

"That's not what Amori says," Honoka grumbled around a mouthful of bread and cheese. "She says that only losers and mudfeet need to worry about math and real ninja worry about the important stuff, like taijutsu and chakra control and stuff."

"Tell Amori that Lord Gōketsu said she could suck it."

Honoka's eyes went wide and her mouth dropped open.

"Actually, don't tell her that," Hazō said. "Last thing I need is her father bitching at me about being overly honest to his so-precious daughter. You won't tell, will you?"

Honoka shook her head and drew an X across her chest.

"Good." Hazō stretched his legs out and leaned back on an elbow, taking a swig from his hot water and thinking. "Anyway, don't engage with her on it, but she's wrong about math. Math is very important."

"Why? The kids who are good at math aren't very popular..."

"You've met Shikamaru at games nights, right? Lord Nara?"

"Uh-huh." The guarded tone suggested that the meetings hadn't been filled with delight.

"Shikamaru is my age, but he's the Hokage's primary advisor. He concocted most of Leaf's military strategy during the war. He lives in one of the nicest estates in Leaf, he's Clan Lord of one of the most powerful of the Founding Clans. He's got at least six women pining after him, and those are just the ones that I know of. Sounds pretty popular to me, and it's all because he's good at math and logic and things like that." He caught himself. "Well, that's not the only reason. He's also a great ninja for his age, but the reason that he stands out, the reason that everyone respects him, is because he's very well educated and he uses that education to think better than everyone else around him." Granted, his bloodline helped a lot but there was no reason to complicate the narrative when half the point was to boost the self-respect of a young girl.

"Oh." She thought about that for a minute. "How does math matter for seal failures?"

"Ah, right. Guess I got a little off track there. Anyway, creating a seal is like doing taijutsu katas and solving math problems at the same time, while being graded by a really harsh teacher. If you get the wrong answer on the math problem then the teacher punishes you. If you wobble, or forget a move, then the teacher punishes you. You need to do both pieces perfectly."

"That sounds hard."

"It is, but it gets easier the more you do it. When you first started off, I bet you needed to think about exactly where to put your foot when you punched. Now it happens naturally, right?"

"...I guess."

Hm. Perhaps some additional taijutsu tutoring would be good for her. Taijutsu wasn't something Kagome-sensei was likely to think about.

"Well, one of the sealmasters was infusing a seal and he wobbled a little bit on his kata, so the instructor punished him. Except, in this metaphor the instructor is reality and punishment is a seal failure."

"Oh." She thought about that while eating more bread and cheese. "If it's so dangerous, why do it?"

"Seals are useful. I keep my stuff in storage seals, so I can have food and medicine and warmth available wherever I go. I'm sure Kagome-sensei has taught you the most important rule?"

"Explosives solve everything," Hazō and Honoka said in tandem, both of them grinning.

"Right," Hazō said. "And explosives means explosive tags, which are seals. Then there's things like skywalkers, which let Leaf's ninja escape from danger. Those have saved a lot of lives."

"Why?" Honoka asked.

"Why what?"

"Why have they saved so many lives? Why do the Rock ninja want to eat us? We don't want to eat them."

Hazō rubbed his face, thinking how to simplify seventy years of inter-Village rivalry, preceded by centuries of inter-clan rivalries, down into something that a child could understand. Oh, and to do so without committing treason.

"It's not just the Rock ninja," he said after a moment. "It's chakra beasts, and missing-nin, and a host of other things. Being a ninja is dangerous and there's a lot of threats out there. Skywalkers let you escape from most of them."

"Shishido-sensei said that the Rock ninja hate us and want to kill us even though we didn't do anything to them. He said it's because they hate us for being free."

Hazō needed to use the Iron Nerve to keep himself from busting out laughing. Honoka eyed him narrowly, so clearly he hadn't entirely hidden his reaction.

"Are you doubting Shishido-sensei?" she demanded. A moment later she remembered to whom she was speaking and paled. "Sorry, Lord Hazō sir. I didn't mean—"

"It's fine," he said, waving away her concerns. "It's a fair question." He thought for a moment, trying to answer both truthfully and diplomatically. "Shishido-sensei is teaching an introductory class, and he's simplifying things. That means there's pieces he's not talking about right now, pieces that you'll learn later. After all, there's only so much time in a given class." He was also trying to use propaganda to get inside the heads of his students and turn them into good little living weapons, but let's roll past that one.

"Rock and Leaf have been fighting each other since before there were actual villages named Rock and Leaf," Hazō said. "During the Warring Clans period there was constant strife across the border, and many of the clans that eventually founded Leaf and Rock fought each other then. Rock ninja have done plenty of harm to Leaf ninja, and Leaf ninja have done plenty of harm to Rock ninja. There's reasons for both sides to be angry with the other.

"As to being free...'freedom' is one of those slippery words. It means different things in different contexts, and no one is ever completely free. Not if they want to live in society with other people." He shrugged and took another piece of cheese. "That's the price of being part of a society. You have to give up some of your rights, some of your freedom."

"But...but...but Leaf is free!" Honoka's eyes were wide and Hazō suddenly found himself worrying that her brain might explode if he didn't explain himself.

"Leaf citizens are free," he said. "We're free to study what we like, to become ninja if we have the aptitude, or carpenters, or stonemasons, or whatever else we want to be." Leaving aside all the complicating issues such as inherited privilege that smoothed the way for people of certain families and actively obstructed immigrants from the countryside. Indeed, it was oversimplified almost to the point of lying, but he was speaking to a child.

"We're free," he continued, not letting a hint of his inner monologue escape, "but we aren't completely free. If Lord Nara is eating a sandwich and I want it, I'm not free to take his sandwich. I can't randomly kill people, or pee in the wells, or set buildings on fire, or punch people in the nose."

"People punch people in the nose all the time!" Honoka objected. "I've seen it at the bar down the block from our house, the one opposite the grocery store. Mom had to go shopping late one night and Dad wasn't home so she took me with her and I watched these two men come outside and punch each other."

"Okay, yes, that happens, but it's not allowed," Hazō said. "How long were you there?"

"Not long," she admitted. "Mom hurried us out of there."

"If you had stuck around then you likely would have seen them get arrested and taken before the magistrate," Hazō said, ignoring the fact that the vast majority of crimes went unsolved. "People aren't free to hurt each other in Leaf. It's against the Will of Fire."

Honoka looked around for a moment as though checking to see that they were unobserved. She twisted her fingers together and looked away. "The teachers hurt us sometimes," she whispered. "If we're bad, we get whacks. And at taijutsu practice, we have to punch each other."

Hoo boy.

Hazō took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "Okay, I oversimplified," Hazō admitted. "There are certain areas in which Leaf citizens are allowed to hurt each other, but they are limited and there are reasons for them. I can't randomly punch someone on the street because they didn't agree to that, but I can punch someone in the nose during sparring, because they agreed to be there. By choosing to be in the Academy, you are choosing to accept certain things. You're accepting certain limits on your freedoms, like the fact that you have to go to the classroom every day instead of going on a picnic. You're also granting certain permissions to other people, like letting your taijutsu partners maybe hurt you a little bit, and not intentionally as part of your training. You punch them too, right?"

"I try," she said.

Hazō nodded. Yup, definitely a good idea to get Honoka some taijutsu tutoring. "Anyway, where was I? Oh, right. Leaf citizens have a lot of freedoms, but living with other people means that you agree to give up certain freedoms. If you want to live in the woods and never see another person then you don't have to give up any freedoms, but you also don't get the benefit of living with other people. If you choose to live in the city then you agree to not hurt other people except for certain specific carve-outs that mostly relate to training or following the law, and you agree to pay taxes to the Tower so that they can fund things that help everyone, like digging wells and paving the streets and paying the ninja who defend us, and you agree that you can't take other people's stuff and they can't take yours.

"I don't know that much about Rock—I've never been there—but as far as I know they have pretty much the same freedoms that we do. They can become ninja, or stonemasons, or bookbinders. They can eat cookies whenever they want if they're a grownup"—he waved a scolding finger at her and she started giggling—"they can learn how to read or not, whatever they like. They also have the same restrictions on their freedoms. They need to do what their Kage tells them, they need to not take other people's stuff, they need to not kill other people, they need to pay their taxes, that kind of thing."

"Do Rock ninja eat cookies?" Honoka asked. "Tanaka said they ate people."

"Who is Tanaka?"

"She's one of the girls in my class."

Hazō shrugged. "I think Tanaka doesn't know what she's talking about. I've never heard of any ninja, from any village anywhere, eating people. Rock ninja are people, like us. They have the same problems and they generally want the same things—food, safety, love, pride in their nation, that kind of thing. They aren't inherently evil. During the war they were our enemies and we killed each other, but the war is over now. Rock is our rival, not our enemy. We argue, we fight over trade contracts, but we don't kill each other. It's like you and Hyūga; she says mean things to you and both of you try to do better on the tests, but you don't actively hurt each other. Right?"

Honoka digested that. "I don't like her very much."

Hazō smiled. "Well, I don't like Rock ninja very much either. That doesn't mean I don't think they're human, or that they are inherently evil. Thinking that way is counterproductive."

"Counterwhat?"

"Counterproductive. It means you're working against yourself. See, if I think of a Rock ninja as someone inherently evil, someone with no good qualities whatsoever, someone who wants nothing except to kill me...well, there's nothing I can do except fight that person. If I kill him then his friends and family have one more reason to hate me, and to hate Leaf. I've just made an enemy who wants to hurt Leaf, and therefore I've put Leaf in danger. That's not the Will of Fire. Ninja are supposed to make Leaf safer, not create more enemies for it."

Honoka was frowning as she tried to wrap her brain around the bizarre idea that people from other villages were not in fact demonic monsters who found kinderpophagy to be their preferred gustatory experience.

"There's an old saying," Hazō said. "Do I not destroy my enemy when I make him my friend?"

Honoka blinked, digesting that one. "I guess?"

"Two people in the room, me and my enemy," Hazō said. "If I can make friends with him then suddenly there's no enemy in the room. I've destroyed my enemy."

"Huh."

Hazō let her digest that for a moment, then pushed himself to his feet and held a hand out to her. "C'mon," he said. "I want to get some more taijutsu practice in and as long as you're here, you can be my sparring partner." He wagged a finger at her. "Just be careful not to hurt me too much! We're both Leaf ninja, after all."

She laughed and took his hand, letting him pull her to her feet and onto the training field.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: How Far We've Come
Interlude: How Far We've Come​

Somehow, Noburi never thought the day would come when Tsunade would give him, personally, the time of day. Sure, back when Jiraiya had been alive, Noburi had angled hard for her attention. But came the Battle of Nagi Island, then Leaf elected the Supreme Asshat, then Rock decided to Collapse Leaf and generally make a mess of things, and by the end of it, he'd fallen completely out of touch with Tsunade.

And now he was here. Sitting across from the world's greatest medical ninjutsu specialist. And she was paying attention to him not because Hazō had offered to pay her a ridiculous sum of money (and he had asked Hazō, not that he really believed that Tsunade would ever let money convince her to let someone underqualified near her patients), nor because he was needed to transfer chakra to someone or another so that they could train or summon or anything else. No, he was here all thanks to his own ability and the work he had put in over the years as a medical ninja.

Tsunade scowled at him as the silence between them dragged on. "You probably think you're here on your own merits, don't you?"

Noburi gulped. He nodded.

She glared at him for a moment longer, thankfully not punctuating the hostile gaze with any of her crushing killing intent, then turned aside to a scroll that she spread open on the table between them.

"Ai gave me your measure, brat. Last I remember, you were barely a cut above mediocre, with skills more fitting for some backwoods herb-witch than a med-nin working for Leaf's finest."

Noburi decided it was probably the wrong time to mention that Hashimoto, his first medic-nin sensei, had in fact lived a fair distance into the woods of Iron Country, and that she had spent a fair bit of time engraving uses of various medicinal plants into the back of Noburi's skull.

"Anyway, Ai now says you're decent. Not great, not by any measure, but decent." Tsunade scoffed. "She's sensible enough, but her standards are lower than mine. Sounds like something's clicked for you, and you've started taking your medical skills seriously. Good. Still, I don't particularly give a shit about personally teaching a medic-nin that's gone from a cut below passable to a cut or two above it, so like hell I'll take you as an apprentice."

Noburi nodded, trying to keep Tsunade's words from stinging. He'd expected some amount of verbal lashing as par for the course when interacting with the Sannin. He just needed to keep going.

"So why did you want to see me then, Tsunade?"

Her scowl deepened, but Noburi got the pleasant impression that her hostility wasn't aimed at him (thanks to the fact that he could still breathe). "Asuma has… convinced me that it's worth putting some time into seeing if you have what it takes to excel. He's not wrong that you have a bit of potential. He's extremely wrong about what to do with it.

"I see kids with potential every day of the damn week, begging me for apprenticeships and training. Not one in ten actually realizes that potential and becomes a good med-nin. You're finally taking it seriously? Fine, you can bother me if you actually end up as a good med-nin. Until then, it's a waste of my damn time to cart you around."

Riiiight then, it was not all thanks to his own ability. There had clearly been some politicking to get Asuma to "convince" Tsunade to pay attention to him, but Noburi couldn't imagine the source. This seemed like an awfully big consolation for the mini-Wakahisa exchange program falling through. That didn't change the game-plan, though. He needed to wow Tsunade, get more Sannin-tier training, and move on to being Leaf's next rising star of approximately everything.

"I understand, Tsunade. I promise I don't want to get in your way."

"That's the issue," she said, leaning forward over the table. "If you were a good med-nin, at least you'd be able to tell when you're getting in the way. As it is, you're probably going to be too clueless to tell what's going on. No way in hell you don't get underfoot. Sage's balls, I wish I could honestly say I thought you wouldn't end up doing anything actively harmful, but I've had years to learn about every breed of idiot, and I haven't seen any proof yet that you're not one of them.

"Anyway, thanks to Asuma's convincing," Tsunade said with disdain, "I'm giving you a chance. Get in my way while I'm treating a patient and I'll give you a fun medical puzzle to take home with you about putting your limbs and organs back in their correct places. Stay out of the way and we can both go home and never think about this farce again."

"And if I impress you, Tsunade?" Noburi asked.

Tsunade scoffed. "I'm sure you'll find a way to cure the patient in room 2's nerve rot. Hell, maybe you'll even regrow 21's amputated legs. It's more likely that a pig in a pearl necklace falls into my arms from a rainbow above the hospital, brat. Just shut up and stay out of my damn way."

Noburi nodded, weathering her glare for a moment longer before she abruptly stood up and strode out of the room. He shuffled in her wake as the attendant just outside their meeting room handed over a sheaf of patient information briefings to Tsunade, which she started to read as she walked.

Sadly, it seemed Tsunade's experiences with past apprentices held true. They saw patient after patient and Noburi really, really tried to find a place to stand that wouldn't get in the Sannin's way. Still, time and again, he ended up having to dodge out of the way as Tsunade scoured the patients' rooms for bandages and medicines and, in a couple cases, chamber pots. He was grateful he'd filled up his barrel before coming to see Tsunade. If he hadn't used his full chakra boost to avoid slowing down Tsunade's treatment, he wasn't sure he'd be going home with all his bones in the right places that night.

If the morning rounds were demanding, the surgeries were double that and more. Noburi had been around the hospital dealing with various people's problems before, but he'd never been in the surgery rooms where the hospital's best medic-nin worked on the patients on the razor's edge between life and death. Tsunade had apparently decided that Noburi was cleared for everything in the hospital ("If you see something you weren't supposed to see, that's Asuma's problem, not mine,"), and so he'd followed her into procedure after procedure. The majority of the patients were civilians, and of course Noburi knew that they were never given the same priority as ninja in ordinary treatment, but Noburi's respect for doctors not named Tsunade dropped a hair as he realized that none of them put in their full effort for civilians even when they were dying on the operating table. Tsunade had to deploy her threats and killing intent twice as often just for them to work half as hard for the stonemason with the crushed leg as for the genin with snakebite hemorrhaging.

Noburi hadn't understood what the security clearances were for at first – why bother keeping secret which genin fought which chakra beasts? – but then they came to the case of Taneishi Takito. A team of ninja carried in the unresponsive senior chūnin on a stretcher, with one field medic keeping him stable. Noburi's eyes widened as he saw Taneishi's wounds. Chakra beasts could cause wounds ranging from bruises to brutal eviscerations, but the clean, surgical slashes around Taneishi's vitals made it clear that Taneishi had tangled with a ninja. Either someone had violated AMITY and entered the Land of Fire… or Leaf had started authorizing missions into foreign territory again.

Tsunade growled at the field medic to back off, effortlessly stemming the man's bleeding with a quickly-cast medical ninjutsu before starting a diagnostic. "Madara's balls," she swore as she ran her hands up and down his body, barely an inch from his skin. "Head injury. We need him awake, now!"

Even before she finished speaking, she was moving to Taneishi's head for yet another ninjutsu. She tapped both forefingers to his temples, and Taneishi's eyes flickered open.

A moment later, Taneishi started flailing. Tsunade was instantly on top of him, pinning his arms and torso to the table, but Taneishi's chakra-enhanced thrashing kicks threw another approaching assistant across the room. Noburi stepped back as whatever measure Tsunade used to stabilize the patient suddenly failed, causing Taneishi's wounds to spray dark red blood across the room.

"Go get Hyūga!" Tsunade said. "Now! He needs to be immobilized!"

Noburi stayed still as the room exploded into a flurry of movement. One assistant dashed out to retrieve the Hyūga doctor while others worked with Tsunade to tend to the belligerent chūnin's wounds. Taneishi was physically strong enough that no one but Tsunade could restrain him effectively while the man was stuck in the throes of whatever battle he thought he was still fighting, and that meant that his wounds only worsened as the others failed to tend to him mid-flail.

Noburi stepped forward through the press, summoning his Water Whip and sliding it between two of the med-nin holding down one of Taneishi's legs to place the Water Whip on the patient's chest. He closed his eyes and pulled. A moment later, Taneishi went limp again as Noburi claimed the man's final dregs of chakra.

Tsunade whirled on Noburi, rage in her eyes. "You fucking idiot! He needs to be awake, or else-"

Noburi moved between the two med-nin now that they were no longer fighting to restrain Taneishi. He released his Water Whip, causing the jutsu's water to splash across Taneishi's chest and body. Noburi placed his hand on the man's chest and pushed again, giving Taneishi just enough chakra to groggily come to his senses. Noburi could see the man shaking off his disorientation. Noburi had seconds at most before Taneishi started fighting again, if Tsunade didn't punch Noburi's head off before then.

Noburi extended his chakra sense through the water that now soaked through all Taneishi's clothes. Yes, he could sense Taneishi's chakra system as a whole, but each part of the chūnin's body was apportioned a part of that chakra, where it ran through various internal coils and sections of musculature.

Could he…?

Noburi would like to use the Vampiric Dew to selectively drain chakra from different parts of the patient's body in order to keep them conscious during a surgery but unable to resist. This is quite the challenging thing to do, given that his use of Vampiric Dew so far has been gross draining of all of a target's chakra. I'll call it a TN 60 Fantastic VD check. He needs to use his medical training too in order to determine how to interface VD with the specifics of the target's musculature. Arbitrarily, I'll say that the difficulty of the MedKnow check is ⅔ of the VD check rounded up, purely by mechanical analogy to Sealing. So, TN 40 MedNin, TN 60 VD.

Here goes:

Noburi (Medical Knowledge): 35 + 4 (invoke "I will be the next Tsunade") + 3 = 42
Noburi (Vampiric Dew): 50 + 6 (invoke "Barrel Boy") + 6 (invoke "Star of the Show") + 3 = 65

Noburi pulls it off and earns Tsunade's grudging appreciation for his contributions.

Noburi focused his chakra-drain, pulling chakra from the man's limbs. As Noburi absorbed Taneishi's chakra, the man started to fade back into unconsciousness, so Noburi quickly fed chakra back into Taneishi's system, trying to balance the chakra drain with the chakra drip. After a few long seconds, Noburi found the balance. Chakra flowed into Taneishi's chest to keep him conscious, and it drained out of his limbs before it could reach his enhanced muscles and let him fight back.

Noburi looked up to see Tsunade running her diagnostic over Taneishi's head. The chūnin blinked up at the light in confusion, his fight response fading as Noburi robbed him of the ability to do so. Tsunade looked back at Noburi with an unreadable expression.

"How long can you sustain that?" she asked.

Noburi grimaced. "Five minutes. Maybe eight." He didn't dare say more with the delicate maneuver taking up all his concentration.

Tsunade nodded, moving around the table to start treating Taneishi's gut wound. "Remove the chakra flow to his torso muscles, but keep his heart functioning. Also, I will break your arms if you try something like this ever again without my explicit instructions."

Noburi moved aside as Tsunade stepped up alongside him.

It was a long, long, long way away, but as he continued his delicate control of Taneishi's body while Tsunade started treating the man's wounds, Noburi couldn't help but imagine the day when he and Tsunade might be equals.

o-o-o​

"Happy anniversary!"

Hazō and Akane burst into Ino's private tearoom (having been escorted by a couple of particularly helpful clansmen). Ino gasped, then squeed in delight as she stood and dashed over to hug her lovers.

Hazō knew that Akane was in deep pain after the Elemental Mastery incident, but he wasn't sure why Akane now tried to present a cheery front rather than openly despairing the way she had after burning the Earth Country city. Hazō hugged Ino back tightly and smiled as he felt Akane do the same. At least Akane had stopped keeping her distance from him. For the last week, she'd been avoiding him whenever he tried to spend time with her. Still, at least she'd finally put that aside to help him plan their anniversary with Ino – though she'd shut him down from referring to it as the Ino-versary.

"Wow," Ino said, stepping back from the hug. "It's really been a year, huh?"

"It has," Hazō agreed. "What did you say when we were first talking about this in the hospital? It was that ninety percent of relationships fail within the first three months, right? If that's true, how many relationships survive the first year?"

"Oh, around twenty percent, I'd say," Ino said with a mischievous grin as she stepped back to start cleaning up her things.

Hazō blinked. "I don't think that's how the numbers work," he said.

Ino prodded him firmly in the chest. "Look, a girl's never too glad to find a brain-damaged boyfriend in a hospital bed, so that may have skewed the numbers down. You're lucky that I'm very empathetic, so I shared your brain-damage enough to say yes. And you're lucky that your performance outside the bed is better than your performance in it!"

"Hey!" Hazō said, feeling a blush creeping onto his cheeks.

"The hospital bed," Ino said with a grin. "What? I like a tall man, and you're not quite tall enough to tower over me from a low seated position. What did you think I was saying?"

Ino glanced over at Akane who was smiling melancholically as she looked back and forth at the banter between her lovers. Ino stepped over, sweeping Akane's arm in hers as she grabbed onto Hazō as well, bringing the trio into close circle.

"So," Ino said, voice suddenly dropping to a secretive whisper. "I have to assume you didn't interrupt my lazy morning tea for no reason at all. You're not going to squander our special day, are you?"

Hazō smiled and squeezed Akane's hand. "We would never dare. No, we have a full itinerary planned. Akane?"

"So," Akane said, "we start with a visit to the theater district, where they're finally putting on Tsukahara's adaptation of Tears of Red-"

"Oh, I love Tears of Red!" Ino said.

"And then we're going to the fashion show-"

"What fashion show?" Ino said, expression suddenly hawklike.

"Oh, you know," Hazō said. "The fashion show."

"Hazō," Ino said, "I am possibly the single person in Leaf most up-to-date on what is happening in the broader world of fashion. The list of Leaf clans that took home notes on what other people were wearing at AMITY could be counted on one hand, and suffice to say basically no one is checking in on the various trends from the city daimyo in Fire, much less from other countries. If there were a fashion show in Leaf, I would know about it. So, what fashion show are you talking about?"

"It was a secret," Hazō said, chuckling. "We got a bunch of designers in Leaf to have a contest between themselves to make new styles. We didn't tell them anything except to 'be inventive'. We thought you could look through what they came up with."

"And of course, if you like anything you see, I'm sure that seeing the Queen of the Yamanaka might convince those courtesan women in the daimyos' courts to try out some new styles," Akane said.

Ino laughed. "And I'm sure while you have me showing off all your new styles, Mari will be somewhere in the background hawking your clan's silks?"

"No comment," Hazō said, grinning.

"Next on the agenda," said Akane, "a romantic walk along the Chishiro River…"

Hazō and Ino both saw the momentary microexpression of dread on Akane's face, though she quickly smoothed it over. Ino glanced at Hazō for an instant, raising an eyebrow to ask if there was anything she could do. Hazō couldn't help but think for a moment about the Akane that he'd first met in the Liberator camp, so full of joy and optimism, the Akane that he'd known as a missing-nin, before Leaf – or just Hazō himself – had ground her down to this. Was there anything he or Ino could do to help Akane find her inner joy again? Hazō shrugged his confusion minutely.

Akane marshaled herself, playing off the pause as waiting for Ino to interrupt. "And then, dinner at the Minami's new restaurant-"

"The Minami have a new restaurant?" Ino asked.

Hazō shrugged. "They've been expanding. Civilian-run, of course, but Minami-owned and funded. Apparently, it's quite good."

"And then," Akane said, "last but not least, a massage night in the Gōketsu's new hot spring. It's not quite as large or nice as the first place we were looking at near the Hyūga estate-"

Ino made a face. "Ew. You were gonna live by the Hyūga?"

Hazō laughed. "I had the same reaction when I was shopping around. Lovely location, but no one likes nosey neighbors."

"...but it's nice enough," Akane finished.

Ino's eyes narrowed. "Don't think I can't see the theme here. New play, adaptation of the old. Fashion show with new styles, all by Leaf designers that I know. Minami restaurant – let me guess, new place with new takes on traditional foods?" Ino asked. Hazō and Akane nodded. "And of course, the hot springs. What's the message?"

Hazō glanced at Akane then shrugged. "It's been a year. A better year for being together through it, but also a year during which some really awful, terrible things happened. Against all odds, we managed to survive it. Still, it left some things to be desired." Hazō grimaced. He hazily remembered the long weeks of clan head business, especially in war-time, when he'd hardly had any time at all to see Ino. At times, he'd nearly forgotten he was supposed to be dating her.

"So, we're stable, we're happy, and I don't regret any of the time we spent together, but there's still so many new things for us to discover. I'm hoping that our next year is better, and that we find new ways to bond with each other and just have more fun."

Ino smiled. "That sounds like a plan to me! To wonderful new beginnings!"

o-o-o​

Yamamoto Aoi and Kaori sipped at the twin mugs of hot chocolate the eccentric Gōketsu Kagome had gifted them without a second thought, each easily worth a week's worth of income if not more. They shared a glance, then tried not to jump as another explosion caused the various covered pots and plates of food on the table to shake and rattle. Distantly, Honoka squealed.

"Stop messing with the tripwires!" Kagome's voice rang out.

"It was just a training tag, Uncle!"

"No excuses! Explosives are dangerous! You stay away from the tags and let me set them up. Go work on Sector Four!"

"But Uuunncleeee-"

"I said no excuses! Sector Four! Check all the lines of sight! You never know where the stinkers will come from!"

Kaori raised an eyebrow. "Does she also call you a stinker when you try to get her to go to bed early?"

Aoi sighed, lowering her head into her palms. "Sage's mercy, I thought she only did it to me. Yes, she does that. You don't think she's calling her teachers that word too?"

Kaori shrugged, then flinched at the sound of another distant explosion.

"Honoka!"

"Wasn't me, promise!"

"Is this… good for her?" Kaori asked, hesitantly.

"Well, she's passing her classes now," Aoi said. "Kagome is a weird man, but he does seem to want the best for her."

"I don't doubt that he wants the best for her, but he might not be all that…" Kaori trailed off, tapping the side of his head meaningfully.

Aoi nodded and extended a hand over the table to clasp her husband's. "I understand. I've thought about this a lot. I talked to the others of his clan. They agree that he's dangerous-"

"Aoi, that's-"

Aoi slapped Kaori's hand lightly. "Wait till I'm done, dear. They agree that he's dangerous to outsiders, because he lived out in the woods for a long time with no one at all to protect him, and it made him be very wary of anyone or anything he met. They also said that he cares for nothing, absolutely nothing, above the safety of his family. And it looks like he's decided that Honoka is family."

Kaori pulled his hand back and crossed his arms over his chest, face still as the ground rumbled again (this time not punctuated by an explosive crack – though both civilians knew better than to go asking questions). "She already has a family."

Aoi shook her head. "We can't do everything for her, dear. She was struggling so hard in the Academy because we don't know how to help her with all the things they're having her learn. Have you heard Kagome talk about numbers? It's incomprehensible. And that's not even getting into ninja skills."

Kaori gestured at the piece of paper in the middle of the table. It was rectangular, perfectly cut and evenly thick throughout with no visible grain, and its white background was marred only by crisp, clean strokes of black ink, cutting through in illegible patterns. "I suppose I can't complain about that. You said that inside this paper thing is a basket of fresh plums? I wouldn't ever have believed it if I didn't see Honoka helping you put stuff in and out."

Aoi nodded. "Remember dear, they're called 'seals'. But they say that seals aren't that important compared to knowing how to fight monsters. So many other young ninja die to beasts in the wilds because they don't have mentors to help them. That's something only the clans have, normally. We're lucky that Kagome is taking Honoka under his wing."

Kaori sighed. "I suppose it really is for the better, then. I'll speak my prayers of gratitude once the explosions stop and I can sleep."

"Speaking of getting to sleep, we should finish dinner soon," Aoi said. She stood up and faced the door to yell. "Honoka! Kagome! When will you be ready to eat?"

"Just five more minutes, Mom!"

"We're almost done with the third ring of defenses; we're almost halfway there!"

"We need to make three more rings!?"

"No complaining! It's good practice!"

Aoi looked at her husband and smiled. "I'll put another log in the stove to keep the food warm. Something tells me this might take more than five minutes."

o-o-o​

Time froze as Mari entered the room. Trouble, already? She could try to keep walking and pretend to have civilian reaction time, but that might open her up to a real attack. Better to play it cautious, if they already saw through her disguise enough to greet her on combat-ready footing.

Mari let herself freeze mid-stride, eyes flicking to one side, then the other. A young woman, maybe mid-twenties, surrounded by motes of golden light that Mari noted were flickering faintly – a Lightning ninjutsu. Another man, hands by his side but already encased within stone blades that Mari had to assume were razor-sharp. And where there's two…

There was a muffled gasp and the sound of feet gently hitting the floor behind Mari, followed by the soft whisper of a sword being drawn from its sheath.

She had been captured and left nowhere to flee. The three ninja would certainly be among the best of their respective clans, so she was likely facing one or more jōnin. Internally, Mari swore. She could kill a dozen chūnin if she needed to, and against a single jōnin opponent, she could likely handle anyone but the absolute strongest of them. A handful of peer or near-peer enemies was her worst possible matchup. At least none of them would likely be practiced enough in genjutsu resistance to stop Mari from causing her particular brand of havoc – the taijutsu brute and the weapons user most likely. Sadly, with her chakra low, Mari couldn't use her most powerful genjutsu.

Though, of course, she wasn't here to fight.

Mari stepped forward before the swordsman behind her could press his blade into her back and start puppeting her around. The two ninja ahead of her tensed, but Mari carefully controlled her body language to make herself seem casual and non-threatening. It wouldn't last forever, but it would give her the leeway she needed to approach the target.

Mari bowed. "Mayor Emiya, I see that you are as sharp as ever. If I may ask, what gave me away this time?"

Mayor Emiya Manako, civilian ruler of the city of Sarubetsu in the Land of Rice, didn't smile from where she stood behind her desk. "I'm not in the habit of monologuing to intruders." The mayor turned to face the ninja to her side. "Attack her in thirty seconds if she doesn't start explaining who she is," she said before turning back to Mari expectantly.

Mari sighed exaggeratedly. "Nighttime horseback rides are bad for my skin," she said.

Emiya raised an eyebrow, then made a 'hold off' gesture to the ninja as she retrieved a thin book from an inner drawer of her desk and leafed through it. After a moment, she sighed. "Trinity, holding pattern three. Apologies for the false alarm." She shot Mari a glare. "Things would be easier if people with codephrases actually used them when scheduling appointments, instead of penetration-testing my defenses at every available opportunity."

Mari shrugged unapologetically as the three Sarubetsu ninja left from Emiya's office through various exits, one even through the broad window behind Emiya's desk, scowling at her with varying levels of hostility. "I couldn't be sure that your contacts would still be in the same places. It's been so long. Say, your ninja had the same colors the last time I was here, didn't they? Red for the Irie, yellow for the Murano, and violet for the Hinago."

"The Harada attempted to reclaim a stake of Sarubetsu last year," Emiya said absently as she shuffled through her papers. "You're lucky you didn't come here then. My patience was much shorter. But you're correct that it has been a long time, Gōketsu Mari."

"You've heard about that, then?" Mari said.

Emiya let out a short, performative laugh. "Heard about what, a group of missing-nin with descriptions and abilities closely matching the ones in my city becoming the first to be openly accepted back into a hidden village, and Hidden Leaf at that? I am capable of asking traveling merchants about events beyond the borders of Rice, and they do occasionally remember monumental events in ninja culture."

"I suppose it was presumptuous to assume that things wouldn't have changed between us," Mari mused as Emiya bent over to read a report from her desk. Eventually, the mayor straightened up, looking down over Mari.

"Indeed," Emiya said. "From the evidence you left behind, I gathered that your team captured that sealmistress, Arikada, under delicate circumstances that didn't give you time to debrief me. No matter, I am grateful that you stuck to my given parameters – you harmed no civilian of Rice nor caused property damage to Sarubetsu in your escape. However, that does not change the fact that you are now a village-nin, and are therefore unwelcome here. On account of our… 'successful' collaboration in the past, I will not make this any harsher than it needs to be, but you will need to leave. If you have traveled far to get here, you may rest outside of town overnight, but you will be gone from our lands tomorrow morning. Whatever our past relationship, Rice and Sarubetsu will not benefit from building relationships with the hidden villages and eventually getting pulled into your mess of alliances and enemies."

Mari nodded. "You're right on all counts, of course. A member of my team was grievously injured and we had to rush back to our employers to ensure that she would be treated. Still, you did tell me that after Arikada was dealt with, that I ought to come back and make amends for manipulating Innkeeper Emi's trust. Well," Mari said, spreading her arms slightly, "I've returned to make amends."

Emiya met Mari's gaze neutrally for a long moment. "I say a very similar thing to essentially every missing-nin that I must negotiate with, which is easy enough to manage as they very, very rarely refrain from harming the people in my town on their way to meeting me. In every other case, this has had the intended effect of keeping them far away from Sarubetsu once our business has concluded. I find that nothing is a surer repellant for a missing-nin than the idea that she might face the consequences of her own actions."

"I understand that. At first, I didn't want to return, but now-"

Mari cut herself off, amused, as Emiya raised a hand to interrupt her. "Sorry," Emiya said, clearly uncaring. "I'm sure you've had some deep personal journey that led you to decide to make amends with the people you harmed. Very good. Please do it somewhere outside of Rice. Village ninja are not welcome in this country."

"I understand that, but I have no intention to harm anyone here except to apologize, and I intend to never return to Sarubetsu afterward. I'm not here on village business, and you can keep people on me at all times if you want to confirm that. I only want to make my amends with Emi, that's all."

"I will not expose her to any risk through you," Emiya said. "If you truly wish to do something for her in exchange for your lies and manipulation, you may leave a small amount of money with me and I will arrange for her to receive it as a gift. No matter your choice, you cannot stay in Sarubetsu any longer, Gōketsu."

"Emiya," Mari said, "I am no longer any threat to Sarubetsu. If I had a mission from my village, I would have completed it before you were on guard and aware of me. If I wanted to harm Emi, there are a dozen ways I could have done it and been miles away before anyone realized. The fact that I haven't done these things is proof that I mean no harm. Please, just assign a ninja to keep an eye on me and let me speak with Emi."

"Why?" Emiya demanded.

Mari sighed. "I… was an innkeeper once, almost, and I know there's always things that need fixing up. I just want to help out at her inn for an evening, that's all."

Emiya leaned back, watching Mari carefully and thinking. Eventually, she came to a decision in her mind and nodded to herself.

"You will not mention your past identity as," Emiya's eyes glanced down at the report, "Shinano. Do not make Emi feel stupid for being kind to someone she thought was in desperate need."

"I understand."

"You will be out of Sarubetsu by sundown. I will have a ninja follow you in the city and beyond its limits. You and any other compatriots will not attack or manipulate them under any circumstances, or else all three clans will destroy you to the full extent of their abilities."

"I understand."

"And I will never see your face in Sarubetsu again, nor hear any hint of you taking any action within this city. Is that clear?"

"Crystal," Mari said.

"Very well," Emiya said, glancing out of the window. "You have around two hours. Good luck, Gōketsu, and may the Sage grant that I never see you again."

o-o-o​

"You two, deep clean any room that doesn't have someone in it. You two, start clearing up the kitchen. And you two, tend to the grounds around the inn. Uproot any weeds, mark any loose or rotting boards in the walls, and clean the walls thoroughly."

Mari's 'water clones' raced off to follow her instructions. Mari had spent the last couple of weeks imagining the ways that she would have improved the Firefly Inn, and the morning scouting out the inn in person to plan her schedule of repairs and upgrades. Now, her shadow clones would race off to fulfill those plans. Hopefully, she'd read Emi well enough that none of Mari's design choices would be actively irritating, but Mari could admit that she had more than a few… opinions on the innkeeping business.

"And you said this mission was paid for by Manako?" Emi the Younger asked.

"That's right," Mari said with a gentle smile. Her disguise in Sarubetsu was wildly different than the last time – longer, braided black hair rather than short brown hair worn loose, and just as she'd taken efforts to exaggerate her youth with her disguise kit last time, this time she instead exaggerated her age, adding hints of crow's feet and laugh lines. As expected, Emi never showed even a hint of recognition. Maybe Mari had overprepared, but after encountering the mayor's perceptiveness, Mari didn't want to take chances.

Emi bobbed her head, walking the line between a nod and a bow. "I hope this isn't too much trouble for you. I know senior ninja are very busy all the time."

"It's true that I have a lot to do," Mari said, "but I don't mind doing ordinary things with ordinary people every once in a while. Still, I was glad to do this for Mayor Emiya and you."

"For me?" Emi asked hesitantly.

"Yes," Mari said with a smile. "A long, long time ago, I passed through your inn. Don't bother trying to figure out when – I was in disguise. Still, while I was there, you showed me a great deal of kindness that you didn't need to show. I'm glad to do something in return."

Emi bowed again. "I understand ma'am, but it is my responsibility and my pleasure to serve my guests well, and of course to serve honored ninja. I don't think it's anything that deserves repayment."

"I thought that too, for a long time," Mari said. "As a ninja, it can be easy to get people's kindness. Fear or greed can often get people to treat you well even without needing to manipulate them. It was so easy to get people to be kind that I started taking it for granted, treating people like tools, like dolls that I could position at will."

Mari paused and Emi stayed quiet. After a moment's thought, Mari continued. "It was only recently that I started to think about where kindness comes from. I realized that in order to manipulate kindness out of people, they had to be willing to give it at all in the first place. Freely-given kindness is worth celebrating on its own." Mari smiled again. "I think it says something about you that you can't narrow down which customer I was at all by the fact that you went above and beyond what's expected of an innkeeper for me."

They watched the clones swarm the Firefly Inn, doing the various odd jobs that Mari knew tended to pile up and get forgotten over time when the traveling season got busy. Hopefully, getting the inn tuned to perfection would ease Emi's burden this winter.

"Well, honored ninja," Emi said, "I don't think I'm nearly as good-hearted as you think I am, and between you and me, many of my favors are just to win repeat customers and new customers by word of mouth. Still, I and my inn appreciate your help."

"I can recognize someone with a good heart when I see them," Mari said. "I can't afford to be kind like that as a ninja, but I do always wonder where I might have been in another life…"

Mari trailed off and they watched the work in silence for a while. Eventually, Mari spoke again.

"A long time ago, I knew a young girl who was an innkeeper's daughter. I had to leave her behind when I became a ninja, but there are still times when I wonder what life might have been like if I grew up alongside her. I'll always be curious about what kind of woman she might have turned out to be. What friends did she make? Would she have learned to carry on her mother's duties, keeping customers' bellies full of food and their beds full of feathers? I guess I'll never know."

Emi turned to face Mari with a wondering expression. "Chiyako?" she asked.

Mari laughed and raised her hands apologetically. "Sorry, I'm not your old friend. I was just musing on the long, long past.

"All I meant to say is that I think the innkeeper's daughter that I knew would have liked to know you, Emi. I think she very much would have appreciated your kindness. Seeing this," Mari said, gesturing to the inn in front of her, "is just making me think about a friend I wish I'd had. That's all, and sorry for being so long-winded."

Emi took a moment to digest that. "Thank you for sharing that with me. I hope your friend is doing well out there, somewhere."

Mari smiled. "Likewise. Now, if you'll excuse me, I need to go give new instructions to my clones. They're stupider than a box of rocks when left alone. Best of luck, Emi."

o-o-o​

"Long time no see, runt!"

"Ami!"

Any observers in Shikamaru's private office (which were hopefully very few), would have been treated to the sound of papers fluttering, a teacup tilting precipitously as the table shifted under it, and rapid, padded footsteps across the floor as Kei threw herself into her older sister's arms.

"Guess who's back? Are you glad to see me?" Ami asked.

"Enough," Kei said, voice muffled deep in the folds of Ami's clothing. "I am presently prioritizing a cherished family reunion and neither questions trivial nor rhetorical will capture my interest."

"Actually," Ami said, voice sounding strained, "ease up on the grip there a bit, Kei. The Hokage's been chewing me up hard enough, you don't need to finish the job for him."

"Did you encounter adverse circumstances, or did something transpire between you and the Hokage?" Kei asked.

"No," Ami sighed as Kei let go. "Just the usual joys of AMITY business, twisting the world to my will one country at a time. Hidden Sand's in a rough spot, but did you know they have some killer bloodlines? I laid some seeds to set up another little organization there, but like any seed you plant out in Wind Country, it'll take a while to flower. More power is great and all, but I don't think the desert air is great for my skin. If only there were someone that could go there and yank their clans around for me.

"By the way, when I said they've got killer bloodlines, I mean literally killer. I was barely more creeped out by hanging out around Hoshigaki Kisame than by facing down the Karappo, and there's nothing that humbles a ranged weapons spec quite as much as running around the Tetsuya Clan's compound. And of course, the less said about the Yodomi the better. So let's get to that better part of the conversation. What's been happening in Leaf while I was out and about?"

Around the corner, by the room's exit into the Nara inner bedchambers, Snowflake quietly slunk away from Kei and Ami's reunion. Snowflake was not permitted to enjoy the sun's rays, but she had thought it possible to let herself be warmed by the sunlight's reflection. What a typical punishment for her hubris it was, to be burnt by the sunlight without being permitted to partake of its warmth.

She paused as entered the bedchamber. Tenten stood there, standing expectantly.

Snowflake shook her head. For all her many-fold merits, Tenten could not replicate the intimacy that Snowflake yearned for from Ami.

Tenten extended her arms to her side, then raised them a fraction.

Snowflake shook her head.

Tenten lowered her arms again, then inclined her head to one side slightly.

After a long moment, Snowflake nodded, then crossed the room to Tenten. She stopped within Tenten's reach, just barely far enough that their chests didn't graze each other at the heights of their breath. So many times she'd done this now, so many experiments, and for what? Still, such hesitation, such fear.

No. It had not been for naught. She had learned and practiced. One day, she would have what she wanted.

Slowly, Snowflake raised her arms and folded them around Tenten's back. After a second, she stepped forward, letting Tenten stand still and loose as Snowflake pulled herself into the hug.

They stayed there for a moment, Snowflake trying and failing to ignore the accelerating pace of her heart, the steadily accumulating sweat under her armpits, and tight, choking heat gradually rising through her chest and throat.

Eventually, before the sensation could grow too unbearable, Snowflake stepped back. She backed away and sat down on her bed, feeling suddenly dizzy thanks to the ordeal.

"My apologies," she said, shivering. "I wish I could give you longer, give you more, yet…"

Tenten simply sat down on the opposite bed, leaning forward as she gently placed her hands folded palm over palm in her lap. Tenten focused on Snowflake, and long years of experience let Snowflake understand Tenten's intention. Whatever you need, I will be here for you.

o-o-o​

"Lord Asuma?"

Sarutobi Asuma, Seventh Hokage of the Village Hidden in the Leaves, gestured Nara Shikamaru, Clan Lord of the Nara, into the small, private office in the Tower.

"Please, come in and sit down," the Hokage said, puffing on the half-burnt cigarette.

Lord Nara sat down, stiffly. "How may I help you, sir?"

The Hokage glanced over the table. "I had the messenger call for Shikamaru, not Lord Nara, you know."

Lord Nara's stiff and formal posture collapsed into a haphazard pile of flesh and limbs, presumably loosely held together by a spine and the chair somewhere within.

Asuma laughed. "That had to be intentional. I don't believe you slouch like that without dedicated practice. You were never that bad, Shikamaru."

Shikamaru smiled and straightened up to a lazy slouch. "It's in my blood, sensei. I do remember telling you that I could take a nap under any conditions at all."

"And I do remember telling you that you were not to do so except on my orders," Asuma said.

"And my response was always that one of my favorite adverse conditions for nap training was 'against orders,' correct?"

Asuma nodded, a smile crossing his features before he turned thoughtful again. He took another puff on his cigarette, then blew out a smoke ring that lazily drifted to the ceiling of the office. "We haven't had much time together lately, Shikamaru. We're reduced to retreading old conversations over and over that we practically have memorized, like the lines out of your shogi opening books."

"Ugh, I knew this was going to be about work."

"What else would it be, these days?" Asuma asked with a raised eyebrow.

"I wasn't exactly expecting anything else, but what a pain," Shikamaru said with a sigh and a plaintive glance to the uncaring office ceiling. He pushed himself up just barely enough to see the map spread on Asuma's desk. "If that was our opening, is this our game board?"

Asuma nodded. "Do you recognize it?"

"Isan, the village in Tea."

Asuma nodded. "Now, a second question. Imagine a shogi variant where we replace, say, the knight with a new piece. The new piece can travel anywhere at all on the board, cutting any piece it wants."

"The game would be unplayable," said Shikamaru. "The king would always be in check. The first player to move would win."

"Correct," said Asuma. "Now, suppose you didn't start with this piece, but instead, any piece on the board could be promoted and turn into it at any point."

"You're doing a disservice to a respectable game, sensei. What's the point of this tortured analogy?" Shikamaru asked.

Asuma chuckled and blew another smoke ring. Then he grew serious. "You know of one technique from Isan, Shikamaru."

"Yes, Akane's-"

Shikamaru paused. Asuma watched him as the pieces clicked together one at a time.

"Oh," Shikamaru said.

Asuma nodded. "And so, Shikamaru, with my limited information, I believe your clan has some background in the prevention of potential apocalypses. I'm not exactly excited about this new one brewing on our doorstep, and I would really, desperately like to stop it. Hopefully, the window of opportunity hasn't closed yet. I wish we could spend some time like normal, not doing work, but I don't think that's an option. I need your help to keep the world from ending."

Shikamaru waited for long seconds that dragged into minutes. Asuma slowly dragged out his cigarette as Shikamaru assembled his strategy. Eventually, Shikamaru straightened up.

"Troublesome. Who knows?"




Happy holidays to all from the MfD QM team.
 
Chapter 568: Heated Discussion

"Your paranoia is an obstacle to a safe and effective resolution," Kei insisted from beyond the dividing wall. "Even Shikamaru, perhaps our best asset, by training specialises in chaos prevention—which, I may add, makes it extremely fortunate that I married him early and thus the issue of your potential assassination did not arise. What we require is a specialist in chaos creation and management, fields in which Ami is skilled at such a level that Akatsuki would long since have issued an invitation were she not hampered by merely jōnin combat skills. Furthermore, unlike those worthies, whose humanitarian aspirations are remarkably compatible with genocide, Ami has on multiple occasions expressed a preference for a certain basic minimum of stability and non-violence within her toybox."

"And that's nice as far as it goes," Hazō said. "I know you trust Ami to do the best by you and the world in general, Kei. I wouldn't expect anything less. It's possible that you're completely right, and if we tell Ami about the research, she will help optimise our plans in a way that's as beneficial to Nara Kei, Mori Ami, and the world as possible. But she's not my sister, and the transitive property isn't enough for me to be confident that Gōketsu Hazō and his non-Kei family will receive the same consideration. I can easily see a future in which Ami optimises our plans such that she gets exactly what she wants, and anything the Gōketsu want that interferes with that falls by the wayside before we know it. To give a crude example that's probably nothing like what she'd really do, she could set things up so that the best thing we can possibly do is resurrect not Jiraiya but some Mist hero who she knows will be totally loyal to her as a result.

"The fact is, I don't really know what she wants. I'm not sure anyone ever did, considering how far she's gone beyond anything Yagura, Aunt Ren, or even the Mori ever expected of her. Giving her more influence with which to make her preferences into reality could be a blessing or a disaster, and I don't want to find out which until I know the Gōketsu are in control of what happens next. All things being equal, I wouldn't tell her until much later, if at all—and I would consider it a breach of trust if you did it unilaterally."

It should be mentioned at this point that Gōketsu Hazō was a genius of the highest order. Aware that he was about to have a difficult conversation which involved persuading Kei to act as if Ami was less than perfectly trustworthy, and in which the worst-case scenario involved Kei deciding not only to tell Ami everything but to assist her in seizing control from Hazō for the sake of saving the world, he'd chosen a battlefield that would win over even the most suspicious social specialist.

Yes, today was the day Hazō gave the new Gōketsu hot spring its preliminary safety test. He'd taken pains to explain to Gaku (via a note on his desk, in case his chancellor came up with an incontrovertible argument against) that sometimes it was the clan head's duty to risk himself for the sake of protecting the clan, and thus it would be nothing short of unethical to force the first soak on someone else.

Of the others who could join him in the blissful warmth, Akane wasn't in the mood (and unsurprisingly, Haru wasn't either), Mari and Kei were best kept apart if he wanted either to relax, Noburi and Yuno were out on a romantic date, and Kagome-sensei had accepted his sacrifice with sorrowful respect, after providing a list of chakra beasts and other perils that might be lurking beneath the surface. In Snowflake's absence, and with the newer Gōketsu taking his bizarre justification as an excuse to be alone (or perhaps with another of his many lovers to whom they hadn't been introduced), that conveniently just left Kei.

Hazō would have preferred a face-to-face conversation for something this important, but past experience had established that Kei would rather die (or, preferably, murder him) than be subjected to mixed bathing of any sort. Thus, their best compromise was to sit back-to-back against the dividing wall between the men's and women's baths, and while Kei hadn't specified, he was confident that there was at least one shuriken within reach for any male trying to sneak a peek.

"A breach of trust," Kei said coldly. "Did you perhaps miss the part where I made explicit my desire for your input before taking any action? The very same way that you do when you consult me, except, of course, when you do not."

"I know," Hazō said. Another of the many advantages of the hot spring was that, despite being possibly closer to Kei than normal conversation distance, he had more protection from any icy auras than ever before in his life. "That's why I'm taking this opportunity now. I've thought about it, and while I'm not prepared to trust Ami unconditionally the way you are, I also don't want to end up in a scenario where Leaf is in flames, everybody's dead, and I've lost my forehead protector, and I'm just sitting there going, 'If only I hadn't put Gōketsu self-interest ahead of preventing the apocalypse'. In other words, I'll gladly get Ami's help as long as she agrees to a couple of perfectly sensible conditions."

"And what, dare I ask, do you consider perfectly sensible?" Kei's voice was still the cold voice of someone who'd taken offence, but hopefully was enjoying the hot spring too much to storm out into the winter cold with any urgency.

"Simple," Hazō said. Which it was, for a definition of 'simple' which involved hours spent working on the perfect phrasing that neither alienated Kei nor triggered Ami's rules-lawyering reflexes nor risked giving ground he couldn't take back later. "I want her to commit to using the information we share with her in a way that doesn't disadvantage us compared to the counterfactual world where she isn't involved."

There was only silence from the other side of the dividing wall, and Hazō didn't know whether it was contemplative or wrathful.

"To clarify," Hazō went on, "this isn't a trade-off—she's not going to lose out later by finding out on our terms now. The condition is waived at the point in time where she would have learned of the project 'naturally' if we hadn't told her, for example when we go public with Jiraiya's resurrection."

"That is certainly a reasonable clarification," Kei agreed, still in a tone that might have been neutral analysis or a volcano not yet erupting.

"On the other hand," Hazō said, "I do want her to additionally commit to not artificially advancing said waiving of the condition, such as by suggesting strategies which would, as unnecessary side effects, make the project visible to the counterfactual uninformed Ami. If she's in doubt, I'm fine with her using her model of me for minor matters, but for anything significant, I want the opportunity to veto before she goes ahead.

"What do you think, Kei?" he asked after giving her a few seconds to process. "Is that something Ami is likely to react to positively if I make her the offer, or you do on my behalf?"

"Hazō," Kei said reluctantly, "I am very much afraid that she may hug you."

"She may?!"

"Yes," Kei said. The sense of resignation was palpable in her voice. "Hazō, in four sentences, you have secured favourable conditions for yourself, displayed your understanding of the other party's mindset and ability to take advantage of same, and pre-emptively addressed the obvious flaws in the contract. Were this a singles bar, and I some other Mori, suffice it to say that you would not be sleeping alone tonight."

"…Sage's ballsack."

"I hasten to add that I am not some other Mori," Kei said quickly. "My goal-oriented conceptual structure needs are quite adequately met within my own household, and besides, I favour precision and detail in my-"

For a second, there was silence.

"A-As it happens, I understand there is a troupe performing The Leaf Three and the Salamander of Doom at the Nogare Theatre this month. The reviews are most favourable. You should consider inviting Akane and Ino, or perhaps even the entire family."

"I'll make a note of it," Hazō said. "Also, you've just given me excellent reason to leave the negotiations with Ami in your capable hands."

"Of course," Kei said. "She is visiting for ranged weapons practice tomorrow. I will mention it to her then. I apologise in advance if I find that she is part of the two thirds of Leaf that already know, and thus all of your effort will be wasted as the core condition is waived instantly."

Hazō shrugged helplessly, then remembered Kei couldn't see him. "In that case, at least it'll be better to know she knows. Now you've suggested it, I have horrible visions of Ami having already made a ton of plans in the background, and the second the rift opens, Ami's latest initialism will jump in, bring out Pain on a leash, and crown her Supreme Empress of the World Except the Bits Kei Wants."

"Once again," Kei said, "you somehow expect me to find this scenario undesirable."

"Fine," Hazō said. "Ami's latest initialism will jump in, bring out Pain on a leash, and crown you Supreme Empress of the World Except the Bits Ami Wants."

"I shall pray for her obliviousness with all my heart and soul," Kei declared. "I am prepared to consult the Hagoromo for Will of Fire optimisation and write to Lord Ryūgamine for advice on manipulating the ancestors into rendering assistance. I would even consider requesting Hidan's guidance on appealing for aid from Jashin, but alas, Ami herself is my only means of contacting him."

With the important part of the conversation smoothly navigated, Hazō relaxed and sank into the warm water, deciding not to mention at this stage that he was probably Jashin's greatest acolyte in the Fire Country.

-o-​

You have received 3 + 1 (Brevity) = 4 XP.

-o-​

You have spoken to Akane. She gave you a basic summary of Operation Shave the Priest (so named by Mari allegedly so that any ANBU listening in will assume you're just plotting to get one over on the Hagoromo and lose interest, but really just because she was bored), with a stern reminder that Kei does not know anything about anything and you should not imply otherwise where anyone can hear.

The rest of the plan has yet to happen, including the rolls to see whether you get eaten.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on
 
Interlude: Horseshoe Nails, Part 2
Interlude: Horshoe Nails, Part 2

Author's Note Happy 2023, everyone! May it be better than 2022 in every way. Because I am lazy er, lacking any ideas, er, ruminating on the possibilities of history and the future, today will be an interlude in which we look at the outcome of one small event not happening. Note that this is one potential outcome, not the definitive outcome.



Jiraiya leaned back in his chair, feet up, fiddling with a calligraphy brush and thinking. The kids and their red-haired minx of a teacher had done good work bringing Arikada in. The fact that they had the Pangolin Summoner on staff and were willing to work as deniable assets was an incredible boon. Hazō's stupid slip about 'pretty damn far' was a problem, but the punishment had probably been stringent enough to give Jiraiya political cover, and getting them out of town for a while would let things blow over.

Had he done his best for them? Was there anything else he should do before kicking them out, aside from figuring out Kagome's reward?

...Not that he could think of. They had received their jutsu training and other rewards, which should help keep them alive. (The amount of political capital Jiraiya had burned to let them finish their training before booting them had been more than zero but less than he could afford, so that was fine.) They had received contact information and passcodes for certain parts of his network, so they could stay in touch, and he'd worked out a schedule of contact with Mari so that he could reach them when an appropriate mission came up. Nope, seemed solid. That just left figuring out what to do for Kagome's requested reward: seals.

What seals was he willing to give to a bunch of missing-nin? He had to assume that they might eventually be captured by an enemy nation, so he couldn't give them anything too powerful. Also, the whole point of this was so that Kagome could learn them, but Jiraiya didn't have a great read on Kagome's skill level. Definitely did not want to give him something too hard that would lead to infusion failures.

Two or three seals seemed fair. Maybe some sort of theme? They were missing-nin, which meant they needed things they could use for self-protection and escape. What did he have that covered those areas and wasn't too difficult?

Hm. Goo Bomb would be a good one. It was good for locking down an enemy so you could escape or capture or kill them, and he was likely to tap this lot for capture and assassination mission. In that vein, Earth Dome was also a good capture tool. For a third...maybe Air Dome? That would be a good self-protection tool.

Nah. It didn't last long enough. There had to be something better. Maybe the Shock Cloud seal?

Nah, that was mostly another capture tool and he should really fold some protection in there.

Oh! Of course! The Shock Sphere seal. Perfect. Powerful and large defensive barrier that would render a camp essentially invulnerable to anything that flew, burrowed, or ran. It lasted up to twelve hours so it meant that you could sleep in safety without needing to keep watch. It couldn't be moved and it took fifteen minutes to activate so it wasn't something he needed to worry about being used against Leaf.

Great. Goo Bomb, Earth Dome, and Shock Sphere. Perfect package. He'd go gather up the research notes.

Much later...

"What am I looking at?" Sarutobi Hiruzen asked, flicking through the pages of his latest briefing. "And take your feet off my desk."

"The Capybara Scroll is being sold," Jiraiya said, taking his feet off the Hokage's desk with an only-slightly hidden grin.

"Hm," his teacher said, absently packing his pipe while not looking away from the pages. He was 68 and his eyesight had started slipping a few years ago, so studying the papers required a bit of squinting. Filling his pipe, on the other hand, was something his fingers could do while he was asleep.

"This is an opportunity," Jiraiya said. He didn't bother saying the rest; he had been this man's student for decades and they each knew the other's thought patterns.

"We don't know for sure that it's Mist," Hiruzen said.

"Really?"

Hiruzen nodded admission. "All right, they're almost certainly the buyers. Still."

"We could do it," Jiraiya said, leaning forward intently, with his elbows on his knees and fingers tented. "They'll have one of their S-rankers at the meet, with jōnin backup that draws down their forces. It won't be Haystack Head at the meet, which means that if we had the right bait we can draw him out. Sure, he'll bring people with, but we'll have more. See for yourself." He gestured towards the stack of pages Hiruzen was holding.

"Hm." Hiruzen leaned back, reading through the pages. "You already had Shikaku do the force estimates?"

Jiraiya heard the tone of his teacher's voice and sat back in his chair, struggling not to feel defeated. "Yeah," he admitted.

"Hm." Hiruzen read for a bit. "They seem quite large."

"Okay, but think of the opportunity! You know what's happening—after the Cold Stone Killers incident, Mist is on the continent playing protector for Hot Springs. They're spreading, Sensei. Like an infection. If we don't stop them, they'll move through the rest of the minors and we'll find ourselves surrounded, contained, and generally in a piss-poor situation."

"I'm familiar with this argument, Jiraiya."

"Sensei, please. This is a real threat. Their only weakness is a lack of living space, leading to a small population and therefore a small economy. You know how hard I've been working to prop up the nations on the eastern continent in order to keep that psychotic little bastard penned in. He's a strong ninja with the chakra of a jinchūriki behind him and I think you're right that he's taking advice from his Tailed Beast, which makes him even more dangerous politically. We could end the threat forever with this move. All we need is you, me, Tsunade, Gai, Kakashi, and a bunch of ANBU."

"You know where she is?"

Jiraiya snorted. "Of course I know where she is. I'm a spymaster and she's a walking disaster area. What she lacks in stealth she makes up for in highly memorable bad attitude."

"And you could bring her in for this?"

"Absolutely. If I explain the situation she'll see the importance. If she doesn't, I'll tell her it's an order from her teacher and Hokage. She'll come."

Hiruzen chuckled. "I think perhaps you underestimate the strength of Tsunade's irritation with her teacher and Hokage."

"She'll come or be branded missing," Jiraiya said, all trace of humor gone. "She will come."

Hiruzen nodded in acknowledgement. "Fair. So, walk me through this."

"We leak the word that Naruto and his team are going on a 'training mission' to—"

"No. We are not letting Sakura and Sasuke anywhere near a live-fire fight like this."

"Okay, fine. Naruto, Dai, and two Shadow Clones henged to look like the kids. Anyway, they get set up on the beach like innocent little lambs. Yagura and his minions show up to kill him, we ambush them and kill them. Bing bang boom, Mist is neutered. They start scrambling to figure out who the next Kage is. They go into a period of retraction and I can focus on cleaning up their presence around here."

Hiruzen leaned back, pipe wedged in his teeth and hands folded on his stomach and eyes on the ceiling. Silence fell on the room as he thought. After a solid minute he sat up and shook his head.

"No," he said. "Too risky to allocate that much of our forces. We'll find a different way to contain them."

"Sensei, we can absolutely do this! If we strike by surprise, and—"

"No, Jiraiya. That's 70% of Leaf's military force and all of our S-rank ninja. It leaves us much too vulnerable."

"What if I can come up with a force amplifier? A new seal, maybe?"

"There isn't time. We would need to be able to..." He grasped around for an idea and then shrugged helplessly. "Walk on air? Have chakra armor that shrugs off attacks? Something equally ridiculous. There's no time to invent a seal such as that. No, like I said, we'll find some other way to contain them."

Jiraiya's face fell. "Fine," he said after a moment. "But I have a feeling we're going to regret this."

Much, much later...

Despite its brief duration, the Village Period, 1000-1080 AS, was one of the more critical periods in the Imperium's pre-history. It began when Senju Hashirama solved two problems simultaneously: the political wisdom resulting from alliance with the Viziers, followed by the fragmented political and military structures of the Warring Clans period as it existed on the western continent. For the sake of context, let us take these in reverse chronological order and start with a bit of prelude.

Senju was born on the western continent during the Warring Clans period. He was an extremely strong chakra user for his time and he spent his second decade traveling widely, including to the eastern continent. Along the way he passed through what was then called the Land of Water but today is known by its more familiar name: the Home Province of the Imperium of the Waves.

Sources are confused, but Senju spent somewhere between six months and two years in the cradle of the Imperium, learning the ways of the place. He then took this learning back to the western continent where he gathered several of the more powerful barbarian clans and founded the Village Hidden in the Leaves (known more succinctly as 'Leaf'), building it using the same architectural and political model as was in use in the Home Province.

In order to convince the other tribes to join him, he needed an overwhelming military advantage. After casting around a bit, he discovered the answer: alliance with the beings that we today know as the Viziers but were then referred to by the pejorative term 'Tailed Beasts'. For centuries, the Viziers had been desperately trying to help the western barbarians better themselves, without success because the primitive minds of the westerners were incapable of understanding the speech of the Viziers. The various tribes had been waging unjust war on the Viziers for decades and there are literally hundreds of scrolls from the time claiming that the Viziers were 'rampaging', which is the typical sort of self-justifying jingoistic propaganda put out today by the handful of rebellious agitators within the various Accommodated Territories.

Senju was wise enough to recognize that the Viziers were intelligent beings who wanted to help but lacked an easy channel for communication. He invented the prototype jinchūriki seal. This seal was sufficient to allow the Viziers to communicate with humans, but it had serious issues. (See Sada's
Errors of Historical Sealing , chapter 11 for details.) These failings led to the first destruction of Leaf in 1054 AS. Although the village was rebuilt on the same site it would never again rise to the same heights that it had previously occupied.

After inventing the seal, Senju traveled the continent, allying with each of the nine Viziers in turn. Their power and wisdom were sufficient for him to bring a dozen of the local barbarian clans together in order to found Leaf.

The other barbarians of the continent, faced with the burgeoning power of Senju's Village, gathered their forces for a preemptive war. Although Senju had the power to destroy them all, one of the Viziers (it's unclear which one) uttered the famous words: 'Better to stand with your rivals amidst a tumultuous river than alone atop a mountain of corpses.' The One- through Eight-Tailed Viziers volunteered to emigrate from Leaf and help the surrounding tribes found their own Villages that could stand co-equal with Leaf. This event became known as the First Diaspora. (Note: Throughout this work the author uses the capitalized term 'Village' to refer to these barbarian gathering points, despite the fact that they had barely the population of a modern farm, let alone an actual modern village. The term is used only for its historical accuracy and should not be considered as commentary on modern political or economic policies.)

The example of Leaf created both a positive and negative incentive for other tribes to form their own Villages, to wit the better quality of life that Leaf enjoyed and the ability to resist its massively superior military forces. With the Viziers as focal points to spread the foundation of proto-Imperial philosophy and political theory that Senju had learned in the Land of Waves, the First Diaspora provided enough of a foundation that actual nations could form. Once polities with stable leadership and recognized capitals existed, it became possible for what would eventually become the Imperium to take them the rest of the way into modern civilization.

Although dating is not entirely clear, the beginning of the end of the Village Period appears to have been the terrorist action known at the time as the 'Cold Stone Killers incident', occurring in 1068 AS and in what is now the Province of Fortune but at the time was known as the Land of Hot Springs. The Land of Hot Springs lacked both a standing military and any chakra users, having maintained itself as an independent nation solely by paying tribute to all surrounding nations. After the terrorist incident, the proto-Imperium offered them the status of protectorate, which they gratefully accepted. The economic and educational policies that would later become the foundation of the Imperium resulted in a period of great wealth expansion for the Land of Hot Springs. Early Imperial medical training, although far inferior to that of the modern age, was still the most advanced in the world at the time and it greatly reduced infant mortality, resulting in a population boom. Over the next few years, surrounding nations saw the success that had begun raining down upon the Land of Hot Springs and they too sued for protectorate status.

The then-named Land of Water was a nation with strong chakra users but a very small physical footprint, limiting its population and food supply. For comparison, the population of the Land of Water was roughly equivalent to that of a modern hamlet such as Dākuhiru. The ruler at the time was Karatchi Yagura I, the eight-times-great grandfather of our beloved Lord Emperor, Source of All That is Good, Bringer of Heaven's Light, Ruler of All That Is Or Will Be, Yagura IV.

Having liberated part of the western continent, Mizukage Karatchi now had the living space needed for his population to grow, as well as the needed space to grow the food to support the new numbers. Over the next 10-12 years most of the nations of the western continent chose to join the Land of Waves. The sole exception was Senju's nation, the Land of Fire, known to modernity as the Dark Province. Unfortunately for Fire, Senju Hashirama was impotent and had no children at the time of his death. With no issue of his blood he was forced to leave the metaphorical throne (at the time they used a hat instead of a throne) to his brother, Senju Tobirama. Unfortunately, Tobirama was sterile due to a bad sexual infection contracted sometime during his sheepherding years from ages 6-13. With no issue of his own, he left the office to his student, Sarutobi Hiruzen.

The date is uncertain, but at some point around 1069 or 1070 AS the Land of Water purchased the Capybara Summoning Scroll from its former owner. (The details were exquisitely covered in
The proto-Imperial Consolidation, Volume II, chapter 7 by Tanaka.) The undisputed facts are that less than a decade after this purchase, Sarutobi sued for protectorate status under the Land of Water, which fifteen years later was renamed to our beloved Imperium of the Waves. Sarutobi's acceptance of what was best for his people was the death knell for western barbarism and the birth of the Modern Era.

Although there is still some controversy, the consensus of historians is that Sarutobi and his lieutenant (named variously Jeery, Jary, or Jarya depending on the source) acquired information on the sale of the Summoning Scroll several months in advance, and that he made plans to disrupt it. The records of 'Operation Needlepoint' were recently unearthed by the author. The plan involved a trap for Mizukage Yagura I by roughly 90% of the military force of Fire, including Sarutobi himself and his lieutenant. Fortunately, the plan was never enacted, probably because Sarutobi realized that he was far too weak to be more than a brief annoyance to a man who was a direct ancestor of our beloved Lord Emperor, Source of All That is Good, Bringer of Heaven's Light, Rule of All That Is Or Will Be, Yagura IV.

— excerpt from chapter 7 of
The Founding of the Imperium, publication date 1841 AS

 
Last edited:
Chapter 569, Part 1: Beneath the Eater's Gaze

The Nara Private Library loomed over Courtier Mari as she stood in the street and pondered her options one last time (she didn't take it personally—most things loomed over her, and at least buildings didn't unconsciously feel superior to her as a result). A large part of Mari, about a third of quorum, felt like turning around and going straight home. No good could possibly come of this.

Unfortunately, Practical Mari had made a solid case. Mari couldn't afford to cut ties with Ami any more than Ami could afford to cut ties with Mari (though she'd made a very good effort, and more than the personal danger, Courtier Mari cringed at the amateurishness with which Ami had handled the situation). For as long as Ami was one of the powers of this world, they would need to periodically work together so Mari could make sure Ami's schemes didn't harm the Gōketsu, and when the next such time came, Mari absolutely could not have another Kei on her hands. (Oh, how the Heartbreaker had raged, with the benefit of hindsight, at the original's failure to manipulate her into compliance while she was still malleable.) Besides, Ami had made the first overture, which put Courtier Mari at an advantage.

But why a Nara institution? Was it a show of power, a reminder of Ami's influence wherever Mari went?

No, too shallow. One burst of mild-melting incompetence didn't mean Ami had completely lost her touch. Courtier Mari, at least, hoped so. She needed worthy opponents.

She had it. Anything that happened at a Nara institution would inescapably make its way to Kei. If Ami took this opportunity to assassinate Mari on prepared ground (or try), then Kei would know she'd broken her promise. It was the one thing that leashed Ami, and she was invoking it willingly. That was a lot like Yagura inviting defiance, or Hazō inviting the shackles of common sense. Courtier Mari would have to put the date on a calendar.

She should move. The possibility that someone noticed Lady Gōketsu standing in the street staring warily at a Nara building aside, it was beneath her to be late today. Wilful lateness was a classic power move, the kind they taught beginners alongside wearing low-cut tops to private meetings, but flexing like that in front of an opponent who was already yielding just made you look insecure.

Yes, this was much more like it. The game began long before you came face to face with another player.

"Lady Gōketsu?" the elderly Nara docent inquired, leaning forward as if to compensate for his short-sightedness but in reality to better stare at her cleavage (Courtier Mari's choice of clothes said, "I intend to fight with a civilised woman's weapons, not pointy bits of metal"—which was not to say Cautious Mari hadn't demanded that they factor in taijutsu freedom of motion).

"Lord Shikamaru instructed us to make an office available for your use. Second door on the left behind me, if you please."

Very good. Ami was invoking not just Kei, but Shikamaru as an arbiter in absentia. Even if Kei decided that their relationship was too far gone to make her worth a rift with Ami, Shikamaru would have no choice but to act if a murder occurred in a space he'd presented as secure.

The office was a dank, windowless space, all stale air and the smell of old ink, wax, and chemicals Courtier Mari had no interest in identifying (except that none of them were poisonous at low concentrations). An indoor space gave Mari the advantage over Ami the ranged combatant, and the lack of windows inhibited sudden reinforcements. Ami really was going all-in on this.

Ugh. This was what it meant to be out of practice. Mariko had even warned Courtier Mari she had a tendency to overthink, and she'd dismissed it as the ignorance of a child who took things at face value. Now, the realisation practically slapped her in the face. Of course Ami wouldn't assassinate her in person, any more than Kei would try to crush her to death with a hug. A patient, non-psychotic Ami would lay a spider web of plans like a proper ninja, and when the time came, some random fanatic, or maybe even ANBU, would eliminate Mari out of the blue, and Ami might not even know about it until the public announcement. (It went without saying that various Maris had their own counter-webs laid out well in advance.)

In that moment, Courtier Mari badly envied Ami, who got to play with Kurenai as much as she liked, with interesting stakes, on all those joint AMITY missions.

Courtier Mari needed to focus. If anything in her body language or her hesitation gave away a hint of paranoia (and every I&S ninja was trained to look for that, as a matter of survival), she'd be gravely weakening her position going in.


There were no props. That was what struck her first, because props were the language that set the stage and defined both the relationships between the actors and the lines it would and wouldn't make sense to deliver. A properly laid-out meeting chamber practically made the meeting itself unnecessary as long as you could trust your partner to be able to read the script.

Instead, Ami had cleared the table. She'd cleared the counter lining the length of the right-hand wall. The scroll stacks at the back had been left where they were, too far to serve as backing or be within arm's reach. It wasn't possible to say nothing, the beginner's interpretation of the scene, because everything was language, especially the many kinds of silence. The natural interpretation for clearing the table, in context, was a return to zero, a fresh start for their relationship. But that called for objects on the counter, to expand the statement, imply Ami's underlying attitude, or suggest potential ways forward. An empty counter spoke of a kind of uncertainty social specialists didn't do.

What about Ami herself, then? It was obvious which Ami was in charge of clothing today. Strict straight lines, a high collar, sleeves that were only slightly frilly, and a long monochrome skirt. Clothes for signing contracts, not for messing around or seduction. Nothing like Courtier Mari's weaponised finery. (She had better not be planning to sign an actual contract. Courtier Mari had never been that stupid and never would.)

At a gesture from Ami, Courtier Mari took a seat first. She left her coat hanging loosely off one corner of the chair. I am ready to leave at a moment's notice. Ami's was draped over hers, the corner of a scarf peeking out of one pocket. I am here to stay, and will take time leaving rather than pursue you. Much more like it.

"What do you want, Ami?"

"To apologise," Ami said. "It has become apparent to me, on review of the situation, that the present status quo is untenable, and that the appropriate means of addressing this lies in our personal relationship."

Practical Mari bubbled to the surface before Courtier Mari could find a reply that was smoothly diplomatic yet underpinned by conditional rejection.

"We don't apologise, Ami. Not to each other. That's not a game I'm interested in."

"Maybe I wanted to try something new," Ami said. "You can't tell me plotting to kill you wasn't new for us. I don't play the game that way, and you don't play the game that way, though maybe not for the same reasons. Now I've broken the rules, and a bunch of stuff with them. Why shouldn't I try something else new in the name of going the other way?"

Because they didn't have that kind of relationship. Because a significant majority of Maris didn't want that kind of relationship with Ami. There were barriers that didn't need breaking down. There were complexities that were only manageable because they were kept at arm's length and not allowed to bleed over into the rest of Mari's world. There was a past that had to remain in the past and a future that couldn't be allowed to stem from it. Even the present was an addiction that kept the Maris from the wholesome world the majority of them wanted.

Worst of all, Ami knew all of that. There had been a sense of relief in finally rejecting her, in putting the apprentice-master-rival-lover-victim-predator in a simple box marked "mortal enemy" and knowing what to do. Now, Ami was trying to ruin it.

"Because it doesn't work," Practical Mari said. "You know that; you're not a child. There's only one way for people like you and me to interact. The kind of words we have for each other aren't the kind of words that can affect the fact that you threatened my life."

"I intend to try," Ami said, "even if it is against the odds. Will you let me, or do you prefer things the way they are now?"

Practical Mari had the perfect response lined up, one which would channel Ami's apparent emotions out of problematic waters and in a productive direction (for Practical Mari). It was on the tip of her tongue—

"I don't owe you anything," Wrathful Mari snapped, "much less forgiveness. If you think you can manipulate me into turning the hourglass upside down for your stupidity, then you really have forgotten who you're dealing with. Screw this and screw you."

Practical Mari and Courtier Mari mentally facepalmed in unison.

Ami didn't engage, which was smart because Wrathful Mari was an idiot and anything you did with her only made things worse. As far as Courtier Mari was concerned, there were literally no circumstances under which losing yourself to anger improved your odds of survival, much less victory.

Instead, Ami reached beneath the table, slowly enough for Wrathful Mari not to lash out, and brought out a writing set and a very familiar candle.

-o-​

The Council of Mari's inner library was vastly better-appointed than the Nara's best efforts, Managerial Mari thought smugly. The floors were covered with exotic western carpets. The bookshelves were the finest mahogany. The lamps were replaced with sparkling chandeliers, because why not? The shelves were lined with a full collection of Jiraiya's works, multiple copies in case more than one Mari wanted to read the same volume at once (the fact that they knew the good ones practically by heart notwithstanding), and... admittedly, not much else. Mari had never been one of nature's readers, and Scholarly Mari's regular requests tended to be accidentally misfiled into oblivion.

However, both the Scholarly and the Managerial Maris found themselves more at ease in a library than in many of the other imaginary landscapes conjured for convenient visualisation, and that made it all the worse that most of the Maris weren't familiar with the cardinal rule of "silence in the library".

"Vetoed!" Guardian Mari roared over the clamour, momentarily taller than all the other Maris in the room. "There is absolutely no way. We are not doing that with anyone, never mind Ami."

"It's a bad idea," Cautious Mari agreed, though the look she gave Guardian Mari was more wary than reassured. "We've managed to get this far without having to take this kind of risk, and I don't see why we should start now."

Trickster Mari's usual fidgeting was up by an order of magnitude. "Let's just call it quits," she said nervously. "There's no need for us to go to extremes just because Ami says so."

"Seriously?" Courtier Mari asked. "You want to back down just because she's suggesting that all of a sudden? It's an interesting move, and I admit I never saw it coming, but it's nothing we can't handle. If we give up now, we're sacrificing a rare position of advantage."

"I'm not sure that's our priority in this situation," Scholarly Mari said. "However, this is a rare opportunity in its own right. As Cautious observes, we've never had a chance to undergo this experience, and it is only possible with a fellow Mist I&S ninja who has been inducted into the mysteries. If nothing else, we owe it to Maris yet to come."

"What purity of motivation," Sardonic Mari drawled from her corner, where she was holding a book upside down. "Nothing at all to do with the fact that you've been bored out of our skull since the planning phase of MARI ended and the wheels started spinning without us."

"I-I don't have to justify myself to you," Scholarly Mari stammered.

"I'm all for it," Fire Mari said decisively. "I want this Ami business settled so we can go back to dealing with the things that matter, like getting Akane out of Hazō's latest mess."

Hazō-Wrangler Mari flinched.

"Come on, Wrathful," Cautious Mari pleaded. "You're not going to go along with this dangerous nonsense, are you?"

"No, believe it or not," Wrathful Mari said, "I'm with Courtier on this. If Ami thinks she can just throw down the gauntlet and wait for us to back off, then I can't wait to see the look on her face when I pick it up and shove it down her throat."

"That's not exactly what I was going for..." Courtier Mari muttered.

"Don't you miss them at all?" came a meditative voice that was a bit younger than the rest, or perhaps much older. "Here we are, stuck in Leaf where Mist culture is something to curse with, and Mist traditions are a sign that we're evil foreigners, and Mist faith is heresy which can realistically get us killed. I know we're the ones who chose to leave Mist behind, and I know why, but don't you feel tempted to reach into the past when the offer's there, even if it's technically a past you never had?"

Nostalgic Mari rarely spoke much. To the original, nostalgia had been something complicated. She'd refused to long for the past that had been stolen from her. She'd refused to bind herself to anyone or anything, much less Yagura's Mist. After arriving in Leaf, she'd refused to look back because doing so would have meant questioning her decisions. Still, it was telling that Nostalgic Mari existed enough to have a voice—and that when she spoke, it was hard not to listen.

"Good enough for me," Courtier Mari decided. "Scholarly, she's all yours. Don't mess this up."

-o-​

The tradition, Scholarly Mari reflected, predated the Village Era by longer than anyone could count. Plausibly, it predated ninja. Back during the Warring Clans period, it had been invoked when the eponymous warring clans made peace treaties. The clan lords, or their spiritual advisors, would perform the rituals, and the Eater of Lies would descend to consume any attempt at deception. It was an extreme but rational extension of the need to propitiate the kami at the outset of any new venture or major decision.

However, with the dawn of the Village Era and its demographic explosion, the practice quickly died out. The kami, gorged daily on the proximity of thousands of people constantly lying to each other, became far too powerful and dangerous—and it had always been the kind of spirit that could not be appeased, only sated. Mariko's mother used to tell tales of the Eater of Lies and how it would hover around dishonest children, every lie whetting its appetite until it finally pounced and ate you whole.

Of course, Mariko was an honest child, far too much so in the opinion of nearly every other Mari, so she didn't pay it much mind. The Eater of Lies didn't become relevant to her until much later, when Mari joined the Infiltration and Seduction Corps and learned of the social specialist's curse. She learned that there was no one capable of understanding the warped beings that I&S ninja had to make of themselves for the sake of their missions other than other I&S ninja—yet at the same time, they weren't capable of communicating with each other except the way Mari and Ami still communicated, in the language of lies and games, manipulation and seduction. Every one of them craved something real (except maybe the Heartbreaker), and every one was permanently locked out of getting it.

Until Hanamura Yōko came along. The alleged descendant of Hanamura Uzume herself, and a legendary jōnin in her own right, she gave I&S a new ritual based on lore gathered on missions in distant countries most ninja hadn't even heard of. There was no kami an I&S ninja feared more than the Eater of Lies—and no better guarantor, when it truly mattered, of a single honest conversation.

In fact, Scholarly Mari realised, calling it to a library was a stroke of genius. Nowhere else in the world could one find such a dense and potent concentration of deception (and there was a beautiful irony in the fact that the people of Leaf, home to more books than any four cities put together, had never heard of the Eater of Lies). If there was one constant in every tale of kami that Scholarly Mari knew, it was that recognising and respecting a kami's unique preferences was what made the difference between receiving divine blessings and being swallowed by a giant fish.

In the real world, Ami wordlessly slid the writing set across to Scholarly Mari, a plea and a challenge all at once. Scholarly Mari wondered if this was Ami's first time too.

After a second's hesitation, Scholarly Mari picked up the brush.

Ami lit the candle. She passed Scholarly Mari her lie, brief and neatly penned on an even square of paper.

Scholarly Mari was the right person to know what to do. She wasn't sure she was the right person to actually do it. She handed the reins back to Courtier Mari, who pondered for a few seconds, then wrote, "I trust her" and slid the lie to Ami.

The lie didn't need to be comprehensible to the other person, only to the Eater of Lies, which read minds as easily as breathing. But it did have to have weight, and the more people believed it, the better. Feeding the kami up front made sure its hunger wouldn't suddenly go out of control later.

She looked to verify Ami's own lie.

I don't love her.

What the hell?

Never mind. Courtier Mari had better things to do than worry about Ami's private dramas right now. The lies had been given flesh, and now it was time to feed them to the candle.

With that, the Eater of Lies was invoked. Until the candle died, or until one of them chose to blow it out, the Eater of Lies would wait to feast, and if either of them proved too ready to feed it, it might follow them home—certain death for the kind of ninja who needed lies to survive.

Every discipline had its secret lore, never to be shared with outsiders. This was a piece of theirs. No wedding or oath of brother- or sisterhood between I&S ninja was possible without it.

"I'm listening," Courtier Mari said. "If you really think you can do this."

"All right," Ami said, reflexively looking around in case she could see the Eater of Lies, even though they both knew that the only sign a human being could notice was the trail of horrifying, destructive truth left in its wake. It happened occasionally. A social spec would suddenly find themselves with nothing but their sincere, true feelings coming out of their mouth (or as close as they were physically capable of getting), beyond their ability to resist. The lucky ones got noticed in time by their colleagues and persuaded to start again as a taijutsu spec or something equally brain-dead. The unlucky ones had it happen on a mission, and had to run or die (or run and die, if Yagura decided they'd become a liability).

"Like you said," she began, "I don't really do apologies. I was overawed when I discovered the concept as a kid. I already knew that all I had to do to make people happy with me was do what they wanted—which I admit took time to upgrade to 'what they thought they wanted', because theory of mind is great but even I could only grow so fast. Now it turned out that even when I got it wrong, all I had to do was say the words they wanted to hear, and maybe provide some token evidence of my sincerity, and suddenly they were practically obliged to like me again. My right to exist became guaranteed, just like that.

"But you can't believe in something like that. It's just another piece of manipulation that makes people less real and more like clones."

Courtier Mari nodded. Every I&S spec learned about solipsism first-hand, and there was no easy way to grow beyond it. Some never did, and it dulled their edge in a discipline where there were no teammates to save your life after a subpar performance.

"So to me, the thing you do that's real, instead of apology, is fix things. If you ended a relationship, you restore it, and lay out the breadcrumbs so they learn to trust each other again. If you broke someone, you shove them into the arms of someone who might be able to put them back together—let's face it, there's no way the likes of you and me could do it personally. If you fucked up and let someone die, you figure out what they left undone and try to finish it. Assuming you feel responsible, of course, and assuming you care."

Learning that lesson had been the blow that finally broke the Heartbreaker's shell. Mari drove Kei to the edge of suicide, and then she gave everything she had to pull her back. It had been Mari's salvation.

"But this is one of the cases where that doesn't work," Ami said, "because I didn't actually do anything fixable. All I did to you was make you angry and scared, and maybe caused you to put together a bunch of contingencies to make sure I couldn't assassinate you, and that last one's a good thing because you can never have too many contingencies to make sure nobody can assassinate you. There's nothing I can do now to get rid of what I made you feel back then, at least until Hazō finally finishes a time travel seal, and I can't make you stop feeling what you're feeling in the present because you're too good and you won't let me manipulate your feelings. I can't even bribe you until you're happy, because making this whole thing transactional makes it not real again, and you and I both recognise that.

"But it's not like I can admit defeat and leave it at that. It's a fact that I fucked up, and it's a fact that you believe in apologies—which, by the way, is amazing when you think about the fact that the first Mari I met, the Heartbreaker, would have considered any attempt from me to be an insult.

"For the record, I tried to apologise to Hazō the normal person way. It was so awful that he decided to respond with elaborate symbolism rather than risk another such conversation.

"When Hazō first told me about the Orochimaru affair, I felt a lot of stuff. I felt furious, because hurting Kei is the same thing as hurting me, only worse because taking care of myself is basic but taking care of Kei is my responsibility. I felt betrayed, because I'd trusted you enough to leave her in your care even though your track record with her runs the full spectrum from throwing her into a place she couldn't survive for your own selfish reasons to risking your life for her with no calculation behind it. I felt terrified, because for as long as she chose to place herself in your hands, there was nothing I could do to stop you from hurting her whenever you liked, and you'd just driven the point home.

"But whether those feelings are justified or not, I regret how I acted on them. Even after Hazō worked with me to come up with a relatively reasonable response, what I did was stupid. It hurt a lot of people unnecessarily, and it wasn't even particularly effective at accomplishing its goals. I can totally see you or someone else getting me killed in that scenario, and thereby setting Leaf on fire, and that would hardly have achieved the goal of keeping Kei safe.

"I don't think that qualifies as the apology part, though. That's just common sense. The apology part is that you and I have a relationship. It's very much on and off whether we have each other's best interests at heart, you being the guardian of the Gōketsu but also a rare fellow spirit in a world of blind innocents, but there are expectations. The game has rules, and we trust each other to play by the rules, and we trust each other to want to play by the rules. The rules say you don't hurt the other person in ways they haven't accepted as the risk of playing. You don't attack where there's room to negotiate. Opponents aren't enemies; on some levels, they're the only friends we have.

"With that in mind, I betrayed your trust when I threatened your life. Same for the Gōketsu, because you don't go after someone's family unless they're players in their own right. Hazō's playing the game while pretending he isn't, and it's maddening, but Noburi and the rest should be off limits in a conflict with you personally. Assuming I can make this apology thing work, they'll get their own.

"So to recap, and to omit a lot of clarifications which I suspect would be distracting in a bad way, I regret hurting you. I regret damaging our relationship and the trust between us. I regret disappointing you as someone who expected me to handle the situation better. I don't know if that meets your criteria for an apology, but it's at least genuine enough that I can confidently offer it to you in front of the Eater of Lies."

"Traditionally," Courtier Mari said drily, "you do actually have to say the words."

"Isn't 'I regret it' the same thing as 'I'm sorry'?" Ami asked.

I'm not sure how to reply to that. I've always used apologies instrumentally myself. A real apology is a sign of weakness that a proper opponent would pounce on instantly.

Who cares? She's obviously lying out of her ass. I say we take her down and go home.

Quiet, you. Even if apologies meant anything, this isn't about that. This is our opportunity to lay groundwork by controlling what Ami believes.

You're all so silly. Everybody knows how saying sorry is supposed to work. Here, let me talk to her.

Mariko, no, you're not supposed to—


"Saying you're sorry isn't about regrets at all," Mariko said. "Everybody regrets things. It's about why. When you say you're sorry, you're saying you care about the other person, and that's why it hurts that you did something bad to them."

"Oh," Ami said. She looked away from Mariko, towards the candle flame.

"In that case, I-I'm sorry."

"You have to mean it," Mariko reminded her. "I know we have this very complicated relationship that I don't really understand, but if you're only saying you're sorry because you did something bad, that's not the same as saying you're sorry because you did something bad to us—and if you pretend it is, then you're a bad girl and the Eater of Lies will swallow you from head to toe."

Harlot Mari started to say something weird about some people being into that sort of thing, but the others were quick to hush her up.

"I'm sorry," Ami said again. "You're not Kei, and that means me caring about you isn't the same as other people caring about you. But for what it's worth…"

She paused. "Do I have to say it? Right now, I mean?"

Mariko nodded. "I didn't have a plan for how this was supposed to go or anything, but now we're here, I think it's really important."

"Oh," Ami said again. "I guess… In the counterfactual world where you didn't exist, or where you were a stranger, I'd be a little more bored, a little lonelier. It's not love, and sometimes it's not even like, but you occupy a unique position in my life. You understand parts of me that most people don't, and you don't trust me as a person but you don't let that keep you away, and you're someone I can win victories against but never conquer. You're a piece of my past that helped make me who I am, and you're a present I can keep honing myself against like an eternal rival, and I feel like you're always going to be there in the future, always up to something, no matter how high I climb. You have absolutely nothing in common with Kei, and our relationship has absolutely nothing in common with my relationship with Kei, and maybe that means… I can care about you in whatever way Ami cares about people who aren't Kei.

"I'm sorry."

-o-​

"It's bullshit," the Heartbreaker said flatly. "Mori Ami doesn't care about anyone outside her little obsession. If she's lying, then it's obvious and she'll get what's coming to her, and if she's deluded herself into believing otherwise, that's just a sign of how far she's fallen. Either way, we should think twice about taking her seriously in the future."

"You never believe anybody," Mariko objected. "You didn't even believe Akane about the Spirit of Youth."

"Oh, I believed all right," the Heartbreaker said. "I believed that she was deluding herself—and guess what, she was. We all saw how that worked out. The difference is that I was prepared to play along with Akane's delusion because it made her easy to manipulate. I'm not interested in playing along with Ami's. She's too cynical to let something that stupid hold up for long."

"Never bet on love," Bleak Mari added. "Ami's had unconditional love from Kei for most of her life, allegedly, and it hasn't stopped her from being a walking disaster zone. In fact, love driving her crazy is the whole reason we're in this mess to begin with. Forgiving her won't fix anything. It'll just drag us back into the sinking ship that is her emotional life."

"I don't know," Cautious Mari said. "Is that going to make things better or worse? If Ami's genuine, not forgiving her might just turn her into an enemy when she doesn't have to be. Then again, if she's not, then forgiving her opens us up to being backstabbed. Maybe we should try and be ambiguous about it? Apparently, it worked for Hazō."

"That's it," Hazō-Wrangler Mari said. "I've changed my mind. We're going to confront this issue head-on here and now. I'll be taking votes on whether we forgive Ami or tell her to shove off. No write-ins accepted."

"Forgive," Mariko said immediately. "Look how hard she's trying."

"Trying to manipulate us, you mean," Courtier Mari said. "Reject."

"Good call, Hazō-Wrangler," Fire Mari said. "I'm leaning forgive. We face what she's got to offer, and then we either kick her ass or give her a second chance depending on how she follows through."

"When will you people learn?" Bleak Mari asked rhetorically. "Reject."

"Reject," Wrathful Mari said. "With a write-in bonus of 'Wreck the bitch for trying to play with our feelings'."

"Forgive," Harlot Mari said. "Hate sex is only almost as good as no-holds-barred creative Ami sex."

"We are not having hate sex with Ami," Virtuous Mari snapped. "If we reject her, we're strangers."

"We have sex with strangers all the time," Harlot Mari objected.

"Yes, and it's only a matter of time until it comes back to haunt us," Virtuous Mari fired back. "Ever notice how none of the other clan ladies are open sluts?"

"That's crossing a line, Virtuous. I think you and I need to have—"

"Let's leave it at that," Motherly Mari said, her hands firmly in place over Mariko's ears. "Harlot, everybody knows how you feel about… everything. Virtuous, not the time. Also, I vote forgive."

"I do too," Virtuous Mari said. "She's given us a proper apology, and the correct response to a proper apology is dignified acceptance."

"Forgive."

"Reject."

Practical Mari and the Heartbreaker spoke in unison.

"What the hell, Practical?" the Heartbreaker growled. "You're the only remotely sane one around here. Reject her already. If she's genuine, she'll come crawling after us. If she's faking, she'll only respect us more."

"Don't be a fool," Practical Mari said. "If we forgive her, that's mercy and generosity. She'll owe us. Or rather, she already owes us, and this furthers that relationship. If we reject her, she goes back to monofocus on Kei and we lose potential leverage."

"If we lose her, we lose another piece of our past," Nostalgic Mari said softly. "We don't have many of those that aren't awful. For now, forgive."

"Or we could just go with the status quo… which is clearly working," Lazy Mari commented from a comfy sofa. "Reject."

"It's also keeping us safe," Guardian Mari added. "Ami's dangerous and we finally have a reason to distance ourselves from her madness. Reject."

"Personally," Managerial Mari said, "I think rejecting her would leave a loose end, emotionally and practically, which would take much more time and effort to tie up in the future than it's worth. Forgive, and add a few more contingencies just in case. Also, it seems you've neglected to register your own vote, Hazō-Wrangler."

"Reject," Hazō-Wrangler Mari said. "This is only going to lead to more contact between Ami and the Gōketsu, and she's a bad influence. Our boy does not need any more encouragement to cause chaos."

"Our boy needs to learn to handle complicated relationships," Bondsmith Mari replied. "Everybody in his life is either unquestioningly supportive or too distant to make a major impact. But this is about us. This is our chance to make something new. Cultivating Ami's attachment to the Gōketsu isn't just useful. It's empowering to both us and her. I say forgive."



"Anyone else?" Hazō-Wrangler Mari asked.

No one followed up Bondsmith Mari's statement.

"Bleh. By the powers just now vested in me…"

"Wait," Bondsmith Mari said. "There's something else."

"Oh, joy," Sardonic Mari commented, despite not having made any contribution to the proceedings. "Let's complicate this mess even further, because even that is an area where we have to be better than Ami."

"Do you remember what Hazō said?" Bondsmith Mari asked.

"Unfortunately," Hazō-Wrangler Mari said. "But you're going to have to be more specific."

"Oh," Bleak Mari groaned. "Oh, no."

"He asked us about apologising to Ami for the Swamp of Death."

"You're kidding," several Maris said at once.

"Am I?" Bondsmith Mari asked. "We're finally ready to start making amends. We proved that in Sarubetsu, and when we tried to find Honami's family. Will there ever be a better chance to apologise than now, when Ami's actively seeking reconciliation?"

"Bondsmith, we can't," Cautious Mari hissed. "You know what happened to the original. There is one door we cannot open, and this is it."

"It's dangerous," Bondsmith Mari said. "It shattered the strongest woman we'd ever known. But it's also the only way to ever do our duty and bring her back. There's no use pretending. We started on this course the day we started making amends at all. We can't pretend that lying to Emi the Younger is a crime worth atoning for with our own hands, and then act as if the Swamp of Death was a biographical detail we can just shrug off.

"Besides… you remember why Hazō said what he said. Apologising to Ami is how we forge the path to getting Kei back."

"It's too soon," Cautious Mari insisted. "We're not ready. Maybe we started on the course—over my objections, I'll remind you—but we've barely reached the first off-ramp, and now you're suggesting we drive past the in-progress edge and into the dark unknown. This is suicide. Again."

"Look at her," Bondsmith Mari said. "Look how vulnerable she is, and tell me we will ever get such an easy opening again."

"…Shit," the Heartbreaker said, but for once her voice didn't reach anyone that mattered.

-o-​

"I forgive you, Ami," Bondsmith Mari said. "Thank you."

"Oh, thank the Sage," Ami said, deflating instantly. "Until the last moment, I was afraid I'd messed up in some unspoken rule way. I'm going to have to practice a lot more with these—not that I intend to do anything wrong ever again, but it's a social skill, which means I must have it."

She leaned forward to blow out the candle.

Bondsmith Mari held up a hand to stop her.

"Ami, I have something to say as well."

Ami leaned back. "You do? In front of the Eater of Lies?"

"I do," Bondsmith Mari said. "In front of the Eater of Lies."

She listened for a few seconds to the inner clamour of anxiety and resistance, then silenced it. Just like Mariko sometimes had all the strength of Maris that could have been, so Bondsmith Mari occasionally—not often enough—had all the strength of Maris from a future of friendship and family.

"I'm sorry," Bondsmith Mari said, "for taking Kei away from you and bringing her to the Swamp of Death."

Ami reeled. "What? Why? Why now?"

"Because you apologised," Bondsmith Mari said honestly. "If you can push yourself this far, maybe it's time I did too."

"I never understood," Ami said eventually, after a long pause. "We weren't friends. We weren't exactly master and apprentice. But we were I&S comrades, as much as anyone could be comrades with the Heartbreaker, and you knew exactly what Kei meant to me. How could I ever have done something to you, without noticing, that called for that kind of revenge?"

"It was never about you," Bondsmith Mari said, "not at all. Kei was useful, and maybe you singing her praises to me backfired in that respect, and she went on the list along with every other Bloodline Limit ninja who wouldn't be missed by their clan. I knew your mission schedule, and I knew you wouldn't be around until it was too late, and I knew you were too junior to have an impact anyway. It didn't matter to me what became of the people I left behind."

"You have no idea," Ami said in a distant, hollow voice. "It redefined my life. Suddenly, I wasn't plotting because it was my favourite hobby other than spending time with Kei. I was plotting because I had nothing else. I became one of the youngest jōnin in Mist history because I had nothing else. I set up dominoes that are still toppling today because I had nothing else. I don't know how much of me as a person comes from that time when nothing outside myself mattered. What does it mean to apologise for that?"

Mari—the original and ever since—had done an excellent, stellar job of not thinking about that. Ami had become irrelevant, and by the time she became relevant again, the distance between Mari and those events was huge, had to be huge, and had to be kept huge.

"I don't know," Bondsmith Mari said. "I can't change the past either, or change how you feel now. But I can admit, dangerous though it is, that I hurt you badly. I have a better idea now of how you feel about Kei, and I realise that I probably hurt you as badly as I've hurt anyone in my life, and you know how much that says."

"I don't know how to forgive it, Mari," Ami said. "I'm not saying I refuse to. Just, literally, I don't know how to go through the mental processes that result in forgiving it. It's in one of the many, many boxes that define our relationship, together with the box of gratitude for the fact that you then healed Kei in a way I couldn't, and the box of hatred for the fact that you tried to take my place, and the box of admiration for the fact that you earned her love as family despite her closed-off heart.

"What do you do with a box that's so big? How do you even start?"

Bondsmith Mari shook her head. She was only now starting to open the heavily-sealed steel box that was the Swamp of Death, and doing that mostly through a combination of deep need, unique opportunity, and sheer recklessness.

"I don't know how to fix what I broke," she said. "It's not something the likes of you and me can do personally, and it was a miracle that I halfway managed it once. But I can acknowledge that I hurt you terribly, and that I did it for reasons that don't justify anything, and I can ask for your forgiveness whether or not you're able to give it.

"I'm sorry, Ami."

Ami nodded.

"I should probably say I forgive you, because you forgave me, but not while the Eater of Lies is around. Thank you for apologising, Mari. It's meaningful to me. I'll get back to you when I figure something out."

That was good enough. Just coming this far was an achievement to celebrate for every Mari, and the tricky question of how much of any apology was for the other person and how much was for Mari herself didn't need to be answered today. Like Ami said, there were some things it was too late to do anything about, and any compensation would ring false, and all you could do was hope the other person was able to move on, and maybe that your apology helped.

"There's one last thing," Bondsmith Mari said, and this one was made a lot more awkward by the fact that Ami hadn't formally forgiven her.

"What's that? The candle's burning low."

"Will you help me with Kei?" she asked.

Ami crossed her arms.

"Mari, everything so far has been about you and me. Nothing about our relationship changes the fact that you've hurt Kei, repeatedly, and I have no reason to interfere with her decision not to let you do that anymore."

"I have," Bondsmith Mari acknowledged. "And it's another apology I owe. But I can't deliver it. Do you believe, right now, that I'm sincere in regretting what I did to you?"

"I do," Ami said, "though that's partly because I don't think you really understand it. But I don't think you're trying to manipulate me, here and now." She glanced at the candle, then upwards for a moment.

"Then can you believe that I regret hurting Kei with that same act?"

"I guess I have to," Ami said. "It wouldn't make any sense for you to care about my feelings more than hers."

"What I can't do is make her believe it," Bondsmith Mari said, "or anything I say whatsoever. I need a way past the social specialist's curse, because it's in full effect, and her trust in you means you're the only one who can cancel it."

"That still raises the question," Ami said. "Why should I do a thing that will bring you closer together if it increases your ability to hurt her? It wasn't just the fight you had in Isan over this. You were the one who broke things further with the Orochimaru affair."

"I can't apologise for that," Bondsmith Mari said. "I made the best decision I was capable of at that moment. I can admit I regret not being able to do better, and not being able to find a way that avoided endangering Kei or denying her agency. I can admit I regret letting my guard down and allowing that entire situation to happen in the first place. All of that should go without saying. But I can't apologise for not doing something that wasn't possible for me at the time.

"I think that me apologising for the Swamp of Death will help Kei, and I think that if we can resolve that issue, we'll be able to talk about the Orochimaru incident in a way that helps her as well. If you disagree, then there's nothing I can do about that, but if you're willing to give me a chance to make things right…"

Ami stared at her for a long while.

"I'll talk to her. I can't say I'm thrilled, and the fact that I've wronged you is orthogonal to whether I trust you with her. But at the end of the day, it's her decision and she will give me the mother of all earfuls if she finds out I tried to make it for her, and good luck getting fresh carrots this late in the season."

"Good enough," Bondsmith Mari said.

She blew out the candle. For a moment, the shadows fleeing along the ceiling seemed like they were hiding something best not seen. They probably were, though only a fool trusted the shadows in a Nara building to begin with.

"One last thing," she said. "Any chance you could poke the Wakahisa next time you're in Mist? They went back on a deal to send Noburi's sisters for an extended visit and refused to say why."

"Byakuren's buoyant balls, an ordinary, common-or-garden favour!" Ami exclaimed. "You know exactly how to make me feel better after that little emotional maelstrom. I can't offer you a timeline, but after negotiating with a bunch of S-rankers to surrender some of their assumed privileges to a commonly-run body and pretty please don't kill me, it'll be like stabbing fish in a barrel. An empty barrel, because the Wakahisa will be dying of chakra exhaustion trying to keep up with me."

-o-​

Hey, what happened to the throwdown? I was promised a throwdown.

The minutes of the meeting show that the proposal of mindless violence was completely ignored, just as it deserved.

What about the sex?

I have no words for how inappropriate it would be to have sex in an office of the Nara Private Library.

What about the social combat? I was
definitely promised social combat.

I hear the Hagoromo are holding a public lecture on the meaning of honour in the modern age. There will be a question-and-answer session.

Done.


-o-​

Voting is closed as @eaglejarl has diabolical plans for the Gōketsu doing cool things now (or rather, in the next update).
 
Last edited:
Chapter 569, Part 2: The Politics of Sisters

"Yo yo yo, my bro," Noburi said, strolling the door with a hunk of cheese the size of his fist in one hand and a mug of tea in the other. "What's going on?"

Hazō looked at Mari with an amused grin. "Your child is eating while walking again. Do something."

"Why is it always my job to be the mean parent?" Mari whined. She was draped over both arms of one of the armchairs in the very rough-and-ready living room of the team's quarters on the new estate. She had a small plate of cookies balanced on her lap and a cup of hot tea held delicately between her fingertips as she blew across it to cool it. An upturned box sat on the floor beside her to serve as a tea table.

Hazō winced guiltily at the sight. Far too many Gōketsu were using boxes for furniture for him to be comfortable.

As of a few days ago, the move from the previous estate to the new one inside the city was...mostly complete, at least in the first phase. The second and following phases would be going on for a long time. The old compound had seen hundreds of hands working nonstop over the course of months to improve it and customize it for its people. Small gardens here and there, murals, minor shrines; the marks of residence were deep, long-lasting, and not possible to replicate quickly.

The literal task of moving everyone had been easy enough, once the Gōketsu clanfolk stopped resisting the idea. Despite discreet pressure from the Tower to get the move done, people had been dragging their feet for the first week or so. They had packed with the sluggish passive resistance of a toddler being told to clean his room. They had remembered last-minute things that needed to be done or acquired or located, some of which were almost certainly in one of the already-packed boxes which therefore needed to be unpacked, but don't worry sir, sorry sir, it won't take but a minute sir. Still, it had been getting done, one inexorable step at a time. Basic living quarters had literally sprung up out of the ground, courtesy of money sufficient to purchase immense amounts of chakra and hire one or another of the handful of Leaf ninja who knew one or both of the "Gōketsu Two", more commonly known as the Massive And Rapid Infrastructure jutsu and the Multiple Earth Wall Jutsu. (There had been some other substantial deductions from the clan treasury at around that time that Hazō had carefully chosen not to look into once he saw that it was Mari taking the money out with Gaku's signature after hers.)

Then came the sealing failure, and suddenly no one was resisting anymore. The entire move from that point had taken perhaps a day or two all told.

There had been (gasp!) a comparative shortage of storage seals among the Gōketsu after Yūdai's accident, but half a day's work by Kagome and six Hazōs had resolved that issue. Of course, delicate things couldn't be placed directly into storage seals or the stresses would destroy them. There weren't enough boxes for everyone's everything, but many things could simply be wrapped up in a blanket, the blanket then wrapped in a thick piece of hide, then the whole thing sealed up, leaving the boxes for delicates. No one was messing around at this point; problems were solved with ruthless Gōketsu efficiency and disregard for collateral damage.

The first of the problems to be so solved was the fact that the stairs in the various housing units were a chokepoint. Ninja (many of them hired for a two-hour 'combat assault simulation mission' because there weren't enough Gōketsu ninja available) had run up the side of the buildings, blown holes in the walls, sealed up the furniture and other items in situ, then left ladders in place so that the residents could climb down while the ninja moved on to the next apartment. Someone would eventually come out to fix the walls with a MEW jutsu so that the next owners could take possession of buildings instead of wreckage. It was the polite thing to do.

It was essentially a reset back to what the Gōketsu estate had been after the Collapse: some people still in tents but moving quickly under a roof as soon as suitable housing could be jutsued into existence. No one was complaining more than slightly, since they were in fact relieved to have made the move. Nightmares were still common after the sealing failure, and the fact that it was still happening albeit walled away made everyone eager to leave.

Actually, once the move was complete people had found that there were a lot of reasons to be happy about the new location. They were inside the safety of Leaf's walls, they were closer to the markets and restaurants, and the general hustle and bustle of the city carried faintly over the estate's wall, reminding the Gōketsu that they were linked to a larger humanity, to a community that had stood steadfast against the darkness and transformed the world in so doing.

Oh, and there were hot springs. They had been public-use before the land was sold to the Gōketsu, so there was basic infrastructure (changing rooms, clothing lockers, rinse tubs, and so on) in place already. That infrastructure wasn't getting more than minimal maintenance at the moment, but the springs were still lovely to soak in after a long day.

For now, the estate was adequate. The housing, brutalist and functional, was all up at the north end of the estate, the end farthest from the center of Leaf. Gaku and his minions were negotiating with various builders, painters, and other craftsmen to design the permanent housing that would be at the southern end. It would be, he said, "a glorious tribute to the wealth and honor of the clan, My Lord, worthy of yourself and of our founder. The beauty of the estate shall ring forth, causing the name Gōketsu to be spoken of in awestruck murmurs by the populace, teeth-gnashing rage by those Hagoromo sheep diddlers, and green-faced envy by the Hyūga and the rest of those rich, hoity-toity, stuck up bottom-brains." Gaku had even struck a pose while saying all that. An unironic pose, with finger upraised and a zealot's fervor on his face. Hazō had looked his Chancellor over, thought about it, decided he didn't want to wade into this morass, and said, "Go forth to battle, Chancellor. Just don't bankrupt us."

Hazō shook his thoughts away from their sidetrack. Living in the new compound was like that; he found himself getting derailed whenever he saw something, such as Mari's upturned-box tea table, that reminded him of their recent dislocation and the circumstances that led up to it.

"Of course it's your job!" he said to Mari. "He's your son. You're expected to set a good example, and to offer gentle reproof when he behaves badly. Maybe by using his full name and wagging your finger at him while speaking in a stern yet loving tone. The words 'not angry, just disappointed' might occasionally make themselves known."

Mari considered that carefully as she studied Noburi, who was still standing in the doorway, leaning one shoulder on the wall and eating his cheese with a grin.

"Sounds exhausting," she said. "But, sure, whatever." She wagged her finger at Noburi scoldingly. "Gōketsu Junji Noburi, I'm not angry with you, I'm just disappointed. You need to be better about...uh..." She looked over at Hazō. "What am I scolding him for again?"

"Eating cheese while walking," Noburi reminded her, his grin getting wider.

"Oh, right. Gōketsu Junji Noburi, I'm not angry with you, I'm just disappointed. You shouldn't be eating cheese while walking, you should be eating vegetables or something." She looked back to Hazō. "How was that?"

Hazō sighed dramatically, long and loud, but couldn't keep himself from laughing. "I suppose. Anyway, let's move on. Noburi, grab a seat."

Noburi did as he was instructed. "By the way, since when is my middle name 'Junji'?"

Mari shrugged. "I needed something for the rhythm. 'Gōketsu Noburi' doesn't really have the oomph of a proper maternal scolding, you know? Needs to have three names to really get the knife in."

"Huh," Noburi said, considering it. "Yeah, I suppose. Anyway, what's this all about, Hazō?"

"I wanted to talk to you guys about Noburi's sisters and why they didn't show up."

"I showed you the letter, remember?" Noburi said. "The Wakahisa clan head said that he wasn't willing to let two of the clans' youngest go off to a foreign nation that was very recently considered Mist's mortal enemy. Especially given how politically volatile things are right now, what with the whole 'we just a minute ago finished a world war' and 'we are negotiating the first world-wide mutual defense pact and people are still staring daggers at each other over the conference table' and 'it is winter' and such."

"Okay, sure," Hazō said. "But Asuma was supposed to make this happen in exchange for keeping you virtually locked up in the city for months after the war ended. Since he blew it, do you think we can get you some other reward? I know nothing will be the same as having your sisters come to visit, but is there anything we can do?"

Noburi paused his nibbling, cheese half-raised to his mouth, and then slowly lay it down. "Hazō," he said nervously, "please tell me you haven't said anything to the Hokage along the lines of 'you were expected to do X in exchange for'? Or implied that he did something wrong by hinting that I should stay in the city without ever actually ordering it?"

"No, of course not," Hazō said impatiently. "I'm not an idiot. Still."

"Hazō," Mari said carefully. "Asuma is the Hokage. He has every right to order a ninja to stay in the city, especially one who had immediately previously demonstrated the sort of strategic advantage that Noburi had shown himself to provide. Sure, people might grumble about it, but he has the right. The fact that he didn't actually order it, merely strongly implied it, is a compliment. He showed you that he trusted your judgment enough that he knew you would make the right decision on your own based on his expressed preference. If he had ordered you to keep Noburi in the city it would have meant he thought that either you were too dumb to understand a hint or too arrogant or self-interested to follow the hint."

"Or it could have been a trap," Hazō said. "He expressed a wish in a deniable way, hoping that I wouldn't pick up on it so that he'd have grounds to punish me somehow."

"That's a thought," Mari said, nodding as though she were agreeing. "I like the fact that you're looking for deeper meanings and thinking about potential problems. Kudos, green smiley face, keep doing it. On the other hand, sometimes a fish is just a fish. Take the win."

Hazō grunted wordlessly. "Fine," he said. "Moving back to the missing visit thing: fine, we're not going to criticize Asuma for failing to make it happen, but—"

"Hazō," Mari said, her voice sharp. "Asuma had no obligation to make this happen for us. He gave us his permission to make it happen and made clear to the Mizukage that he supported the idea. That's a huge ask. He did us an enormous favor. You were asking him to let foreign ninja live in Leaf for an extended period. Foreign ninja, from Mist who have close family ties to the clan of former missing-nin from Mist that they would be staying with. There's a billion things that could make him nervous about this—maybe we're asking for the visit because our loyalty is shaky and we want an information conduit back to Mist. Maybe we are in fact loyal but our security isn't perfect and the girls will either intentionally steal secrets or simply overhear them or stumble on them. Maybe we're loyal now but the girls will tell us stories about the old homeland, about our long-lost families and how much they miss us, and that will shake our loyalty. There was basically no benefit for him in allowing this but he did it anyway."

"There was benefit!" Hazō said. "This is the era of AMITY. Everyone is supposed to be playing nice, building bridges, that kind of thing. Having two young and barely-trained children come to Leaf and stay in a place outside the walls and away from all importatnt information? That's the absolute lowest-risk way to build bridges."

"That's how you see it," Mari said. "I'm not saying you're completely wrong, either. There is benefit to it, more so now that the Gōketsu are living inside the city and our visitors can be expected to see more of civilian life here. I pitched this idea to the Council when I created the Ministry, remember? Knowing how well Leaf's people live is something we should spread far and wide, because it will inspire other nations' people to want to come here. I think Asuma sees the value, which is probably one of the reasons that he allowed it. That doesn't mean that there's tangible benefit for him, or that it's a casual thing he did, or that we shouldn't appreciate it. He absolutely does not have any obligation to do more." She glanced apologetically at Noburi. "Sorry, Noburi. I think we should try to get you cool stuff regardless, but—"

"Absolutely!" Noburi said, nodding so hard his head almost fell off. "Getting me cool stuff, yay, rah, rah, but let's keep clear about the politics. Right, Hazō?"

"Fine, fine," Hazō said, waving the issue away. "Going back to the Mist side, then. The Wakahisa pulling out like this, is it a political snub, like the KEI refusing to give us adoption tickets?"

Mari wobbled her head in a so-so gesture. "The KEI thing wasn't exactly a political snub, or at least not one aimed at us. They weren't giving tickets out to anyone if they could possibly avoid it. Remember, every adoption is a straight-up harm to the KEI. It's one more ninja who is no longer part of their voting bloc, who is no longer supplying training and jutsu and whatever to the other members. The problem is that the adoptions are going to happen no matter what, so the only question is how to manage them. I created the current system in order to give the KEI some leverage. They control the supply of tickets and they can make whatever deals they want. If they're smart, they should be able to get more than they give, by requiring that the clan provide a certain amount of training or whatever. Still, it's going to be a while before everyone gets accustomed to that, and for right now the KEI are still trying to get it through the clans' heads that the KEI have power and need to be respected."

Hazō nodded. "Okay, fair. Is it a snub when it comes from the Wakahisa?"

Mari shrugged helplessly. "I've got no way to know, sorry. Probably not? Maybe? I never had a good read on their internal politics and what I did know is long out of date now. It could be that they wanted to send the girls in hopes of softening Noburi up for a later recruitment pitch. Maybe they always intended to call it off because they're blaming us for their piscitist lady not showing up way back when. Maybe they just had an internal coup and the new leader doesn't agree with the old leader's policies. Could be anything."

"Hrmph," Hazō said. "All right, well, we'll need to figure out how to make this happen. Noburi, would you be interested in going to Mist to do a reverse visit? Maybe we can get Asuma's permission for that."

"Huh," Noburi said, thinking about it. "That might be fun, yeah. On the other hand, it's winter and it's a long way, and it means seeing my idiot cousins again. Let me think on it for a day or so?"

"Take your time," Hazō said with a smile. "In the meantime, how are things with Yuno?"

Noburi lit up. "They're great! I was reading her some poetry yesterday, and..."





Voting remains closed. Part 3 will be out later, hopefully late tonight but more likely tomorrow.
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 569, Part 3: Apocalyptic Exegesis

"Here we go," Kagome muttered. He took a deep breath and opened the justification for the last two hours of trap building. He studied its contents for a moment, then lifted said contents from their swaddling.

History is a funny thing; humans struggle and struggle to shape it in certain directions, often to no avail. When they are poor, they gag at the need to spend hundreds of thousands of ryō to obtain the embodiment of their dream. When they are rich, they scream in frustration at the lack of opportunity to do so. They meet and persuade and cajole, they seek to reshape entire economies and clans in fruitless pursuit of their goal.

The struggle may not be unilateral, either. Even as Kagome's long fingers lifted the lid on the box, somewhere in the Elemental Nations a man named Jibura felt a shiver down his spine as though his existence had been rendered moot. He was a fine man, Jibura. One of the rarest of the rare: an honest merchant. Not always a wise one and he had a sense of direction that could, very charitably, be called 'eccentric', inasmuch as he often got lost on the way to meet his intended clients and ended up half a continent away with no understanding of how.

And, of course, the struggle is never equal on all sides. One person, perhaps the aforementioned merchant, might wander from place to place in an attempt to coax reality in particular ways. Another person, perhaps a dashing and handsome former missing-nin, might strive to grasp tight to the weave of history and compel it through sheer force of will (and the money and influence of a new-fledged Clan Lord) to fold itself to his command. Another entire clan of people might stubbornly ignore his desires, then grumpily 'agree' to them in desultory fashion, dragging their feet on his requests and failing to see the important and glorious nature of the future that lay so bright and clear before Hazō's eyes like polished brass fittings on supple dark leather.

All these thoughts and more leaped through Hazō's mind in an instant, faster than a silver-winged hawk diving, claws out, to snatch its prey from the water. The hawk's dive was the physical embodiment of its desire to conquer all obstacles, overcome the fleeing speed of the target and pressure of chaotic whorls in the air, ignore the distracting flashes of light and every other distraction or obstacle. The hawk dove and then hung, an instant from the surface, claws fully extended—

Kagome lifted the telescope from its wrappings and raised it to his eye.

In that moment the metaphoric hawk struck true and reality shouted a silent sound of surrender and exultation as what felt like seven years of Hazō's efforts came to fruition. (Some part of him recognized that it had been only two, perhaps three, years that he had been actively seeking a telescope. Still, it felt like seven.) His inability to acquire the device in Sarubetsu, his fruitless efforts to locate that irritatingly elusive traveling telescope merchant, his struggles to convince the Sagedamned Aburame that they should take their lens-making expertise and apply it to something other than eyeglasses, all of that had finally paid off. A great burden had been laid down at last, one more item ticked off the ultimate list, the one labeled 'Things That Will Eventually Fucking Happen, Even If I Have to Kick My Way Out of the Afterlife A Dozen Times in Order to Have Time for Them All'.

"Hrmph," Kagome said, looking over the device. It was beautiful; as long as Hazō's forearm from elbow to fingertip, supple brown leather with the Aburame clan seal inset, gleaming brass fittings. It had come with an elegant box made of thin strips of mahogany and cherry and chestnut, laid tight together so they formed a cascading gradient of rich color from the ends to the middle. The inside was lined in crushed velvet died a vibrant red using a dye made from small poisonous clams that grew only in the south end of the Land of Tea. The dye used to make that cloth had likely cost enough to feed a civilian family for half a year. It was a princely gift from one clan to another (if 'gift' was the right term for something that had been paid for but the product and its presentation enormously overdelivered for the price), and one that made Hazō hope there was more progress to be made in the future. The letter that had come with it explained that the Aburame were grateful for his suggestion that they ramp up their eyeglass production and that yes, as it turned out there was quite a bit of demand.

"Pretty little thing," the older sealmaster finally said. "Guess those bug lovers can do some decent work sometimes."

The two Gōketsu stood atop a hill in Arachnid Territory, a few dozen miles from the butte atop which sat the Great Seal. And the Dragons. They were surrounded by seal-research levels of traps, blast shields, bunker entrances, and every other protection they could come up with in case the Dragons noticed them and attacked. The defenses weren't there to stop the attack, nor to kill the attacker. (Although, hey, today was the day that Hazō had managed to tear a telescope forth from the obstructive eldritch tentacles and talons of whatever Outer beings had been enjoying his quest for one over the past few years. Perhaps he should simply wave his hand and see if it caused the Dragons to pop like soap bubbles; surely the latter feat could be no harder than the first?) No, the defenses were intended only to buy the few seconds that Hazō and Kagome would need to notice the attack and unsummon themselves back to the Human Path. Hazō fervently hoped, and even expected, that those protections would be unnecessary, but he had not begrudged the time to build them. Sealmaster's proverb: any research worth building one bunker for is worth building sixteen decoy bunkers, half a mile of defensive trenching, eighty alarm traps, several score proximity-triggered explosive traps, and two days' production worth of Force Wall barriers for.

Kagome put the telescope to his eye and looked across the miles that lay between the Gōketsu's position and the butte. He twisted it this way and that, tapped the side, took it from his eye so that he could glare at it, raised it to his eye again, and then took it down and thrust it towards Hazō with a grunted, "Can't see anything. Angle's too low."

Hazō sighed and boxed the instrument back up with the reverence it deserved. It was time to do it the hard way.

o-o-o-o​

HazōPrime'sDeathPreventer passed through the tunnel on nervous-cat feet, pausing every few steps to listen, touch the wall in search of vibrations, and activate a chakrascope seal in order to detect any fluctuations in the surrounding chakra. The seals had been made by Kagome-sensei, not by himself, meaning that Hazō's comprehension of them was limited to 'ooh, pretty lights!' and 'something is probably weird around here because the seal blew up'. The seals hadn't blown up yet so there probably weren't any Dragons swimming through the rock around him.

The tunnel stretched for miles across—or, rather, under—the Arachnid desert. It reached from a dry arroyo all the way to the butte of the Great Seal itself. It gave Kumokōgō the heebies because of the enormous security risk it posed to her guardianship of the Great Seal, and the fact that Hazō had been able to build it in the first place (albeit over the course of months and only with help from Noburi and thousands of Leaf genin worth of chakra) gave her the super-double-extra-heebie-jeebies. Still, heebies and jeebies or not, the tunnel meant that Hazō and now Kagome could reach the Great Seal in order to inspect it and change out the protective HOWS without several dozen arachnids having to die as a distraction.

He reached the point where the tunnel turned upwards and climbed, moving even more slowly now. He moved one limb, listened for five seconds for the sound of anything large and h.rrify!ng that might be moving around ab0ve him, moved another limb, listened for five more seconds, and repeated that until he had reached the Seal chamber. He burned the last of his chakra on a cast of Living Roots to perform one final check of the surroundings for threats. Only then did he pop himself.

Miles away, Hazō twitched as the memories from HazōPrime'sDeathPreventer reunited themselves with their progenitor.

"The tunnel's clear," he said to his teacher. "Ready?"

"Of course I'm ready! I'm always ready!" Kagome-sensei grumbled. "Honestly, it's like you don't even know me."

Hazō smiled. "Sorry, sensei. Okay, let's go get you an up-close and in-person look at the Great Seal."

o-o-o-o​

"And?!" Mari demanded as Hazō paused in the retelling in order to take a sip of tea. "What did you see?"

"Nuffin' muff," Kagome-sensei said around a mouthful of bread and cheese. He paused to gulp it down, then continued. "The tunnel goes up to this spot where Hazō has Earthshaped a bubble in the rock, pulling the regular stone back from around one small section of the Seal itself."

"For the record, doing that felt very weird," Hazō said. "I was careful not to put any of my chakra into the Seal itself and leaving it out of one particular area was very hard. Not sure I could have done that if I hadn't had the exact configuration of the Seal stored already so that I knew what to avoid. I didn't want to use Tunnel Excavation to dig that because I have no idea what would have happened if it interacted with the Seal."

"So what does it look like?" Akane asked. "The Seal, I mean."

Kagome-sensei shrugged while nibbling on more of the bread and cheese. "It's this huge plane of stone, or...something. It's green and blue and swirly and in some places the edges are very, very sharp."

"I still cannot believe you did that, sensei," Hazō said. "In fact, let me say that differently: I still cannot believe that you did that, sensei."

"What did he do?" Noburi asked, curious.

"He sliced a salami on the edge of the Great Seal!" Hazō said, pointing accusingly at his teacher. "We're looking at this ancient artifact, the perfection of our art, probably created by the Sage himself, and he used it as a carving knife!"

"Whoa..." Noburi said, his eyes going wide. "Seriously?"

"Oh, that's not the best part," Hazō said. "After he sliced it, he pulled out some bread and cheese, made a sandwich with the salami, and ate it! I looked at him like he was crazy and he just shrugs and says 'what? I'm hungry'! How is this my teacher?!"

Noburi's jaw was dropped and he stared bug-eyed at Kagome. "You did wha...oh, very funny." He stopped as Kagome and Hazō both burst into laughter. "Okay, yeah, you got me."

"Sensei, you couldn't have held it together for a couple more seconds?" Hazō asked through the laughs. He fought them down and swiped the laughter-induced tears from his eyes. "Seriously, I had this whole riff planned about how the salami grew back and so we sat there eating it for hours! It would have been great!"

"Sorry," Kagome said, abashed. "He just looked so funny."

"What kind of rock was it?" Mari asked. "The Seal, I mean."

Hazō looked to Kagome-sensei. The older man shrugged and tore off another piece of bread with a grunted, "I'unno."

"Was there in fact cracking like you thought, Hazō?" the redhead asked.

He nodded. "Yes. It's still small, but it's easy enough to see if you're looking, and it's more widespread than I remember. I even found one place where a chip about half the size of my pinky nail had flaked off. Not sure what the implications or the tolerances are, but it's definitely not good."

"I see," Mari said, frowning. "Well, focusing on the positive: the tunnel is still undiscovered, you refreshed the HOWS seals which will hopefully help to keep the Seal stable, you found out that the Seal is not in imminent danger of collapse if things continue at this rate, and you survived. All in all, sounds like a successful venture."

"I'll drink to that," Hazō said, raising his tea. "To success!"

"Success!" the rest of the family chorused, raising their own mugs in salute. And then the topic shifted to more mundane things, minor triumphs and frustrations, plans and projects and all the minutiae that formed the life of a family.





Author's Note: This update covered 5 days. In addition to the things shown onscreen, you did a research roll on the next Minato seal. Results will be announced by the delightful @Paperclipped as soon as he has a minute to do the math and roll.

Hazō (Calligraphy): 35 + 3 (IN) + 3 = 41
Hazō (Sealing): 48 + 22 (SSA) + 8 (invoke "Promising Sealing Student") + 8 (invoke "Following the Fourth's Notes") - 6 = 80
Hazō is out of Fate Points!

In an incredible two research days, punctuated only by yet more reality-splitting (no, wait, just head-splitting) headaches, Hazō has finished the third seal in the jinchūriki seal chain. Though the breakneck pace can feel dangerous at times with the speed at which he scribes prototypes, Hazō is emboldened by the journals of the Fourth Hokage that he is referencing. Those journals tell the tale of another man working at a similarly breakneck pace, though to what end is still unclear. Examining the next seal's research notes with his hard-fought understanding from his progress so far and his previous work, he has a sense for what the fourth chain seal does.

Namely, he's quite confident that the next seal (and possibly some future seals that build on it) are related to chakra-sensing. Hazō thinks he will benefit from his previous work on chakdar. Likewise, Kagome says that his own previous experiences with the chakrascope seal were helpful when he was working on this seal, and continue to be helpful even onto the fifth seal that Kagome is currently working on. Hazō thinks this seal is well within his capabilities (chūnin), but he could still improve his prospects by finishing chakdar v2 (chūnin) or working on Kagome's chakrascope seal (genin).

XP AWARD: 20

Brevity XP: 5

"GM had fun" XP: 1

FP award (general refresh):

  • +1 after @Velorien's latest update (this one has been spent on the seal research that Paperclipped will announce shortly)
  • +1 after this update (not yet spent)
Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Interlude: Here Be Dragons
Interlude: Here Be Dragons

Shortly after Hazō debriefs Ruri on the Condor situation...

Asuma looked up at the knock at the door, shuffling papers aside. "Come in," he called, reaching for a steaming teapot to pour a pair of cups. "Take a seat and have some tea. This isn't a mission or disciplinary, don't worry. I just need your opinion on something."

Kei Ruri relaxed a fraction and a bit of tension bled out of her eyebrows. She grabbed a cup of tea as offered.

"So, sir, what can I help you with?" she asked after a sip.

"Dragons," said Asuma.

"Ah," she said, setting the teacup down. "Dragons."

"That's right. Hazō has come back with some new reports related to the condors, I believe he's already spoken with you about that?" He paused a moment to let Ruri confirm with a nod, then continued. "I assigned you to send a summon to Arachnid to confirm the reports of the Dragons, but that was just before the war started. Did you confirm their existence?"

"Yes," Ruri said, sipping her tea. "Would you like me to deliver my report again, sir? I believe I submitted it in writing at the time."

"I am aware, but I thought it better to hear it from your own mouth. Also…" Asuma said, scratching his head, embarrassed, "our records were turned upside down in the war, and it would be a pain to find the report again."

Ruri laughed softly, then grew serious. "Yes, sir. The Arachnid Empress and her agents forbade us from approaching the butte where they roost, but I accompanied Convei with one of the Arachnid scouting parties. The Dragon we saw was much like the one that Lord Gōketsu described. Massive, hundreds of feet long and more than a dozen feet wide, a flying snake with a wolf's muzzle, a lion's mane, a buck's horns, and long, flowing whiskers. Even from an aerial position, Convei only noticed it when it was nearly upon us, and it approached faster than we could retreat. I reverse summoned to safety without issue, and Convei managed to escape by air while it consumed the scouting party. I returned to Arachnid only twice more. The first time, I made my condolences to the Arachnids for those lost in the line of duty. The second, I returned to the site where I had reverse summoned from, and, by serendipity, managed to see another Dragon."

She cut herself off. Asuma raised an eyebrow. "And?"

"It was beautiful," she said breathily.

Asuma waited for her to elaborate, but she said no more.

"So that was when you returned?" he asked.

Ruri shook herself out of her daydream. "Yes, sir. I wanted to take further scouting expeditions in order to see that Dragon again, but the Arachnids insisted that Convei had to go, so I had no opportunities to gather further information."

"I see," Asuma said. He paused for a moment, sipping from his teacup. "In your honest opinion, are the Dragons a threat greater than a single summon clan can handle?"

Ruri frowned and thought. "I can't say for certain, since I didn't see them fight for long. Having met the Arachnids, I don't think they're suffering the presence of the Dragons out of masochism. They must be unable to personally deal with the problem one way or another, even with the Empress's power. I didn't meet the condors that Hazō found in Archaeopteryx territory, and you would know better than me what to think of their story, but that affair seems dangerous to me."

Asuma nodded. "Thank you for your report, Ruri, both on the dragons and on the recent developments regarding the condors. Keep me up-to-date on any further developments. Continue helping Hazō as appropriate. You are dismissed. There are affairs I need to see to regarding this news."

Ruri stood and bowed. As she left, Asuma scored his palm to draw a drop of blood.

"Summoning Technique: Saruhiko! To the Seventh Path, please."

o-o-o​

"My lord?"

"Ah, Gaku!" Hazō said, looking up with a smile from where he lay across a couch in the family's living room. "Just the man I wanted to see. I need to pick your brain on a problem. It's nearly harvest season, and that's great for civilian farmers since Asuma decided to lower the tax rate. However, ninja don't directly collect taxes. Instead, Leaf does rough headcounts of patches of land, then sells the right to tax that land to the various daimyo, at the price of 95% of what the land is expected to produce in surplus. Leaf saves a ton of time and is somewhat insulated against bad harvests, and the daimyo make their money at the margin between 95% and robbing their people to the floorboards.

"The current problem is that with the tax rate at 85%, we can't just revise the contracts to say that. The daimyo are used to taking everything they can get away with, so the effective tax rate on farmers will be basically unchanged, and the daimyo will pocket the difference. Sadly, it's just not possible to send ninja with every tax collector to make sure that they're not over-collecting. I had some ideas of somehow randomly auditing daimyo to make sure they're not taking too much. Still, I feel like I'm overlooking something. Do you have any ideas how we could make sure that the daimyo let rural farmers keep the difference from the lowered tax rates, rather than just getting filthy rich themselves?"

"No, sir," Gaku said. "However, you have a guest."

A knock sounded at the door. "And he's getting bored of waiting on your hogwash!" a muffled voice called.

"Come in," Hazō called back.

The door swung open and Enma, King of the Monkeys ducked his head into the doorway. "Taxes, huh. I know the kid has to deal with them, but you really shouldn't be bothering. Aren't you supposed to be the Toad Sage's get? He never fussed around with taxes, I bet. Don't you got a clan to run? Really, you furless freaks shouldn't bother with the tax thing at all, that's really more of Pantsā's style."

"Sir," Hazō said, standing up and bowing. "Why are you here? Does Lord Hokage-"

"Ah, skip the formal bullshit, runt," Enma said, reaching out and grabbing Hazō's entire snack tray off the desk with one giant hand. "I've only got a half-hour more here 'fore I gotta get back home."

"Understood," Hazō said. "What can I do for you?"

"Dragons," said Enma.

"Ah," Hazō said, squaring his papers. "Dragons."

"That's right, runt," Enma said, throwing himself onto one of the couches in the room. It creaked under the giant monkey's weight, but didn't break. Hazō made a mental note to thank Kenta sometime. "Word 'round the trees is that you got someone to check that the Dragons were actually real, and that it wasn't just that those funky brown 'shrooms started growing in the Arachnid's watering holes. Remember way back when you came to the kid blabbering and crying about how you were gonna die dealing with them, and I promised I'd check it out for you?"

"Yes, sir," Hazō said, quietly stifling his objections about Enma's... colorful descriptions.

"Cut it with the 'sir' this and the 'superior Monkey race' that," Enma said, tossing a nut high in the air and catching it in his mouth. "I already know how much you furless freaks look up to a superior specimen, no need to reiterate. Anyway, I'm gonna be generous and assume you didn't mean my word or my help was worthless, and that you just forgot with that war your kind was dealing with."

"That's right," Hazō said, leaning forward. "But there's been some recent developments, and-"

"I know, runt!" Enma said. "That's why I'm here! Asuma told me, not you. Are you allergic to doing things yourself or something?"

"What do you mean, sir?"

"Quit it!" Enma said with a glare, before he raised the tray to his mouth and shoveled the entire cheese-and-meat section into his mouth in one giant bite. "You got me and Pantsā to call this Conclave of clans, but you haven't shown hide or hair at it! How's anyone going to trust you or respect your word if you can't be bothered to even show up and talk to them?"

"I'm sorry," Hazō said, "but Cannai refused to let me send a dog to the Conclave."

"Yeah?" Enma asked, arching an eyebrow. He reclined farther back on the couch with another creak. "And did he change his mind when you told him a whole clan got wiped out and their souls got ate? If not, what's the problem? Does he not trust you, or is he just dumber than a doberman?"

Enma leaned forward toward Hazō. "Look, runt. I don't want the Seventh Path to end any more than you do – in fact, I live there! I want it to end less! So stop sitting on your tiny little hands and actually do something about it!"

"Understood," Hazō said. "What do I need to do?"

Enma thumbed at himself with a smug expression. "I'll come to Arachnid and bring one of the lil' marmosets that doesn't like the taste of spiders to hang out there so the kid can check out the Dragons. If it really looks like a threat to my whole Path, I'll go back and tell the Conclave to stop screwing around with trade contracts and bullshit representatives and genocide this slavery that and actually send their Bosses to negotiate. You better get Cannai to wag his tongue a bit and send a dog to the conclave before I make my awesome appearance though, because I'll be expecting him to get off his lazy rear too when the other Bosses show up."

"Got it," Hazō said. "I'll speak with Cannai as soon as I can manage."

"More importantly, you will personally be there, Hazō." Enma fixed Hazō with unblinking golden eyes. "Look, runt. I know you got reasons to dodge the Conclave with a history like yours. 'Tween you and me, I don't blame you for the Pangolin war happening. The Seventh Path is like the Human Path in some ways, and when we spend too long in peacetime, pressure builds up like water under a geyser – especially when you're as damn crazy as the Pangolins have been since they swapped out their Hierophant for a Polemarch.

"Thing is, I do blame you for them winning. The Pangs should'a never had the juice to just roll over Condor and Hyena like that," Enma said with a sudden, loud snap. "I think pretty much everyone'll agree with me on that one."

Enma must have seen the look on Hazō's face, because he smiled for a fraction of a second before continuing. "Yeah, yeah, it sucks what happened to all those condors. That's the start of your story, kid. You ain't on the last page yet, though. We enlightened citizens of the Seventh Path and us Bosses especially live longer than you furless freaks. We know that lotsa people's stories don't end right away. Sure, some stories're little campfire tales, but others are long, winding epics. You might have the death and torture and enslavement of all those condors and hyenas on you, but you're also the heir to the Toad Sage after a fashion, and you can play that up. He left an epic behind him, and I think you got a fair chance at convincing people that you'll leave one too.

"Come to the Conclave. Some clan reps'll attack you on sight, of course, but if you subdue 'em without killin' 'em, you'll earn enough respect to get your piece out. Say your piece and convince people you can be more than a warmonger – though make sure you don't piss on Pantsā's dome while you're swinging by. Then, you can actually tell 'em about the Dragons.

"And yeah, you're gonna have to be a part of this, runt. I got my magic words and my storytelling, but when the sky goes dark, it's you that screamed the alarm to the eastern clans. You're the one that called the Conclave, and you're the one that never showed up to keep it on-target, letting it fall apart into some kinda bizarre bazaar. You're the one the other bosses'll look to if they want to believe the Dragon threat, and you're the one that they'll look to if they want to discredit it. If you stick your thumb up your nose and ignore the Bosses of a half-dozen clans, the Conclave'll fall apart.

"I... understand," Hazō. "I'll negotiate with Cannai again and get a dog to the Conclave."

"You got time, don't get me wrong," Enma said, finally leaning back on the couch with another uncomfortable creak. "It'll take me a while to talk with the other clans and get a solid treaty that lets me leave my territory for a couple months without Pantsā getting feisty, and even for me, a couple thousand miles outside of my lands'll take me a while to get there and back, 'specially once I'm outta the trees. But make no mistake, human. I'll be trying my damn best to save the Seventh Path. You better be doing the same."

Enma is looking to judge Hazō's strength of will, and whether he actually has the guts to do what it will take to save the Seventh Path. He'll turn the heat up a little to see whether Hazō breaks instantly (and thus if Enma should plan a path forward without Hazō).

Enma (Presence) ?? + ? - 3 = ??
Hazō (Resolve): 59 + 6 (tag "He Just Gave Me An Inspiring Speech...?") + 6 = 71

Enma continued to stare into Hazō's eyes, and without any visible movement, something in those golden saucers changed. Pressure started to build around Hazō, wrapping around his legs and torso and neck. Hazō felt the sensation crescendo. It was not painful, but insistent, a weight that suffused itself into him, pushing him to bow his head and surrender his burdens, to give up before his challenges and absolve himself of responsibility.

Hazō did not bow.

"I will stop the Dragons," Hazō said, meeting Enma's gaze fully. "I swear it."

Whatever Enma was looking for, he found it. The Monkey King laughed, and the pressure disappeared like a blanket being yanked away, leaving Hazō momentarily off-balance. "Well, runt, you've given the Seventh Path plenty 'nuff reason to distrust you, and you're making a big ask that's gonna make everyone think you're planning some elaborate backstab with their enemies – yes, everyone."

Enma fixed Hazō with that intense gaze once again, and Hazō couldn't look away. "Prepare yourself to stand by the things you've said and to accept the things you've done. You are Jiraiya's heir. You cannot shrug your responsibilities aside. Straighten your back and bear the burden you've taken, or break yourself under it. These are your only choices now."

Hazō nodded shakily. "I understand, sir."

Enma laughed again, breaking the spell. "Good shit, runt. The kid's said some good things about your speeches, so maybe you'll melt the other Bosses' frigid hearts enough that they actually do something useful for once. Anyway, I gotta swing 'round and check back with the kid before I head back to my domain. Enjoy your taxes or whatever."

With that, Enma pushed himself off the couch with one final groan (from the couch) and made his exit.

"Well," Hazō said to the door once it had closed. "That was fascinating."

"Tea, my lord?" Gaku said, materializing in the corner with a fresh teapot.

Hazō looked at the draft tax codes still front-and-center on his desk, then pushed it aside. "Yes, please."



This interlude was backdated into the timeline following a vote to do so. As a thanks for not making me rewrite the interlude to make sense with the adjusted timeline, enjoy +1 FP apiece for the PCs (as I believe those are scarce at the moment).

Enma left for Arachnid around a month ago, now. According to him, it would take him around a month to travel the route he chose, but he cautioned Hazō that it would actually take longer. Unlike Hazō, who was able to blithely travel through the territory of other clans without too much diplomacy, the clans take considerably more care when there's another clan boss around. Enma could be arriving any day now. Regardless, the Dog-Pangolin distance is much less than the Arachnid-Pangolin distance, so Hazō has plenty of time to arrange and send a representative before Enma returns to the Conclave.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Courage to Face Oneself
Interlude: Courage to Face Oneself

A/N: I like both of the winning plans, so I definitely want to write something from them. However, I've been working on this since last week and the timing is perfect, so please expect the rest to come later.

-o-​

October 31, 1070 AS.

Kei trudged grudgingly through the snow. There were so many places she would rather be at this moment. She could be in the shared bedroom, watching Tenten sleep as she recovered from her night-time mission. She could be playing with Jūchi Yosamu, who deserved a more attentive master (and Snowflake was forced to limit their play sessions since they had a tendency to consume her entire day, even with the Pangolin Conditioning Technique). More realistically, she could be enjoying a walk with Fujisawa as she briefed her on time-sensitive issues to address during Kei's absence for Operation Murdersnout. At worst, she could be curled up at the office with a mug of honey tea as she processed overdue expenditure reports.

(Kei could not fathom why Hazō so loathed the things. They were composed of numbers! Numbers did not require coaxing or cajoling into action. They did not overextend themselves in ill-judged efforts to impress you, nor override your judgement in the belief that theirs was superior. They did not take offence at phrasing that should by all rights have been innocuous, nor at perceived references to details of their private lives that no one could possibly have been expected to know except perhaps Ami. They did not waste working hours and disrupt the flow of labour with amorous encounters, or violent ones, or violently amorous ones, which were highly distracting unacceptable in a professional environment, or amorously violent ones, which landed them before an instant tribunal in an organisation run by two women and one man sensible enough to listen to them.)

Alas, Ami's wisdom was both immaculate and guaranteed to promote Kei's welfare, and as a rational being, that meant Kei could not ignore it. She would face Mari, Mari would fail to sustain whatever element of her behaviour had so earned Ami's trust, and Kei would return home with Tenten unwatched, Jūchi Yosamu unplayed with, Fujisawa unbriefed, and honey tea undrunk.

This time, at least, no daring feats of evading Hazō were required (not that there was any specific need to evade him today, but Kei was in a general state of tension and Hazō was Hazō, and she was attempting to moderate the frequency of her death threats). Rather, she was able to proceed into the compound with no greater altercation than an exchange of greetings with a harried-looking Noburi as he fled for the hospital, presumably entire minutes late for his meeting with Tsunade. You could not pay Kei to take his place.

(She supposed this was technically untrue. Insofar as Uplift was accomplished less by good intentions and more by intelligent investment, there was presumably some sum that would be of more benefit to the world than Kei's continued survival. Unfortunately, that was as far as she could proceed, as an entire cadre of trustworthy people assured her that her ability to estimate the value of her own life was woefully lacking.)

Aside from Noburi and the attendant visions of her own demise, which she had thus far evaded by leaving all necessary contact with Tsunade to her fellow coordinators (ungrateful wretch though this made her, given that Tsunade had once saved her life), Kei arrived at her destination without incident.

"Kei?" Mari, in an armchair in the pitifully-undecorated cuboid space that one might generously call an interim atrium, looked up from a philosophical tome on the spiritual significance of the elements (which she had been browsing with a peculiar aura of reluctance, like a student forcing herself to do homework). "Are you here about Akane, or did..."

"Regrettably, she did," Kei confirmed. "Shall we proceed somewhere more private so that you may say your piece?"

Somewhere more private was, in the event, Mari's new bedroom. Still a mess, despite the unique opportunity to start afresh with a decent minimum of organisation. Still of dubious impact on her long-term health, not that it was Kei's problem in the least. Kei did not even wish to be in this space, but alas her own room was still under construction (not that she would wish to invite Mari into it in any case, so at least she was spared the dilemma).

Mari sat on the edge of a gargantuan, ridiculously overwrought four-poster bed, an object Kei could only imagine the room had been constructed around, for Namikaze Minato himself would have struggled to transport the monstrosity through a door or window. Haraguro the Harem Lord's Palace of a Thousand Pleasures was an ascetic's mountain cabin by comparison. That said, in this one instance Kei was not inclined to judge Mari too harshly—considering everything Kei now understood about the typical clanless shinobi's furniture budget, and considering that Mari had in any case spent most of her life in other people's beds, this monument to decadence was probably the luxury of a lifetime in her mind.

Mari beckoned for Kei to join her. Kei, naturally, settled on a chair.

"Before we proceed further, it is technically the anniversary of your birth. While I do not intend to participate in the festivities scheduled this evening, I also do not intend to violate the bounds of propriety by visiting you without some token acknowledgement of the event."

She presented Mari with her gift: an oversized pillow stuffed with chakra ostrich down. Given Kei's budget, it would have been inappropriate to select something substandard, and chakra ostrich feathers were well-known for their calming, even soporific properties. (Weaker-willed shinobi were said to faint outright, unable to endure the very sight of the birds.)

"Thank you, Kei," Mari said, placing the pillow beside her. "That's very thoughtful of you."

"As you are apparently aware," Kei said, "I am here on Ami's instructions. She informs me that the two of you have achieved some measure of reconciliation—an act that only reminds me more of her brilliance, since I do not believe I could ever earn forgiveness for a threat to the clan's existence were I in her place—and that in the process, you were somehow able to convince her of the sincerity of your feelings towards me. While I personally fail to see why this should have any relevance to me in the absence of a relationship between us, Ami has observed that any Mori who refuses to review a past judgement when new relevant evidence comes to light can hardly be called a Mori at all, and indeed even some of the more enlightened Kani have been known to clear that bar of rationality.

"That said, while I am obviously here, I believe I have already modelled every potential branch of a hypothetical conversation between the two of us on the subject, and I doubt you will be able to surprise me."

Was Kei being, as so often, overly harsh in her self-expression? She suspected so. Yet considering that the alternative was to abandon her defences and allow Mari to take control in that subtle, affectionately playful way of hers?

"I am here and listening," Kei said in an infinitesimally warmer tone. "Please proceed."

Mari did not proceed at once. Kei was forced to remind herself that Ami could not be fooled. Whatever blandishment was incoming would be delivered in the sincere spirit of persuasion.

"Kei, I'm a coward."

Kei blinked. "I beg your pardon?"

"I'm a coward," Mari repeated. "You were right all along. I know what it's like to lose everything you have to an adult's selfishness. I know what it's like to have your innocence exploited by the person who's supposed to protect you, and what it feels like when you suddenly understand. I know how deep the damage goes, and how much help it takes to get off the path it sets you on. And yet, after that initial burst of effort, I've never once talked to you about those feelings. I've never once taken responsibility for the consequences. I've never once apologised, even after you knew.

"I am still that person, Kei. I feel like if I turn around and look, honestly look at everything I've done and what it meant, the mountain of my sins will crush me. You're right in front of me, and I don't dare ask how much of your pain comes from what I've done to you, because I don't want to know the answer.

"I remember how you found out what you'd done with the Pangolins—not even deliberately, just because you didn't understand their culture—and how your only thought was to make it stop, until you finally snapped and tried to sacrifice your family bonds to make it happen. I remember that all I thought at the time was about how stupid it was as a decision, and how I needed to stop it for the sake of my objectives.

"I'm starting to feel differently now. You were a child. You had no past experience of hurting others for your own profit, and you were well behind the conventional start line in terms of knowing how to manage your feelings."

Kei nodded. Mari's sins did not expiate her own.

"It made no sense to expect a perfect response under those conditions, and it wasn't the part that was important. What I didn't see, and what I'm starting to see now, is the impulse behind it. You decided you were responsible for the suffering that you'd caused—I'd even say you went overboard—and you were prepared to make sacrifices in order to live up to that responsibility. That's a start line that I'm nowhere near.

"I'm a coward, Kei. It would destroy me to try to do what you did, on a fraction of the scale. In a way, it already has. The most I'm brave enough to do right now is stop running, and admit that me feeling better about myself doesn't mean the past never happened. I can start taking the mountain apart, pebble by pebble.

"You're not a pebble. You were the first person I loved after I started loving people again, and admitting the full scale of what I did to you, admitting what it must have meant to you, might be the most terrifying thing I've ever done. Frankly, I'm not ready. But after everything my cowardice has already cost both of us, I can't turn down this chance.

"The truth is that I robbed you of everything you held dear. I nearly let you die because you'd be a useful tool where I was going, but not useful enough to personally protect. Then I changed my mind and patched some of the damage, and saved you from the Swamp because you happened to be in the right place at the right time. I told myself that my actions had redeemed me, and refused to ever, ever look back.

"I'm sorry, Kei. For all of it. For kidnapping you. For bringing you to the Swamp of Death. For hurting you more by running from the reality of what I'd done.

"I know that I'm not you, and my trauma isn't the same as your trauma, and I can guess how you might feel, but I can't know. If you want to share any of your pain, I will accept it and I will take responsibility for it."

Kei sat perfectly still, dumbstruck. She had not modelled any of this conversation. It had been plausible even in Isan that Mari would admit fault—as manipulation, without ever understanding it—but what Mari was saying to her now was right. It was a perfect summary of how Kei felt about her actions (except the part about Kei herself, which somehow presented her as noble rather than desperate and foolish). It was something Kei did not believe Mari could say without actually perceiving the problem, any more than Hazō could ask whether his latest plan was treasonous without acknowledging that treason was a frequent by-product of his ideas. Or if Mari could, then her powers of deception functioned on levels Kei was not even aware existed, and then she could only trust in Ami's guarantees.

Now, Kei was at a loss. Though grotesquely overdue, it was the apology she had desired. It was an acknowledgement and validation of her feelings, and an acceptance of responsibility for the crime that had created them. It was what she needed to hear. But how was she to respond?

Genuine repentance deserved forgiveness. That was simple and fair. It was not in the nature of the world to be simple or fair, and in real life, repentance was usually impotent, or dashed against the rocks of consequence. Yet the promise of Uplift was to remake the world into what it should be, as far as her hands would reach. Kei believed in Uplift as much as she dared, as the beam of sunlight into which she would one day step without melting.

How, then, did one forgive the Swamp of Death? How did she forgive an event that had severed her life into before and after, with a brief "during" that was simply a blot of darkness in her mind? An event that had amplified the constant dull tone of her dysfunction into a scream, and opened her to new possibilities only by forcibly tearing away everything else?

(She had allowed a stranger to take Ami's place as the central pillar supporting her existence, and then fallen in romantic love with that Ami substitute. If anyone ever made the connections, she would be forced to hire the Tsuchimikado Team to ensure that the earth swallowed her up without delay.)

Would "I forgive you" be sufficient to facilitate that process, the alchemy by which the apology and the past intermixed and cancelled each other out? Would it heal the parts of Kei that still lay in tiny pieces, like her ability to trust those with power over her? Would it free her from her conviction that her world was unstable and could end at any moment? Or was there some more sophisticated means of achieving closure, doubtless obvious to those with more emotional intelligence than a sea cucumber?

Where was Snowflake when Kei required a creative solution to a problem she could not begin to tackle with her familiar tools?

"Thank you, Mari," Kei said, aware that she was keeping Mari waiting, and that were the roles reversed, she would presently be inwardly quailing in terror as she awaited the hammer of judgement. Perhaps some brilliant insight on how to handle this situation would occur to her before she exhausted her supply of words. She suspected she had at least until February.

"It is beyond me to speculate what your acknowledgement of your past crimes means for the future. Nor do I possess clarity on how to respond to it in the present. As to the past..." A thought began to fall into place. There was a sense that another one might follow. "As to the past, I find that the justice I once believed indispensable, or the vengeance, should one wish to so frame it, feels somehow hollow as a goal. You do not require further admonition, at least until next you err, and I do not believe I would find satisfaction in returning harm for harm. Nor is it clear what I might demand as compensation. It is in direct causal connection with my kidnapping that I have received countless boons which would have been unavailable in Mist, including but not limited to family, power, and true love. Certainly, you did not intend to compensate me for harm caused, and generally the benefits that involved your agency have also served your self-interest. Yet I find I can hardly ask for more than I have received, nor is there much remaining in your power to grant me that I cannot obtain myself. Your sincere and heartfelt apology was the only item you unquestionably and unambiguously owed me, and that has now been delivered to my satisfaction."

"Do you mean that?" Mari asked. Somewhere, somehow, in a way only recognisable to one who had once spent endless hours drinking in every detail of Mari's presence, and resistant to description even for her, there was the faint beginning of a radiant glow.

"My struggles with ambiguity in communication are such that I would not deliberately inflict it on another," Kei said sardonically.

Mari smiled. "Thank you, Kei."

"What of the others?" Kei asked. "Presumptuous as it is, being the voice of the voiceless appears to be one of the useful functions I serve now, and I believe we can all agree that I am immersed in the highest blessings of the Deva Path compared to your other victims."

Mari's smile faded. "Please, Kei, not yet. I still can't open that door without being crushed by the weight behind it. Even accepting what I did to you is a risk I took because I love you and want you back, not because I'm strong enough to handle the Heartbreaker's legacy."

"You... love me and want me back?" Kei asked uncertainly.

"That should go without saying," Mari said, the smile returning. "Although I guess the theme of the day is that things shouldn't. Of course I love you, you silly girl."

"Nevertheless," Kei said shakily, "I do not believe we have dealt with all matters outstanding. The Orochimaru Incident is not undone because you have outgrown your failure to acknowledge the more distant past."

"I know," Mari said. "Tell me, Kei, do you understand why I did what I did?"

Kei nodded. "Hazō's peril was immediate, while I was in another room and my location could be temporarily obscured. Furthermore, assuming political resources could be brought to bear, it would have been preferable for me to be Orochimaru's prisoner, as my capital is superior and success would have been more likely.

"I am aware that your decision was rational, insofar as it offered a much higher rate of survival for both of us, taken as a unit, than for Hazō otherwise. I also believe that you have vastly oversold its merits in the name of earning approval from all parties. Had Orochimaru been slightly more impatient, or perhaps slightly less, there were countless ways he could have captured both of us that night with a high degree of certainty. Additionally, had he captured me, that night or subsequently, with Hazō or alone, there is no reason he could not have surrendered to his curiosity and vivisected me at once, or merely followed some preparatory procedure that destroyed me as an intelligent being, whereafter my allies' superior ability to effect my rescue would have been academic. As neither of us have the data to estimate the odds of such an act, you have no right to casually dismiss it from consideration in favour of touting only the virtues of your decision.

"As an addendum which I must surely have mentioned at the time, it is likely that I will always surpass Hazō in political capital, especially as Ami's world domination plans continue to succeed. Thus, I will always serve as a convenient tool where durable sacrifices are required."

Mari sighed. "I think you've had the wrong impression all along, Kei. I'm not pretending what I came up with is the best possible solution. I've done my best to get everyone to accept it and move on, because dwelling on what happened would only make things worse… but if you want the honest truth, I hate it. I hate that in a moment of crisis, when my family was counting on me, I couldn't come up with anything better than spreading the danger around to more of my loved ones. It's something I remember sometimes, whenever I start to feel good about my mastery as a manipulator. When it counted, when my skills would make the difference between life and death for the people I loved, the best I could do was point a monster at you and then throw myself at him as a distraction.

"But Kei, I swear to you, that was the best I could do. If I'd come up with a better option, I'd have taken it without a second thought. I'm sure you can sit here now and think of a dozen better things I could've done, because you have a brain the size of a planet and it chews up data and spits out optimal solutions, but there and then, when the only brain was mine, no better solution existed."

"You say you swear to me..." Kei said quietly. "Can you swear to me that it was not because of us? It was not because it was a choice between Hazō, the visionary who will save the world, and the girl who had already rejected you and might continue to do so in perpetuity?"

Mari hesitated, just for a moment, and Kei's blood froze.

"No, it wasn't," Mari said. "Yes, I was angry, but I never stopped caring about you. Kei, is that what this is about? Do you think I chose his life over yours?"

It hurt. For some reason, the words stabbed her, like blades through the heart. Kei wanted to place her hands over her ears.

"I do not know," Kei whispered. "I have presented my arguments, and they are wholly rational, and it is not as if I am unaware that his life is objectively more valuable than mine. And yet..."

"Kei, I love you both," Mari said with a sudden ferocity. "You are both precious to me, and I will never sacrifice one of you because you're less important to me. Even if the worst happens, because we are ninja and you've seen enough of the world to know what that can mean, I will never act as if I love one of my children less than another.

"I won't make you pay the price for my lack of power again, either," she added. "I may have got flat-footed once, but next time, I will be strong enough to protect all of you, even if I have to figure out how to kill an immortal with just my mind and my bare hands."

Kei did not hear a word.

"Your... children?"

Mari's eyes widened slightly.

"Mari... I was under the impression that you used the term in jest, or to avoid overheating the brains of primitives incapable of comprehending unconventional family structures. Have I been labouring under a fundamental misunderstanding?"

"No!" Mari exclaimed. "That would be ridiculous. Someone like me could never be an actual mother, you know that. I just... I misspoke."

There were many virtues to having a heart that had frozen over. Some kinds of pain were dulled. Others, one was simply numb to. Most importantly, a heart of ice knew better than to beat in response to impossibilities.

They had spent the last year in conflict. For all her pain, and presumably Mari's pain, it was not something Kei could regret if its secondary effect had been to bring Mari to this crucial point of realisation. Still, the conflict had been real. The pain that had driven her to sever ties was real. Mari's denial, or the essential core part of it, was only freshly cured, and Kei's own lack of self-understanding went without saying.

"My birth parents abandoned me," she reminded Mari. "My memory of my mother's love is vague and tarnished, and my lasting impression of them is as people who considered me surplus to requirements."

"I know."

Kei had severed ties with Mari for a reason, even if she suddenly found herself questioning what exactly that reason was. Mari's promises now were only promises, her claims no more than statements of intent.

"My would-be guardian pledged his parental devotion and promised a new family upon his return, then left me forever."

"I know."

Besides, there came a point when a relationship was too complicated, too multi-layered, to engage in without the security of distance. Just as innocence, once lost, could never be regained, nor could simplicity.

"Furthermore, I am an adult woman pursuing an independent lifestyle with my husband and 1d4 girlfriends."

"I know."

It was foolish to reach for the impossible. Worse, hubristic. Those who refused to accept their failures would not learn the lessons needed, and would be crushed when the next blow came.

Kei looked Mari in the eye.

"Mari, do you understand my implication?"

Mari looked away. "I told you, Kei, I misspoke. I didn't mean anything by it."

The problem with a heart of ice was that it took only a tiny beam of light at exactly the wrong angle to completely illuminate it.

"The implication," Kei said slowly, taking care not to stumble over the words, "is that the position is currently vacant."

Mari's gaze snapped back onto her, bewildered.

"Kei," she said, "I am a woman no more than half again your age, give or take, who's done her best to avoid the parts of growing up she didn't like. My own experiences with my parents were so bad they turned me into a sociopathic manipulator who made Icha Icha's most villainous seductress look like a saint, and my way of processing those issues has been to lock them in a box and throw away the key."

"Are you referring to Fūka the grave-robber from The Twelve Guardian Ninja, Lady Duckweed from The Story of Tamamo, or the eponymous Woman with the Peony Lantern?" Kei clarified.

"Lady Duckweed."

Kei winced. The Story of Tamamo read like a book written immediately after Jiraiya was brutally jilted by a lover.

"Which part of this," Mari demanded, "sounds like I could possibly be qualified to be your mother?"

"My parents were more than qualified," Kei said. "They possessed access to the child-rearing wisdom of Mist's most brilliant clan, and at the time of my birth they were already successfully raising the greatest child in Mist's history. Were this not so, were they mediocre parents with inferior standards, perhaps I might have been able to satisfy them. Mari, it is not qualifications that I require."

"Kei," Mari persisted, "I just got done telling you how I'm a coward who spent years refusing to care about your feelings in order to protect my own. You just got done telling me I made you think I loved you less than your brother."

"My memory remains satisfactory."

"Then how could you ever trust someone like that to be your parent?"

"We both know how easily a parent can betray a trust they take for granted. I would much prefer one who recognises it as a privilege to be earned, or perhaps re-earned."

"But you said it yourself," Mari attempted. "You're an independent adult woman with a husband and 1d4 girlfriends. What could you possibly need a mother like me for?"

"How can I possibly answer that?" Kei replied. "How can I conceptualise the ideal of an adult parental relationship when I have a viable sample size of zero? Shikamaru, Tenten, and Fujisawa are orphans, as are Ino and Naruto. You have never so much as spoken of your mother. Noburi does not claim to be estranged, yet conspicuously never avails himself of opportunities to communicate with the Wakahisa. Kagome rarely alludes to his past at all, and then in such ambiguous terms that I begin to wonder if he even remembers it after a decade of intellectual decay in the woods. Hazō and his mother may possess some semblance of healthy parental relationship, but after the events of her sojourn in Leaf, you will forgive me if I do not seek a Hana of my own. That leaves only Akane, and I will not be able to connect to others as Akane does if I live to be a thousand."

"But what about Ami?" Mari pleaded.

"What of her?" Kei asked. "It was never just, nor reasonable, to thrust the role of primary caregiver upon an Academy student. That Ami performed flawlessly beneath the burden does not mean it was her place in the world. She is my sister, and that blessing is more than sufficient without demanding others."

Mari was teetering on the edge. Even Kei could see it.

But then the echoes of her own words reached her. How many times must Kei fall before she learned her own lessons? She had been warned; none could deny that. Her parents had made her fate crystal clear from the beginning. Ami alone possessed the superhuman determination and resilience to defy it, and even that ultimately proved insufficient—Kei had nearly lost her forever, and even now, after a chain of miracles had restored them to each other, their relationship was reduced to irregular visits where Kei could only share with Mori Ami what had not already been exclusively claimed by the Gōketsu and the Nara.

No one else was Ami. Takahashi-sensei had been a momentary mentor, and as soon as they reconnected, she was permanently banished from his home. She accepted Jiraiya's offer of affectionate, perhaps someday loving guardianship, and he perished within a day. Lord Shikaku, the imminent father-in-law who had made a similar commitment in his understated way, accompanied him, and Lady Yoshino soon followed after.

Even Mari, whose mentorship had passed, was not immune. Her denial of her past had been an explosive tag smouldering for years, but what was the probability that an incident would naturally occur where sacrificing Kei was not merely a grim possibility but an optimal solution? Once again, it was only Ami's intervention that had foiled the inescapable.

(For completeness's sake, Kei's original team leader, a Mist jōnin, was almost certainly dead, as were Sumie-sensei, Shikigami-sensei, Kanna-sensei, Captain Minami, Kei's original Mizukage, and three of her Hokage. Even Aoba Minori, whose guardianship of Kei amounted to several days of ninjutsu training during their first visit to Leaf, was longer among the living.)

Yes, Kei was an independent adult. Nothing else was permissible. Nothing else was tolerated.

And besides, who was she to long for a parent's warmth when, as mentioned, nearly everyone around her was coping perfectly fine without?

"I-I... Forgive me, Mari," Kei stuttered. "I cannot imagine what I was thinking. You do not require such a burden, nor is it appropriate for me to request it of you. I have lived my life without a mother for long enough, and you are already in a perfectly satisfying family arrangement, especially now that we have begun to rebuild the bond between us and thereby return to a mutually-acceptable status quo. Please banish my ill-considered words from your memory and focus on the positive side of today's interaction."

It was time to leave, before Kei's folly undid any gains that had been made and sowed the seeds of new disaster.

"No."

Kei froze in the act of rising from her seat.

"Excuse me?"

"For someone smart enough to call me out on my bullshit, Kei," Mari said, "sometimes you really miss the obvious."

"Wh-What do you mean?"

"I know what I did to you was pure selfishness," Mari said. "I undid a fraction of what I had personally done to you, and called it an act of virtue that redeemed me. You have every right to hate me for that. But even if my reasons were selfish, the fact that you were special to me from the beginning was real.

"You were always my Kei. Mine to look after. Mine to teach. Mine to protect. Mine to love, and however selfish my love may be, it's still the only kind I know. When I told you that I wasn't the kind of person who should have children, so long ago, it was because I knew I didn't have enough to give you. I couldn't remember how loving parents were supposed to behave. I couldn't be a good influence on an innocent child. I had a thousand flaws, and selfishness and immaturity stood out even among those. I couldn't hope to replace what I'd taken from any of you.

"That never meant I didn't want to. If I thought for a moment I was capable and worthy of serving as your mother, and if I thought for a moment that you'd accept me as one, and if I wasn't such a coward..."

"Impossible," Kei said in a daze. "The others aside, I am... I am me. I am accepted as part of a package deal—with your redemption, with my siblings, or with my Mori powers."

"You're you," Mari agreed. "I've been ever so proud of you, since the beginning."

Was the room spinning, or was it just Kei?

"I know how much damage I did to you, Kei," Mari said, "when you were already fragile to begin with. I know what kind of trajectories you could have followed, and most of them were far darker than falling for your jōnin instructor. You kept loving. You kept making bonds. You took responsibility for yourself and worked hard to contribute and support those around you, and only did the stupid things a sensitive teenager who didn't know how to manage her emotions would do. You made my teenage self look like an animal.

"Look at you now. Look at everything you've had thrown at you. Life as a suspicious foreigner in an alien culture. Having to deal one-on-one with another alien culture which had shown its willingness to murder you up front and has fantastically abused your trust. A sexuality you had no idea how to handle. Marrying into another clan and being separated from your loved ones. A ton of responsibilities you never asked for thanks to Ami's plotting and Shikamaru's unreadiness."

"Shikamaru is a skilled and capable clan head," Kei objected, "and I choose to support him of my own free will."

"Exactly," Mari said. "All of that, and your response is to do your best to be good and fair to the people around you. Any reasonable person would do all they could to maximise the power and minimise the responsibility, and you keep treating them as the same thing.

"I am so ridiculously proud of you that I wish you were my daughter and I could boast about how incredible you'd turned out in spite of my terrible parenting."

Kei's mind was blank. She was at a complete loss for words, and it was not even November.

"I have no idea how to be a parent, Kei. I have no idea how not to screw it up, and I have no idea what I can do for someone who's already outgrown me in so many ways. But if you're prepared to let me be your mother, then it would be my honour to find out what that means together."

To add injury to insult, Kei's eyes were watering, and she had no desire to burst into tears in front of Mari like a...

…like a child.

Kei burst into tears.

She wished she could throw herself into Mari's arms like a normal child would, but of course that option was denied her.

Fortunately, Mari was a social genius.

Kei caught the chakra ostrich pillow in mid-air and proceeded to hug it so tight she would end up having to purchase a replacement.
 
Chapter 570: Stolen Secrets, Telescope Edition

"And where might you be off to?" Mari asked, looking up from the papers she'd been digging through. She was sitting at the kitchen table, which happened to be on the way to the side door of the manor. She was, to use her preferred term, 'slopping around the house' in fuzzy socks and threadbare slippers, wearing a robe that had been washed so many times that it had holes at the hem and a color faded from jewel green to reused-leaves tea.

Hazō paused, unsure why he was suddenly feeling as guilty as an Academy student caught sneaking out after curfew. He hefted the long leather case in his hand. "I'm going to study the military and economic opportunities of—"

"You're going to play with your new toy," she said with a knowing smile.

"It's not a toy! It's a—"

She waved him off, turning back to her papers, the smile still on her face. "Have fun. Let me know what military and economic implications you find."

Hazō gave her a sour glare but, from long experience, didn't engage. Instead, he continued out the door.

Fifteen minutes later he was sitting under the tree he always used for his Earthshaping experiments, a variety of rocks and crystals piled around him and the telescope on his lap. He ran his fingers over it thoughtfully.

It was a cubit in length and a hand in width at the widest, narrowing to barely an inch at the eyepiece. The leather that formed the case had been bleached and then stained, giving it a rich, chewy color that danced in the shadow between dark tan and heavy-cream chocolate. It was smooth and hard like woodwind music made by an old man who had felt both loss and delight in equal measure. The leather had been fastened together with brass fittings down one side, the seam so tight it was invisible without the correct light. The Aburame crest had been pressed into the leather, a small and tasteful version near the eyepiece, a visible and public statement of the respect and honor extended by one of the most ancient clans to the very newest. The telescope was at once a work of art, a utilitarian tool, and a political statement.

"Everything is politics for Clan Heads, especially those who sit on the Council," whispered the voice of Lady Minami in his mind. "Every word, every gesture, every work of art on the wall, every invitation given or taken. It all frames you for the rest of Leaf and sets their expectations of you. It worries me that you don't know this."

Well, he knew that now. He knew it, and he recognized what the telescope meant. And he was going to destroy it because understanding how it worked was more important than politics. Hopefully he could put it back together well enough that the Aburame wouldn't be insulted. Or incensed that the Gōketsu were stealing the lens-making secrets of the insect clan. For ten minutes now, his chakra had been soaking into the ground and into the various minerals stacked around him. It was finally time.

Moving slowly so as not to lose his communion with the earth, he lifted his knife and committed political sabotage.

The knife was short, thin, and sharper than a stepmother's cutting words. It was a holdout, something that could be slipped between the plies of a boot and used to cut free of bonds. It wasn't thin enough for Hazō to slip it through the seam of the telescope without leaning his entire weight on it and waggling it back and forth. It slipped in without warning, stabbing into the opposite side before he could stop it. He twisted, prying the seam open slightly, and laid it against the ground, keeping the knife in place and twisted so as to keep the gap in the leather open.

With geriatric speed, the chakra-soaked dirt flowed inside the body of the telescope, filling it up until it encountered resistance at the ends. Through the conduit thus supplied, he extended his chakra into the glass of the lenses, feeling out their dimensions, their composition, the stresses within them and every other force and form and value that defined their existence.

Hazō wants to reproduce telescope lenses from quartz using the Earthshaping jutsu. He's working from a roughly 12th-century level of knowledge and technology, where optics is essentially unknown, measuring tools are poor, and glassmaking is primitive. As such, it's a Greatly difficult task for him to produce a usable lens even when he's got magic doing the heavy lifting. If he hits 40 perfectly then he gets something functional but with some flaws in it. The more he clears the bar, the higher the quality. He has no Aspects that would help and he's not going to burn his single Fate Point to help out. (EJ goes off and checks Hazō's character sheet to see what rank Earthshaping is currently at.) Oh, this is going to be easier than I thought.

Hazō, Earthshaping (40) + 0 (dice): 40
TN: 40

Hazō has successfully created a telescope using Earthshaping! It's not as good as the one that the Aburame made but it's functional.

Now, did he manage to do this without damaging the Aburame lenses? He had to pack dirt up against them in order to be able to use the jutsu on them so it's very likely that he scratched them. I'm waffling on what exactly the difficulty should be but I'm going to split the difference and call it 45—Greatly difficult, more so than simply forming quartz to match a shape that he already had an example of. Ergo, he needs to roll 6 or better in order to NOT damage the Aburame lenses. The leather body of the telescope itself is visibly and permanently damaged but at least the lenses will be okay and the whole thing will still be functional.

Hazō, Earthshaping (40) + 9 (dice): 49
TN: 45

Wow. Okay, did not expect that. Woot! He didn't damage the lenses!


Hazō closed his eyes and focused on the feel of his chakra as it saturated the soil and rocks and crystals around him, noting its exact shape and position. The leather and metal of the telescope body was invisible to him, residing outside that which the Earthshaping jutsu could touch, but he could identify it as negative space now that he had packed the telescope full from the inside. He stretched out his will, causing the rocks around him to bend and flow and reform themselves. Over the course of ten minutes, the boxful of marble leavings that he had bought from a sculptor's shop floor melded together into one unified block, rolled itself out flat, then curved up into a tube that narrowed from one end to the other.

With the body of his telescope made, he opened his eyes long enough to push the various chunks of clear quartz into the tube. He checked back in the Aburame telescope to find the exact positions of the lenses, then moved the quartz fragments to the relevant locations. Sweat began to roll off his brow as he melted the quartz together and shaped it, spinning it into a disk and then adding more and more material at the center, smoothing it until it was the same convex shape as the Aburame lens. To the best of his abilities, at least. He could feel imperfections, places where the quartz was not entirely clear or had inclusions that would distort and degrade the image. He reshaped the lenses, moving the imperfect points away and cycling in fresh material, trying over and over to get it as close as possible to what the Aburame craftmasters had produced.

Two hours later, Hazō had stopped sweating because there wasn't enough water left in his body. His mouth felt as though he had chewed and swallowed sand, his throat was burning. Exhaustion was locked away behind a wall of will, his mental focus kept in place solely through harsh training and a harsher life. His temples were pounding and frustration was trying to tear its way out of his heart and burst to life.

With a sigh he split his stone telescope apart and allowed the lenses to roll free onto the grass. Only when he was sure that they were safe did he start the incredibly exacting process of pulling every grain of sand and dirt out of the Aburame telescope while taking excruciating care not to scratch the lenses. He had come to have a good deal of respect for the complexity of those lenses.

o-o-o-o​

"Welcome, Hazō, to my home," Shino said, nodding politely and gesturing his fellow teenage Clan Head to a cushion. He poured two cups of tea and set them politely at the center of the table.

Hazō knelt seiza on the indicated cushion, opposite Shino at the low table. He took one of the tea cups and bowed slightly in thanks, then sampled it with a pleased sigh.

"It is a pleasure to host you," Shino said gravely. "Why? Because I feel confident that you are not here to not very subtly hint that I should consider marrying your daughter."

"I don't have a daughter," Hazō said, bemused.

"Hence why I am confident you will not hint that I should marry her," Shino said, nodding firmly. "Also, I find it quite unlikely that you wish to discuss the merits of transporting the estate's garderobe contents to this field versus that field."

Hazō chuckled. "I really don't, no. Sounds like you have your own Gaku—someone who keeps track of enough of the paperwork that everything doesn't explode, but occasionally feels that it's very important that you make decisions about something that's either gross, mind-numbingly boring, or both."

"I find myself uncertain whether you and I should ensure that your Gaku and my Kyō do or don't meet," Shino said, a small smile on his face.

Hazō laughed. "On the one hand, if they meet then they might end up conquering the world and putting it into a tidy and efficient system of management..."

"...while on the other, the other villages would see what was happening and would lash out in fear before the wave of organization had fully suffused them," Shino said.

Hazō thought about that. "You sure? I think maybe they could do it so fast that the other villages never knew what hit them."

Shino sipped his tea and then stared, furrow-browed, into the faint whorls of steam that rose from its surface as though he were a haruspex and the tea the entrails of a powerful divination. "Perhaps you're right," he said at last. "I suspect they could. Still, do we dare make this decision alone? Surely we should consult the Hokage first."

Hazō laughed. "I think maybe we should just keep it in our pockets until the next time things get too boring." He sobered. "Although, speaking of consulting and making important decisions...Shino, I enjoy your company and it's honestly fantastic to be talking with someone who can relate to what my life is like. This visit would be a treat for me no matter what, but it isn't purely social."

"I had assumed as much," Shino said. "How may I help you, Hazō?"

Hazō produced a small wooden box from inside his haori and laid it on the table in front of himself. He kept one hand on it.

"The telescope you gave me was—is—beautiful," he said, holding Shino's eyes. "I have been seeking to acquire a telescope literally for years and the one you gave me is a masterpiece. Thank you."

Shino looked from Hazō to the box and back. His face became slightly more guarded. "You are welcome," he said. "It was something that you paid for..."

Hazō gave the politest snort he could manage. "I paid for a telescope, not for a masterwork art piece that happens to also be a telescope." He shook his head, brushing past the issue. "Shino, I have something for you here." He tapped on the box. "Before you open it, I want to be very clear about something: the Aburame are Leaf's lensmakers. I have no interest in attempting to take over that trade from you. What I'm offering here is a demonstration of capability, and they are one of a kind. I do not intend to make more, ever, unless I can do it with the blessing of the Aburame." He slid the box closer to Shino and took his hand away.

Shino eyed him for a moment, then flipped the top of the box back and stared at the pair of lenses that nestled inside in a bed of cloth.

The Aburame were known for their inscrutability, generations of close bonds to their insect symbionts warping their minds and customs into something that was still human but right on the edge of not. Shino's face was completely unreadable and Hazō could hear a faint buzzing; he couldn't localize it but he had a feeling it was coming from inside his host.

Shino lifted one of the lenses out of its rest and held it up to the light. He turned it this way and that, studying it carefully.

"It is flawed," he said at last, nothing in his voice that would suggest this was more than an idle observation. "Also, it is not glass. The weight is wrong."

"Shaped quartz," Hazō said. "It was what I had on hand. The point of this demonstration is to show you that I can copy lenses quickly. I don't think I could make brand new ones as easily, and I intentionally did not try. I copied the two that were in the telescope and stopped. I have not told anyone how I did this, nor do I intend to do so. I'm bringing this to you because I think that Leaf ninja would be safer if every team had a telescope and I'd like to see if there's anything I could contribute that would help that happen. The lenses are simply to show that I have more to offer than words."

Shino laid the first lens back in the box and lifted out the second, the copy of the eyepiece lens. He studied it with equal care, then laid it back down and folded his hands. He stared Hazō in the eye, studying him carefully.

"Why?" he asked. "Why is equipping squads with telescopes your current project?"

Hazō shrugged. "Why not?"

"Surely it cannot be the highest-value idea you could be pursuing?"

Hazō sighed and wobbled his head in a so-so gesture. "You're a Clan Head like me, so you know how it is: there's a lot of things that I could do and it's hard to know which of them will have the most impact. Some of them can easily be banded out into high-, mid-, and low-value buckets, but it's hard to rank them within the bucket. I can either spend effort and resources on doing the ranking or I can simply do one of the ideas. In order for figuring out the ranking to be a good use of time, it needs to more than pay back the effort that it tied up. How do I know when it's worth spending that effort? Well..." He spread his hands and smiled slightly in suggestion of infinite regress. After a moment he became serious again.

"Telescopes are something that would have been useful to me on dozens of occasions, and there are multiple times where having one would have made us safer. Plus, I'm sure you see the advantages for scouting missions. Leaf in general will be better informed and therefore more powerful, and her ninja will be safer, if every squad has a telescope. I have thoughts on the subject, I have some capabilities that I can offer, but the bulk of the work is going to fall on the shoulders of the Aburame because the Aburame are the only ones who can do it." He chuckled. "Besides, telescopes are fun and I've been a good and dutiful Clan Head lately—Gaku hasn't actually brought me anything about shipping garderobe contents to the fields, but there's been plenty of insanely tedious things. I thought that it sounded lovely to play hooky and have a good cup of tea with someone I regard as a friend while talking about something fun that is also a way to help all of Leaf."

Shino studied him for several seconds that were not the longest of Hazō's life only because Hazō had been stared down by multiple Sannin, multiple Akatsuki, and crushed in the killing intent of Captain Zabuza, meaning that his standards for 'longest seconds' were a bit skewed. Still, they were seconds that felt very long indeed.

"What exactly are you looking to contribute and what do you want in return?" Shino asked at last. He picked up his teacup and sipped, then cupped it in one hand and waited calmly for Hazō's reply.

Hazō struggled to conceal the fact that he was letting out a breath he hadn't realized he was holding. "I honestly haven't put together an exact proposal," he said. "This is an exploratory visit, checking to see if you're interested at all. As to specifics...the Gōketsu and the Aburame have worked together in the past, always to our benefit. I would like our clans to do more collaborating in the future. In part, I think it could make a lot of money for both of us. In part, it will help Leaf. And, in part, I think the Gōketsu could stand to learn a lot from you. The Aburame are a very ancient clan and the Gōketsu are so new that the paint is still drying. We're managing at the moment, but there's always more to learn. I could use insights on..." He shrugged helplessly. "I don't even know, and that's the issue. How to manage a clan? The implications of buying from particular vendors? I think I've been doing reasonably well, but I'm all too aware that I don't know what I don't know. The Aburame would be excellent business partners and excellent examples of how to be a voting clan of Leaf."

Shino pondered that for a full minute, occasionally sipping his tea. Hazō's nervousness had drained away and he found himself feeling remarkably peaceful. The offer had been made and Shino had not yet started screaming about theft of clan secrets. He might still, but he hadn't yet. Surely that was a good sign.

"Very well," Shino said. "I shall talk to our lensmakers and get back to you." He closed the lid on the box. "Thank you, Hazō. Now, tell me more about the horrible tasks Gaku has been inflicting upon you."

A delighted smile spread across Hazō's face and he immediately launched into the woeful tale of Gaku's latest attempt to assassinate his Clan Lord through sheer boredom.





XP AWARD: 4 This plan covered 1 day.

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 1
Earthshaping is fun to write and I enjoyed doing the conversation with Shino.

FP AWARD: 1 for general refresh

Things that happened offscreen:

  • You checked with Mari before talking to Shino. Her first response was to flip out, but the more you discussed it the more acceptable she found the idea, hence why Hazō ended up doing it.
  • You tried to check with Kei before talking to Shino, but she wasn't available and you'd already gotten Mari's signoff so you went ahead with it.
  • Translation of the previous two items: Apparently I critfail reading comprehension because I missed that line completely when I sat down to write, and after I finished and went back to check I only saw the 'Mari' part. Mari and Kei probably would have waved you off from this plan but I didn't want to have to junk what I had and write something completely different so I'm handwaving their reactions.
  • You made Orochimaru's egg custard recipe. It's delicious. You saved some. Mari suggests not offering it to Kei, or at least not telling her where the recipe comes from. Too much baggage tied up in the name 'Orochimaru'.
  • You worked on the estate a bit.
  • You did not have time to do seal research.
Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, .
 
Last edited:
Chapter 571, part 1: Reaching Out

"Howdy, boss," Noburi said, shambling through the kitchen door with a stretch and a yawn. He wandered over to one of the cabinets labeled 'ingredients, breakfast' and rummaged through the stack of storage seals therein until he found uncooked eggs, bacon, and bread. He set them on the counter, found a cutting board and other items, and began committing breakfast.

"You know there's bacon and eggs and toast in a storage seal over there, already prepped by someone who can actually cook?" Hazō said, waving his tea towards one of the other cabinets.

Noburi shot him a glare. "I cook fine."

Hazō nodded without speaking. His brain was still booting up.

"You're up early," he said a minute or two later, once the wakemoss tea started kicking in.

"Not really," Noburi said. He was at the stove with his back to Hazō, but there was a smile in his voice. "This is my usual time."

"Really?" Hazō asked, surprised. "I always see you wandering around at nine or so talking about how you just woke up."

Noburi chuckled. "Yeah, I've been wondering how long it would take you to figure it out," he said. "I'll have to check the pool...if I remember right then the winner should be Mari."

"You had a pool on how long it would be before I figured out that you weren't lazing around in the morning?" Hazō asked, one eyebrow raised in amused irkness.

"Yup. Akane has had to pay out and re-guess twice already."

"Hmph." Hazō sipped his tea and glowered.

"Oh, hey," he said after a minute or so. "Speaking of my beautiful girlfriend who has been out training her taijutsu for the last two hours like a crazy person even though the sun only rose twenty minutes ago, I had a question for you."

"Shoot," Noburi said, scraping the bacon and eggs off the pan and onto his plate with casual skill. He tossed the pan to soak in a bucket in one of the sinks. The bucket was still half-full of dishes from last night. Hazō made a note to check who was on chores today.

"You can summon the Toad Sages now," Hazō said as Noburi joined him at the counter and started shoveling food down. "Do you think it's worth asking them if they'd keep teaching Naruto their secret martial art? He once mentioned to me that his training had been interrupted because Jiraiya wasn't around to summon them."

"Oh," Noburi said, pausing in his morning fueling to glance at Hazō in surprise. "I hadn't realized that. Yeah, I'll ask. If it was a thing they had going before then I'd imagine they'll be happy enough to get back to it."

"Cool," Hazō said, yawning. "We can ask Naruto to chip in a good chunk of the chakra. It'll save on refueling missions. Also, do you think they'd be willing to stick around a bit after the lessons? I'd like to meet them, maybe hear any stories of Jiraiya that they're willing to share."

Noburi smiled, a little bit of 'wistful' and a bunch of 'amused' hiding in the corners of his lips. "Pretty sure they won't have a problem with that," he said. "It's hard to get them to shut up about Jiraiya sometimes, although there isn't really any specific narrative to it. Just comparisons and 'when Jiry-boy was our summoner, he knew to bring me winterberries as soon as they were available' sort of thing."

Hazō winced a little. "Ouch. That's got to suck."

"Eh," Noburi said, shrugging. His mouth was half full of scrambled egg, so the syllable was mangled. He paused to swallow and take a sip of tea before continuing. "It's died down a bunch, and it was never intended to be mean-spirited. Sometimes it's actual annoyance, sure, but I think a lot of it is just grief. He was their summoner since before our parents were born."

"Cool," Hazō said. "If you think all involved would be up for it then let's invite them and Naruto over here for dinner after training some night. I don't have to be there for it if Naruto is still mad at me, but it would be a good way to start rebuilding bridges between the Gōketsu and the Uzumaki."

"I think you should definitely be there for it," Noburi said, pausing to look seriously at Hazō. "It's your estate, Hazō. Yours and mine and the others'. If Naruto doesn't want to come, fine, but he doesn't get to chase you out of your own house. And if he wants to come but doesn't want you there then he can go screw himself."

Hazō smiled and put his hand on Noburi's shoulder for a moment, then went back to sipping his tea.

o-o-o-o​

"No, no, no, boy!" Shima shouted as Hazō walked onto the training ground. She was waving one tiny fist in the air. "You need to push with your whole body, not just your arms! Get those hips into it!"

"Yes, ma'am," Naruto said, panting slightly and dodging away from Fukasaku's attempt to stamp on his foot.

The fact that the jinchūriki was a bit winded was a testament to the intensity of the sparring match that he and Fukasaku had been engaged in. Hazō couldn't offhand remember ever seeing the young blond get tired before. There had probably been an occasion but he couldn't think of it.

"Excuse me," Hazō called, raising his voice slightly to be heard as he approached. He took care to pitch it in that calm and relaxed voice that it was wise to use around other ninja when speaking loudly. He almost certainly wasn't going to sneak up on the Toad Sages even if he had been trying, but Naruto happened to be facing the other way and, so far as Hazō knew, the young man had no special sensory abilities.

"What do you want, child?" Shima snapped, spinning on him. "We're in the middle of training!"

"Yes, ma'am," Hazō said, stopping a few yards away and bowing. "I just wanted to say that it's getting dark and we would ordinarily eat soon. The food is all in storage seals so it'll keep, but we were hoping to get a read on when you thought you might be wrapping up...?"

"Bah," Fukasaku said. The old toad disappeared into a blur, moving too fast for Hazō's eye to track. When he reappeared he was standing calmly, frozen in a double-fist strike, in the space where Naruto had been a moment earlier. The blond was flying through the air to strike the ground a solid thirty feet away.

"Come on, boy!" Fukasaku said, picking up his stick where it had been stuck into the ground and starting to hobble towards the edge of the field. "Time for dinner!"

Naruto rose to one knee and one hand, the other hand folded over his belly as he gasped for air. Hazō winced at the familiar sound of chakra forcing a momentarily paralyzed diaphragm to function. Having the wind knocked out of you sucked, even if it could be undone quickly enough.

An instant later, Naruto was on his feet and rushing silently for Fukasaku's back, one hand raised for a devastating downward punch.

At the last instant, Fukasaku shifted back a few inches, dropped his weight onto his rear leg, flipped his cane under his arm and thrust up and back, striking a nerve point just above Naruto's knee. The leg collapsed and the jinchūriki tumbled forward, sliding gracelessly across the grass.

"No fair!" Naruto yelled, rubbing at his paralyzed leg. "We agreed no weapons and no jutsu!"

"Life is unfair," Fukasaku said heartlessly. He hobbled around the fallen Naruto and continued towards the edge of the field and the promised dinner.

"I keep telling you to mind your distance, boy!" Shima shouted.

o-o-o-o​

"So there he was," Shima said, laughing. "Soaking wet and covered in mud, with both eels struggling frantically to get out of his grip. He looks at me with all the world's hope in his face and goes, 'Can we keep them, Ma?'"

Everyone laughed. Shima, it turned out, was an excellent vocal mimic who could manage an excellent impersonation of a young and hopeful Jiraiya.

"He was a good boy," Fukasaku said, puffing furiously on his long pipe. "Took care of those things for years. Dug the pool for them himself and caught stuff for 'em to eat every day."

"No he didn't, you old fool!" Shima said, poking him. "Half the time I ended up doing it because he was 'off on a mission'"—she made air quotes with her fingers—"which really meant that he was 'recruiting', which meant boinking, some new floozy out in the sticks somewhere."

"What are you talking about?!" Fukasaku growled. "I distinctly remember—"

"You 'distinctly remember' lots of things, dingus!" she said, twapping him. "Doesn't mean they're true!"

"Don't you thwap me, you old bat!" he said, shaking a fist at her.

"Then stop saying stupid things!"

"Look, you—"

"More tea?" Mari asked brightly, pouring fresh cups and placing them on the swivel that had been shifted closer to the Sages so they could reach it more easily. She poured her own cup full from the same pot and set the pot on its trivet.

"Thank you, dearie," Shima said, taking one of the cups. "Your health." She raised the cup and then took a sip.

"Health!" the humans all chorused, sipping their own tea.

"Thank you for agreeing to come to dinner," Hazō said to the Toad Sages. "It's an honor to meet you, and it's..." He hesitated, frowning as he groped for the right word. "I didn't have the good luck to know Jiraiya for long, but I cared about him and I felt like he cared about us. Hearing the stories about him is...'good' isn't the right word, exactly. It's a little bit painful, and a little bit sad, but it's also something I wanted and that I'm glad to know."

"The word you're looking for is 'helpful'," Shima said seriously. "Shared joy is multiplied, shared pain divided. Knowing him better, hearing good and funny stories about him makes the pain of loss lighter."

Hazō nodded. "That sounds right, yes."

There was silence for a moment, and then Fukasaku slapped his webbed hand on the table. "You're right about one thing!" he announced. "It absolutely is an honor to meet us!" He struck an overly dramatic pose. "We are the Toad Sages, the greatest members of the greatest Clan of the Seventh Path! Masters of powers you have yet to imagine, bearers of wisdom, tellers of—"

"Oh, hush yourself, you old blowhard," his wife said fondly. "I mean, you're not wrong, but still. You shouldn't say it."

"Harumph!" he said, his voice filled with drama. "I'll say anything I want! Besides, it's utterly vital that these poor humans hear such important information!"

She leaned over and kissed him on his green cheek. "Yes, dear," she said, patting his hand.

o-o-o-o​

"Huzu! You're back!" Mareo called as Hazō came up the hill.

The Bear Summoner's words made Hazō prick up his ears. They were a normal greeting for Mareo, but the standard joie de vivre was missing, the tone forced.

"Everything okay?" Hazō asked, taking a seat next to the older man and slipping his shoes off so he could feel the grass against his toes.

"Of course, of..." Halfway through the sentence, Mareo ran out of energy to dissemble. He shrugged and looked out across the forest of Bear. "It's fine," he said, his voice tired and somber. "A friend died."

"I'm sorry," Hazō said. "Who?"

"Kumadai. He was old, like me. Died in his sleep. Makes you think."

"Oh?" There didn't seem to be anything safe to say to that.

Mareo smiled, the expression a little bitter and a little sad. "I'm not an idiot, Hazō. I know I'm slipping, that I'm forgetting things and people and time. I'm old, and I would assume that I've outlived everyone I knew back home, and probably their children too. Normally that's fine—I've got friends here, a good life. There are plenty of bears who will mourn me when I'm gone and will still be telling their cubs about me decades from now. Most of the time that's enough, but there are times when I wish I had some sort of human legacy as well. That my own people would remember me."

"I will remember you," Hazō said. "My people will remember you. Every time I visit, I tell them about you."

Mareo looked up at the sky and nodded, acknowledging only that his ears had detected the words that Hazō had spoken.

"There are even some kids on the estate who ask after you," Hazō said, a faint twinge of desperation opening one eye deep in his soul. Mareo was a good man, and seeing him in pain like this...

"Oh?" Mareo said, looking over in mild interest.

"Yes," Hazō said, nodding. "I make a point of moving around the estate every day, talking to everyone I can." It had gotten harder lately, what with the self-imposed restrictions on use of Shadow Clone, but he wasn't going to say that. "A lot of the littles want to see me show off ninja abilities and tell stories about powerful ninja that I've met. Some of the stories I share are about you. Things I've seen you do, or that you've told me about."

Mareo snorted, gaze drifting back to the forest. "Don't be fooled, kid. Ninety percent of any old ninja's stories are bullshit, including mine."

Hazō chuckled. "I know. They're still great stories. And they'll be remembered. The Gōketsu will know your name for generations."

"As a footnote about a far-off old man," Mareo said. "Nothing that affects their lives. I'll be in the same category as chakra ostriches and sky squid."

Hazō debated for a moment, then went for it. "Actually, I don't know about the ostriches, but I've seen a sky squid."

"Suuure you have."

"I really have. It was only briefly and the conditions under which I saw it are classified, but I give you my word that it's true. The thing was about the size of an oxcart."

"Okay."

"Fine, don't believe me," Hazō grumbled. "Look, if you want to leave a legacy with humans, you can. Go back to the Human Path for a time. Find your old clan. Even if the specific people who knew you are gone, they'll still be excited to see a powerful ninja who wants to pass on his knowledge."

Mareo snorted. "They'll attack me on sight is what will happen. People in my part of the world are skittish, and for good reason. You know that old saying, you can't go home again? Usually it means that when you go home things will be different than they were when you left. For me, it's a bit more literal."

"You could..." Hazō stopped as the implications and potential consequences flicked through his brain.

"Yes?" Mareo demanded, looking over with one eyebrow raised.

"You could come to Leaf," Hazō said, throwing caution to the wind. "The Gōketsu would love to have you."

"Hah! Don't patronize me, boy."

"I'm not!"

"Of course you are. Immigrate to a foreign village? Nonsense!"

"Why? There's precedent for it. I did it, and so did my family. We're a voting clan now. Ami did it, and she's a one-person clan. We're all originally from Mist, which has always been one of Leaf's main enemies. There are other Mist ninja living on our estate, helping manage our koi ponds." He caught himself. "Well, they're still on the old estate. They haven't moved to the new one yet. That should happen in the next week or two."

"You're a funny kid, Hazō," Mareo said. "Don't let anyone tell you otherwise."

"Mareo." Hazō's voice was sharp. "I'm not being funny and I'm not wrong. There is precedent for foreign ninja immigrating to Leaf. We actually have policies in place right now that are intended, in the long term, to inspire civilians and ninja from other nations to want to immigrate. It's part of a plan of generational warfare. The Hokage would paint himself blue and turn cartwheels of joy if it meant having someone like you move to Leaf."

"Yeah, whatever."

The words were dismissive and very clearly intended to end the conversation, but they also weren't quite as adamant as the earlier words had been.

"Out of curiosity," Hazō said, a tiny smile playing at the edge of his lips, "have I ever showed you pictures of my family?"

"No," Mareo said, frowning. "Which is a great failing on your part, Huzu. You've been coming here two or three times a week for months, telling me all kinds of bizarre stories, and you've had pictures of these people the whole time and never shared them? Shame on you!"

The words weren't quite as excitable as usual, but at least Mareo was calling him 'Huzu' again. That was something.

"Let me dig them out," Hazō said, riffling through his storage seals. "Let's see...ah, here we go." He pulled out the sketches and passed them over. "This is my brother, Noburi, and his wife Yuno," he said, pointing to the one on top.

The picture was a sketch, done by a Gōketsu civilian in charcoal and colored wax. The scene in question showed Noburi and Yuno walking hand-in-hand past one of the wells on the old estate. He had his barrel on his back, she had Satsuko in the hand that wasn't entwined with her husband's.

Mareo took the sketch and studied it. "Cute kids," he said, smiling slightly. "What are they, fifteen? Sixteen?"

"Good eye," Hazō said.

"How long have they been married?"

"Not long. A few months, I think."

"Huh. Pretty late to be getting married, isn't it?"

"Uh...it's actually normal for us, or even early."

"Huh," Mareo said. He studied the picture a bit longer. "Weird." He shuffled the page to the bottom and studied the next, this one of Kei. (Hazō had one of Kei and Snowflake together, but he had carefully kept that one tucked away.)

"This would be Kei, yeah?" The image showed the woman in question standing on a training field, a kunai in her hand and a look of intense focus on her face.

"Yup. She's married into the Nara now, but she'll always be a Gōketsu and Team Uplift."

"Pretty girl. Really working that 'I might kill you if you look at me funny' vibe."

"Yeah, she can be a little scary sometimes. Brilliant, though. I've only met a couple of people who could keep up with her."

"And this would be the infamous Kagome," Mareo said with a smile, moving to the next sketch. "I can practically smell the crazy through the paper."

"He's not crazy," Hazō said, his voice icy. "He is my teacher."

"No offense intended. Still, from what you've told me he's not exactly normal, yah?"

Hazō...couldn't find a refutation for that. "The world would be a better place if he was," he said. "If everyone was like him, I mean. That's not just my opinion either. Mari feels the same, and Jiraiya said something similar. Loyal, trustworthy, fiercely protective, creative. He's a good man."

"He's a ninja, Hazō. None of us are good. But, okay. I'll grant that he's likely better than most." He shuffled to the next picture and a smile crept across his face. "And who might this be?"

"Akane," Hazō said. "My girlfriend."

The artist had captured Akane in the midst of taijutsu practice. There was a brilliant smile on her face, an expression of joy and focus intermingled. It had been done mostly in colors with the charcoal used only for shading; it gave the painting a lightness and richness.

"You're a lucky man, Hazō," Mareo said, smiling. There was both happiness and a little sadness in the words. "She reminds me a bit of my niece. Beautiful girl, talented, happy. She lit up any room she was in. It was impossible to be sad around her."

"Thank you," Hazō said. He paused, watching Mareo stroke a finger lightly across the page in thought. "You might want to check the next one."

Mareo glanced at him in surprise, then shuffled Akane's picture to the bottom and studied the next one. He froze, eyes going wide at a page that had been done as a commission by a professional portrait artist, not as the off-time work of a Gōketsu civilian. It showed a woman draped across a couch, her dress riding up and one shoulder strap having slipped down, her hair loose. She was staring out of the page with a wicked smile.

"That would be Mari," Hazō said smugly. "I'm sure she'd love to host you for a visit."

Mareo choked a little and his eyes went wider.





@Velorien will be posting an update for the Ami half of this plan tomorrow. XP et al will be awarded after it comes out, when we know how much time has passed.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 571.2: A Quiet Night In
Chapter 571, part 2: A Quiet Night In

"Hi honey," Ino said as he walked through the door. And then she pressed herself against him and looped her arms around his neck so she could kiss him.

His body surged at the feel of hers and he growled, one hand coming up to the back of her head even as the other went to the tautly-muscled small of her back and pressed her closer.

They kissed until both of them were out of air and their vision started to sparkle, then pulled back, gasping for air. Both of them had pupils wide and faces flushed and Hazō could feel himself shuddering with desire, his lips coming back off his teeth in a fierce instinct to claim and be claimed.

He mastered himself, forcing his breathing to settle down and his muscles to unclench.

"Hi yourself," he said, a smile creeping onto his face. "What was that?"

She gave him a minxsome grin and turned away, her hips swaying unnecessarily as she lead him back to the kotatsu that had been prepared for their date. A single beeswax candle burned, the scent of jasmine suffusing the air from the melting wax. The food had a theme, and that theme was 'noodles'. There was a wok of noodle soup, there were two small plates of nut-paste noodles, there were crispy noodles dusted with spices, and there were bird nests of dried noodles. Small bowls of fruit were the only food that broke with the theme. Faint flute music could be heard through a vent at the top of the wall.

Hazō took a seat next to her on the bench seat and settled in, his feet in the heated well of the kotatsu. He arranged the blanket over himself and nodded towards the vent. "That's new."

Ino picked up his hand and looped it around herself so she could lean back on his chest, head on his shoulder. Bands of tension around Hazō's ribs relaxed; he hadn't realized they were there. Ino felt it happen and purred a little, wiggling slightly to get settled. Hazō chuckled and stroked the hair back from her forehead with light touches.

"The music?" Hazō asked, nodding towards the vent even though he knew she wouldn't see the movement.

"Wanted music, wanted privacy," she said, gesturing vaguely. "Ergo, not in the room."

"It's good. Thank you."

"Mm-hm." She stretched an arm out, moving away from Hazō as little as possible while still managing to scoop two of the breadsticks off the table with her left hand. She transferred one to her right and tucked it into the corner of her mouth while tipping her head back so that she could see to bring the other to his lips.

He took it from her and snapped the end off in his teeth, smiling at her and wrinkling his nose in thanks.

"You never let me feed you," Ino noted. "Why not?"

Hazō pursed his lips in surprise. He thought about it for a moment, then shrugged. "I don't like it." He almost stopped, but she deserved a full answer. "Makes me feel powerless."

She twisted around, coming up on her knees on the bench so she could look him in the eyes. "I'm sorry, honey. I didn't mean..."

He laughed and kissed her lightly on the mouth. "It's okay. No harm done."

She settled down beside him, one arm along the back of the bench. Her eyes caught the dancing lights of the candle and seemed to glitter. She cupped the back of his head for a moment and stroked his hair.

"It's hard running in the circles we do," she mused, looking absently off to the side. "Teenagers. Chūnin. Playing politics against people two, three, even four times our age. Jōnin and demigods, all more powerful than us, all more experienced than us, all with their own agenda. Agenda that usually aren't good for us."

"That's...uncharitable," Hazō said.

"But not wrong."

"...No, not wrong."

"The Amori are crowding our fishing interests," she said, thumping her head lightly on the wall. "My father stole those fishing rights from them twenty years ago and they never even tried to take them back while he was in charge. Two of our women died in childbirth last week. If I was Lady Tsunade, maybe I could have saved them."

Hazō opened his mouth to say did you call her in and then said nothing.

"Of course I did," she said, smiling sadly. "She was in the middle of a surgery and couldn't leave or the man would have died. She sent someone else, but he couldn't save them. By the time she got there, they were already cold."

He winced and put his hand on her thigh, stroking lightly in reassurance. "I'm sorry. The babies?"

"Little Inori is sweet, and delightful, and everyone is cooing over her constantly. Poor thing can barely sleep with all the old nanas constantly checking on her."

"Oh." Two women died in childbirth, one child survived. "I'm so sorry."

Ino smiled, the expression slightly watery. "Can't solve everything, right? Acknowledge your limitations even as you strive to overcome them? The greatest weapon is our mind and truth its guiding light; seek always for the truth and let not the poison of self-delusion within you. The—"

He stopped her talking with a kiss, then held her close. She clung to him for a moment, then made herself relax.

"It feels like I should," he said, his arms still wrapped around her. Her head was warm against his own, her long silky hair tickling his cheek. "Should be able to solve things, I mean. I have all this power. I can conjure walls and reshape the universe with my brush and punch through trees. I can spend millions of ryō on a whim and literally kill people without trial so long as they are Gōketsu civilians and on my estate. So why can't I solve things?"

Ino squeezed him tight, not saying anything.

"Doesn't even have to be the big things, like the Dragons," Hazō continued after a minute. "Just little ones, like helping children understand why they've lost their homes for the third time in a year and they have to move again. One of the Gōketsu littles, Ayuka. She's...four, I think? Something like that. She has a little bag that she wears slung over her chest. It's got some food and her teddy bear in it. She won't put it down, ever, because she's afraid that if she does then she'll be taken away and never see the bear again. She won't let her mother out of her sight and tries to stay in arm's reach at all times. She won't even go into the latrine by herself, because she's afraid her mother will disappear if Ayuka can't see her. What do you even say to that?"

"I'll let you know as soon as I do," Ino said, her voice stumbling atop something that was at once both laughter and sob.

Hazō said nothing, letting his eyes close and simply focusing on the feeling of her lithe body in his arms, the heat from the kotatsu on his feet and of Ino against his chest, the sound of the music (its artist unaware of their changing mood and thus still playing slow and low and romantic), and the soft light of the candle against his eyelids.

"I'm sorry," he said after a bit.

"Hm?" She had her head tucked into the crook of his shoulder and didn't bother looking up.

"For being such a downer," he said. "This was supposed to be a fun, relaxing night."

"Oh shut up and kiss me," she said, faux-cross. "And then feed me some of the damn noodle sticks."

"Your wish, m'lady," Hazō said, chuckling.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 571, part 4: The Doomsday Prevention Club
Chapter 571, part 4: The Doomsday Prevention Club

"And how is the new estate treating you?" Asuma asked.

"Well enough," Hazō said. "Building things up quickly is an absolute pain, but everyone's housed and fed, even if it's housing in my… standard style. I've been working on sealing lately, so I'm not fully up-to-date on the details regarding more permanent housing, but we have plenty of space to build on. I'm sure Gaku is busy wringing out the various craftsmen guilds for their last ryō before we hire them on to start the construction. How are the previous tenants?"

Asuma paused with his teacup half-raised to his lips, a smile briefly crossing his lips. "Not many people would ask that, Hazō. They're fine, as I understand it. Clans Inuzuka and Motoyoshi worked together to put roofs over their heads, and I'm waiting on those clans to get me a proposal for their long term housing. As it turns out, many of your estate's former residents were day-laborers themselves, so you'll solve many of their problems when you hire work crews to build up your new estate."

The door behind Hazō swung open, and Hazō turned to face the new entrant, slowly enough that the motion didn't seem aggressive.

"Apologies for any tardiness," Lord Nara Shikamaru said as he entered, bowing to the Hokage then pacing around the room to take his seat in the small Tower conference room that Asuma had commandeered.

"Were you taking a nap?" Asuma said, a smile still playing on his features.

Shikamaru sighed as he sat down. "No comment."

"Lord Nara." Hazō gave Shikamaru a casual nod before turning to Asuma. "Sir, I thought you had called me here to discuss…"

Asuma sighed in turn. "That's right, Hazō. I had planned initially to share only the bare minimum of details regarding Elemental Mastery with Shikamaru, but as I turned it over in my head, I realized that he would almost certainly figure it all out on his own. Lo and behold, when I gave him a fairly bare-bones briefing, he did just that."

Shikamaru scowled slightly as he poured himself a cup of tea. "It didn't help that you framed it as a puzzle for me to understand."

Asuma shrugged. "It was a matter of time for you to figure things out, and I'd rather have your complete, unreserved aid instead of forcing you to dance around details that you clearly understand for the sake of plausible deniability.

"Likewise," Asuma continued, gesturing to Shikamaru, "after pressing him a little, Shikamaru agreed that the broad strokes of the incident – of who was involved and what components were required exactly – were themselves not particularly hard to figure out for those with the correct prerequisite information. By his guesswork, Kei and Mari would have guessed roughly that the… unique storm effect would be caused in some way by Akane's Elemental Mastery technique, and he put even odds that either Kagome or Yuno would manage to make the same inference."

"Unlikely on reflection," Shikamaru said. "Kagome because he would discount ninjutsu as the source of an effect of such destruction, quite fairly, and Yuno because of a default spirituality embedded in her worldview that puts low priors on human causation of large-scale effects such as Elemental Mastery."

"Regardless," Asuma said, "does that sound right, in terms of who knows the full details?"

Hazō paused, considering what exactly to reveal. Kei had taken great pains to not confirm or deny that she knew Elemental Mastery's secret exactly, but it was clear that she knew. Mari had been a little more insouciant in her presentation, but she too had danced around the details. In the end, he deferred. "Neither of them have said what they know explicitly, but they've spoken with me privately about it, and they definitely know the relevant pieces, sir. I have no particular reason to suspect that Yuno or Kagome believe that Akane was at all related to the storm."

Asuma nodded. "So Mari and Kei most likely know." He tapped his finger against his chin, then looked at Hazō. "If you wish, Hazō, you may bring Akane fully in on any plans we make here. She is just as much a part of this situation as any of us, and maybe more. Still, it's important to keep her involvement a secret, so we cannot keep her off the mission rotation forever. Unless you think she's not emotionally prepared, I'll start sending Akane on short chakra-beast suppression missions in the Land of Fire. She has spoken with me a couple times regarding her relationship to the Will of Fire, and I think it would do her well to do something practical to improve the lives of Fire's citizens.

"I may elect to bring Mari in on this operation fully, Hazō. She brings valuable firepower, and her genjutsu specialization will be particularly useful for live-capturing Isan ninja if we want to gather information regarding the technique. In fact, I'll likely ask that she not take her genin team on any long-term missions for a while in case we need to take immediate action on Isan.

"Regarding Kei, the two of you know her better than I do," he said, looking side to side at Hazō and Shikamaru. "I'll leave the choice to you of whether or not to include her in our planning."

"Why would we not involve her, sir?" Hazō asked. "She is very intelligent, better versed in Isanese culture than any of us, and brings a unique viewpoint through her bloodline."

"I understand that, Hazō," Asuma said. "But Shikamaru has impressed upon me the importance of preventing the proliferation of the Elemental Mastery technique. Shikamaru, if you would?"

"Sir. Effectively, Akane can cast Elemental Mastery twice from her full reserves, and can survive casting the ninjutsu when supplied by skywalkers. The requisite skill level is apparently achievable with three years of scattered focus, and likely far less with direct focus. Any major Hidden Village, even many minor villages at this point, have access to skywalkers and jōnin with Fire Element.

"The unique Elemental Mastery effect was discovered within years of it leaving Isan with a single user, primarily bottlenecked on the user's skill. This suggests that rediscovery is highly likely if others gain access to Elemental Mastery. While initial rediscoveries will almost certainly be lethal to the user, it is a matter of time before someone, possibly the Isanese who themselves will be able to observe the pattern of who they sold ninjutsu to, realizes the technique's weaponization potential.

"Once this is known, it will not take long for civilization to end. A jōnin will likely be able to cast the technique three or four times in a day, escaping each cast with the aid of skywalkers. In a single day, one jōnin could destroy Hidden Leaf, Tanzaku Gai, Otafuku Gai, and Keishi. Within ten days, every town of greater than a thousand people in Fire Country could be destroyed. Working in concert, a group of ten Fire Element jōnin, likely within the resources available to every major Hidden Village bar Sand, could annihilate every square mile of the Land of Fire within two months.

"This ability will be symmetrically available to everyone that Isan elects to trade with, and given the AMITY treaties, this will likely be everyone. Therefore, absent our intervention, the new meeting of AMITY this winter will give every major Hidden Village the ability to annihilate civilization within the following year. The actions of entire nations is not the only concern. Any individual jōnin from those villages, if ever they desire to, may themselves choose to defect and annihilate countries in days with only a modest supply of skywalkers. Any sufficiently motivated and adequately supplied individual could single-handedly end civilization. Needless to say, the problem compounds when you consider the wide range of tools available to different villages, ranging from their own unique bloodlines, ninjutsu, seals, or more esoteric options."

"That is… thorough." Hazō said.

"It is only a projection," Shikamaru said. "The time until civilizational annihilation is variable. That it will happen on the current trajectory is certain. Elemental Mastery is in Isan's ninjutsu canon for good reason – it is easy to learn and provides valuable utility with minimal training. Yet, it doesn't have combat utility that would make people hesitate to share it. Isan has already demonstrated that they are willing to trade it to untrusted outsiders, so it will be among the first techniques that they exchange with other villages. Proliferation is essentially guaranteed."

"Would preventing proliferation even be enough?" Hazō asked. "What are the odds that someone else makes an innocuous technique that becomes civilization-ending under the right circumstances?"

Asuma shrugged. "I found a little time to analyze it through the lens of a ninjutsu creator, and I can imagine some reasons why it would be hard in the future for others to replicate the technique exactly – though if we prevent proliferation, that shouldn't be a risk. I'm not certain in my own analysis though, and I've been hesitant to train the technique too much. I can admit I'm a little worried about taking the prize of Leaf's Worst Ever Training Accident. As for ninjutsu in general…"

"The world has not ended yet," Shikamaru said. "Therefore, we can estimate the risk of world-ending ninjutsu at around one every thousand years. Sadly, we have no tools to prevent ninjutsu design itself."

"I see," Hazō said. "So, we should focus on preventing proliferation of the technique directly. That all makes sense. Why should we exclude Kei from the planning process? If anything, she excels at finding ways to turn hopeless plans into something workable."

"Because our prospects here aren't hopeless," Asuma said. "I'll speak plainly. By using Elemental Mastery directly on Isan, possibly with ninja deployed around Isan in order to clean up any stragglers, we can quickly contain the technique." Asuma raised a hand to forestall Hazō's interruption. "I know it sounds horrible. Isan is our ally, and it's partially thanks to their help that we survived the war. Their people did nothing wrong. Still, as I said, Shikamaru has impressed upon me the importance of the situation."

Shikamaru nodded solemnly. "I agree. Hazō, it would be a great tragedy to raze Isan, but it would be a greater tragedy yet if Isan unknowingly shared Elemental Mastery far and wide, and in doing so led to the end of the world. If we cannot find an alternate resolution, I endorse the complete destruction of Isan in order to prevent the technique's further spread."

"From my understanding," Asuma said, "Kei has a strong attachment to Isan, and to her summoning teacher, Takahashi Saburō. His death is highly likely, given his history sharing Elemental Mastery. This may be beyond the pale of what she is willing to consider."

Hazō took a long moment to absorb their words. "I understand," he said, once he collected himself. "So we have a plan Z. What better options do we have?"

"First, let us enumerate the flaws of deploying Elemental Mastery against Isan. Most obviously is the massive collateral damage and needless betrayal of an ally, neither of which are desirable. Trade with Isan will likely disproportionately benefit Leaf, so we would also be setting fire to valuable resources for enriching our own people. However the primary problem is attribution. As the initial deployment of Elemental Mastery was in Fire, people will by default attribute further uses of the effect to Leaf. As Isan is an AMITY signatory, this could mean, in the worst case, a war of annihilation waged against Leaf, backed by Akatsuki."

"I'm confident that we can avoid the worst case consequences of AMITY if we need to level Isan with Elemental Mastery," Asuma said. "Conventional destruction of Isan, while harder to trace to Leaf if we are careful, will be nearly impossible. Never to my knowledge has a settlement of four hundred ninja been completely killed to the last."

"We have no final plan," Shikamaru said. "I will merely list a variety of options we have considered.

"We can buy time by entering into a ninjutsu exchange agreement with Isan, with exclusivity as a condition. Isan will certainly trade us Elemental Mastery, the scroll for which will conveniently disappear in transit. This hopefully prevents any institutional trade of Elemental Mastery with other nations, though the Isanese individuals may engage in trades personally while at AMITY. We can attempt to monitor them, manipulate them to minimize trades, and, if need be, assassinate individually those that they trade with.

"We could deploy Mari along with ANBU agent Owl to capture and interrogate Isanese ninja regarding knowledge of Elemental Mastery. By tracing the chains of who taught the technique to who, we could perhaps root it out more selectively.

"We could commission Orochimaru to design powerful chakra beasts that selectively target ninja with Fire Element – with a backdoor, of course. If this is within his power, we could hide our involvement in the deaths of their ninja.

"We could start a war between Isan and another minor through false flag operations, ideally a minor which is not a party to AMITY, or a war where initiation cannot be established. While Isan fights, it will be easier to deploy our people to pick off their Elemental Mastery users from the sidelines.

"In general, we plan to start taking efforts to capture and interrogate Isanese ninja, especially Isanese leaders, in order to gather more information with which to plan out exactly how to control the spread of Elemental Mastery. Sadly, causing deaths alone will be insufficient, as Elemental Mastery is sufficiently widespread that there are likely dozens of written scrolls of the ninjutsu in hidden caches, possibly even in clans' off-site caches where it could be discovered generations from now. Any of these methods seems unlikely to completely stop the risk of Elemental Mastery's spread."

"The only way I can see to stop the proliferation of Elemental Mastery without destroying them is to completely subjugate them," Asuma said. "If we can capture their leaders and explain that their options are either total annihilation or partial annihilation, it's possible that they choose the latter. If their leaders give their full consent, and this does not cause a massive uprising, we could then have leeway to investigate their clan caches and interrogate them all in detail in order to root out every last known source of the Elemental Mastery technique. Needless to say, the odds of this working are abysmal. No one would ever subject their people to that, especially not Isan, who are sharply aware of our current inability to project force. It would take one slip-up, then their clans are fleeing to the four winds with a deep grudge for Leaf and possibly some ideas on how Leaf might be destroyed."

"Likewise, we cannot call allies to the task, as any allies will want to secure Elemental Mastery for themselves," Shikamaru continued. "We must handle this ourselves, ideally with solely those already in the know and as quickly as possible."

"So, Hazō," Asuma said, facing Hazou fully. "Keeping this all in mind, do you have any ideas about how we can stop the end of the world?"



This update covers three days. Hazō mostly spent his time doing sealing research, with a bare minimum amount of socialization and making sure that the estate wasn't on fire.

Hazō (Calligraphy): 36 + 3 (IN) - 6 = 33
Hazō (Sealing): 48 + 3 = 51

Hazō (Calligraphy): 36 + 3 (IN) + 3 = 42
Hazō (Sealing): 48 + 3 = 51

Hazō (Calligraphy): 36 + 3 (IN) + 6 = 45
Hazō (Sealing): 48 + 9 = 57
Somehow, the chakrascope seal that took Kagome 3 weeks to invent, Hazō learned in 3 days. The chakrascope precisely identifies small amounts of chakra within a ~4in radius of the seal, precise mechanics TBD (ping us about this!), likely a buff to Examination.

After some careful consideration, Mari says it is almost certainly fine for Kei to resume SC training and probably fine for Hazō. She hasn't noticed any hints of surveillance, but absence of evidence is not evidence of absence. Still, Asuma does not have the staff to surveil Gōketsu 24/7, and even if he did, it would be a breach of trust to be watching Hazō, a clan head – something which Asuma seems unlikely to do on principle. Akane is the only person with moderate likelihood of still being watched, and even those odds become low within a couple months.

A brief update on the affairs of your various clan members:
  • Mari: Training genin squad (Introduction interlude is written and in the bank!)
  • Yuno: Training genin squad + scattered missions
  • Hazō: Sealing research
  • Noburi: Shadowing Tsunade around the hospital
  • Kagome: Sealing research, his own thing
  • Akane: Soon, occasional chakra-beast suppression missions
  • Haru: Tower missions, typically messenger, escort, wall duty, or chakra beast suppression
  • Atomu: Tower missions, typically messenger, escort, wall duty, or chakra beast suppression
  • Reo: Wall duty missions Technique Hacking apprenticeship
  • Yuma: Tower missions, typically messenger, escort, wall duty, or chakra beast suppression
  • Jin: Tower missions, typically messenger, escort, wall duty, or chakra beast suppression
  • Mio: Tower missions, typically messenger, escort, wall duty, or chakra beast suppression
  • Kazushi: Sealing research (though he's very disheartened by the death of his fellow student, Yūdai)
  • Shinji: Printing explosives and storage seals for the clan, enjoying easy wealth

XP Award: 15 + 3 (brevity) XP
GM-fun Award: 3 XP


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 571, part 3: Embassy Get

"Greetings, Summoner."

"Hello, Cannai. How's the day?"

The immense dog nodded thoughtfully. "It is very well indeed. The Shady Hills pack has grown large enough that they decided to split. What was Shady Hills is now two packs, the Dappled Hills and the Shaded River."

"Is that a good thing?" Hazō asked, frowning. "It seems like something was lost. A cultural identity is gone."

Cannai shook his head. "Have no fear, nothing was lost and much was gained. The precise details are complicated and would take time to explain—more time than you have to spend, if your expression is anything to go by. What do you need?"

"Why do I have to need something?" Hazō demanded, injured innocence on his face. "Maybe I just want to see my friends here on the Seventh Path."

"Ah, of course," Cannai said, nodding wisely. "Very true. I apologize most profusely for misreading you so. Very uncharitable of me. Well, if you're only here for a social visit then I shall leave you to it. May the sun be warm on your back and the grasses soft beneath your pads." He stood up and nodded politely, then started to turn away.

"Actually," Hazō said, "now that you mention it, there was one thing..."

Cannai turned back, his tongue lolling out in a canine grin. "Oh? What might that be?"

"You don't have to look so smug," Hazō grumbled.

"Me? Smug? I have no idea what you mean."

"Suuure you don't." Hazō sighed and sat down. "In seriousness, I need some advice and then I need to ask your permission for a few things." He plucked a few stems of grass and started idly knotting them together in order to keep his hands busy.

"You seem unusually somber," Cannai said, his face and voice once more serious, even concerned. He lay down in front of Hazō and crossed his paws. "How may I help?"

Hazō said nothing for a few seconds, bringing his thoughts together.

"Enma visited me," he said at last. "The Monkey King? I remember you mentioning him at one point, although I don't know if you've actually met."

"We have," Cannai said. "Once, a long time ago. He is an interesting fellow."

Hazō chuckled. "That's for sure." He paused again. "If you don't mind, I'd like to lay this story out from the beginning. You already know a lot of it but I want to build the context, lay out the timeline, and make sure I've clearly stated my understanding of each step. Will you allow it?"

"Of course. Proceed."

"Right, okay." He braided three of the grass stems together for a few twists, then began. "Nearish to the center of Arachnid territory there's a butte, a small mountain that looks basically like a cylinder. Embedded into the butte is the Great Seal, something that legend says the Sage entrusted the Arachnids to defend. About two years ago, the Arachnids started noticing weird things. More scorpions and other warrior types hatched than expected. The wind behaved strangely. Their webs jangled when they shouldn't have. The sky above the seal cracked.

"A bit less than a year later, the top layer of the butte exploded, throwing rock for miles. Multiple Dragons emerged from the Seal. They rampaged around, killing everything that moved, and then went back to the top of the butte and stayed there for months. They shouldn't all fit on the top of the butte and we don't know how they're managing it.

"Kumokōgō, the Empress of the Arachnid Clan, sent out ambassadors to gather allies. Almost exactly a year ago, one of them washed up on the shore of Dog. You sent me, Canabisu, Canaut, Cangue, and Cantelabra to investigate." He winced at the memory of Canaut and had to swallow a lump in his throat.

"It was not your fault," Cannai rumbled, divining Hazō's thoughts hopefully through keen observation and not through some sort of undetectable Clan Boss telepathic probing. "Canaut knew the risks."

"Sure," Hazō said, uneager to debate that point again. "Anyway. The five of us went to Arachnid and talked to Kumokōgō." He snorted. "I even married her, all so that I could get a lok a7 the Great 5e*l." Ino, kn3eling up oN the bEnch bes!de him, her expression w*rried. The toucH of her lips on his. His feet were In the drt, the sun was on his face. "Which I did, thanks to a lot of loyal spiders and scorpions and mites giving their lives to buy me an hour."

"I seem to recall you nearly giving your life as well," Cannai rumbled.

Hazō nodded, fidgeting with the grass stems and keeping his gaze locked on them as though they were the most interesting things ever. "Yeah. Anyway. A year ago, almost exactly to the day, I spoke to you about the logistics of getting a bunch of Clan Bosses from the east coast together in Arachnid. At about the same time, Enma and the Gōketsu organized a Conclave of the eastern clans, in which they all sent representatives to Pangolin in order to form an alliance. The idea was that the Clan Bosses would all travel over to Arachnid and help Kumokōgō kill the Drag*ns." He grimaced and his voice turned bitter. "I was explicitly not invited to the event, despite being the one who came up with the idea."

"I recall you mentioning that," Cannai said. "It must have been extremely frustrating."

"You have no idea. Anyway, the bosses weren't super motivated to make things happen—there was some debate about whether the Dragons and the Seal existed. I arranged for a condor to be sent to Arachnid to verify that they did. That happened, the condor reported back. The bosses continued to not get their asses in gear and the Conclave moved more and more towards being a trade conference.

"Some time later, I asked you about sending a dog to the Conclave so that I could reverse-summon there when necessary. I was figuring I could try again to get an invitation or, worst case, I could crash the party. You said that you wouldn't order a dog to do that, which I took to mean that I could try to find someone who was interested in going for their own part, then check it with you. That was wrong and I shouldn't have done it that way.

"Back in March, Kumokōgō and I set up a trap that successfully killed one of the Dragons. The survivors responded by killing about ten percent of the Arachnid clan and maybe some fraction of the aquatic clans as well. Kumokōgō put a moratorium on further Dragon hunting until we could find a way to get all of them at once.

"Mid-April, Kagome-sensei became the Arachnid Summoner, married Kumokōgō, and got a look at the Great Seal.

"Start of August, Kagome-sensei and I got to the island of the Archaeopteryx in hopes of finding allies against, or at least information about, the Dragons. We discovered that the Archaeopteryx had all been rendered mindless. Apparently, when the Seal first broke, a bunch of lesser Dragons emerged. Waves of them went to the island and fought against the Archaeopteryx until they caught up with the Clan Boss and killed him, at which point the clan became...I think the word was gthsss? The Pangolins say that this previously happened to the driver ants, but they call it kvthsss. Not sure why the difference.

"Not too long after that, Enma—yes, I'm finally getting to him—showed up and tells me that it's my fault that the Conclave never got moving because I didn't show up to harangue them into it. Forget the fact that he was the one who organized it, forget the fact that they explicitly disinvited me and he didn't fix that, forget the fact that I arranged for a condor to go and come back in order to attest to the whole thing, blah blah blah."

Cannai had been doggy-laughing throughout the remarks about Enma and at the 'blah blah blah' he let out a small yorp of laughter. "Indeed," he said. "I only met Enma the once, but I find myself unsurprised that he took that attitude."

"Thanks. Anyway, Enma is on his way to Arachnid. He's going to view the Seal and the Dragons himself, then head back as an unimpeachable witness who is also a Clan Boss and therefoe can command the respect of the other bosses. He's expecting me to be at the meeting."

"I see," Cannai said thoughtfully. "And therefore you are here to ask me again if I am willing to send a dog to the Conclave so that you can reverse summon there."

"I am," Hazō said, leaning hard on the Iron Nerve to keep his voice calm. "I understand your concerns about the issue. What I specifically want is your permission to look for a group of dogs who are interested in going, strong enough in combination to defend themselves against foreseeable threats, numerous enough not to feel lonely, and acceptable to you as representatives of the clan. At least one of them will need to be someone that I can summon without too much chakra expenditure, which means someone young." He ticked each point off on his fingers as he spoke.

"Hm," Cannai said.

Hazō waited patiently as Cannai thought for a full minute that felt like a year. At this point in the conversation, Hazō couldn't bring himself to feel nervous. Repeating the entire sequence of events left him feeling like a man who had carried a heavy load for miles only to discover that he now needed to carry it miles more. There was simply no energy left for anything except putting one foot in front of the other.

"I understand your concerns and cannot argue with their importance," Cannai said at last. "I mislike the idea of sending dogs thousands of miles away through hostile territory, but you are correct that there are doubtless some dogs who would choose it. As Alpha my purpose is to support my pack members and aid them in living the best, most fulfilling possible lives; if there are daredevils among us who would wish to travel to exotic lands then who am I to stop them?" He pondered a bit longer. "Plus, you are approaching me about it in advance, thereby showing political growth that I would like to reinforce."

Hazō bit his lip to keep the words in. This was not the time to push.

"Intriguingly," Cannai continued, "the timing on this is perhaps fortuitous. The Shady Hills pack split for multiple reasons, one of which was that they had grown too large for their range but another was that some of the members wanted new and wider horizons. I doubt they had anticipated anything quite so extreme as this, and I much doubt that they would all want to go, but they would be a logical place to start recruiting."

"So it's okay to approach them about it?" Hazō asked, unable to stay silent any longer.

"Indeed," Cannai said. "I believe it will serve everyone best if I do it for you so it is clear that I am allowing it but not pressing it, and so that I am certain that they understand the risks. Also, I will expect you to escort them in the same way that you escorted Canabisu and the others."

"Of course," Hazō said. "We'll need to pass through Hyena, and I know that relations are fraught. How should we handle that?"

"We will want to send a strong group. Once we have located its members, I shall escort you all to the border where I will summon Haiwarai, leader of the Hyena Clan. She and I shall negotiate passage, and I will urge her to send a representative if she does not already have one there."

Now that was unexpected. Apparently when Cannai decided to support a project he went all-in.

"Would it be possible to ask her about her Summoner? Who they are, where we could contact them, that sort of thing?"

Cannai's tongue lolled in amusement. "I believe you mispronounced 'ask her where her Scroll is so that I can steal it for the Gōketsu'."

Hazō did his best 'offended face' and placed spread fingers on his heart. "Me? I would never!"

"Of course not. Now, climb on and let us go. If I must run at speeds you can bear then it will take me several hours to reach the current location of the Dappled Hills pack."

"Thank you," Hazō said, relief and gratitude in his voice as he stood up. He had been very unsure about how this conversation was going to go.

"Do not thank me yet," Cannai said, turning to make it easier (or, indeed, possible) for Hazō to mount. "I offer no surety that any of them will want to go."

"It's a lot more than I had," Hazō said, climbing aboard. "If you don't mind, I had some other questions...?"

"Ask as we travel," Cannai said, standing up and starting off. He began at a walk, giving Hazō a chance to find a stable position on his back. The young ninja lay as flat as he could and gripped tight with his knees. Cannai's fur was short and flat to his body meaning there was nothing to grab onto. The massive dog's neck was too thick to conveniently encircle and Hazō wasn't about to suggest that Cannai submit to having a rope looped around him. Hazō would simply need to hold on as best he could and hope that any falls would not be too harmful.

"I was thinking," Hazō began as Cannai shifted up into a trot and then immediately into a canter. The trot nearly bounced Hazō off his perch but the canter was smooth as glass. A few yards later, Cannai moved into a full gallop, muscles bunching and extending beneath Hazō's hands as he surged forward at blurring speed. Hazō needed to tuck his head against the dog's neck so that the pressure of the wind on his eyes didn't become actively painful.

"I was thinking about what might convince the Conclave," Hazō said, starting over. "I have an idea but I realize that it's extremely fraught. I don't know anything about the gthsss status, or the relations of the Archaeopteryx and the other clans, so it's possible that what I'm thinking of will be offensive to residents of the Seventh Path. I'm eager not to put my foot in it, but it might be important."

"Speak your idea," Cannai said, his breathing completely even despite the speed. "I understand your reservations and promise I shall not hold it against you."

"Okay. This conversation we've been having is the result of a pre-meeting meeting with my clan. My understanding based on what my sister said is that the kvsss status means that, in the opinion of the Pangolin Clan, the driver ants are no longer people. They are mindless and soulless and they lack moral weight. It's not a bad thing to kill them, or even to eat them.

"Assuming that gthsss is another name for kvthsss, that suggests that capturing one of the surviving Archaeopteryx and bringing it with us to the Conclave would be morally acceptable. A kvthsss Archaeopteryx seems like about the best proof that anyone could ask for that this is an existential issue and the Clan Bosses need to get off their lazy asses and deal with it."

Cannai barked out a laugh. "It would be, yes. And yes, the idea is morally acceptable and inoffensive, but I doubt it is practical. Aren't the Archaeopteryx quite large? Plus, mindless or not, they fly and are therefore difficult to catch. I am willing to grant for the sake of discussion that your seals and skills would allow you to capture one, but how would you transport it and still make any sort of speed? A cage large enough to contain such a creature would need a vehicle to carry it. Perhaps you could use one of the sleds you made for us, but you aren't going to be able to take one of those through enemy territory safely, and you definitely cannot get it over the mountains...unless you can put it in one of your storage seals?"

"No," Hazō said, shaking his head even though he knew Cannai could not see it. "Living things can't go in a seal."

"In that case, it seems unmanageable," Cannai said. "Besides, you said that it was three days from the coast of Arachnid to the island of Archaeopteryx. You would need to go, capture one, bring it back, and then transport it across Arachnid, Cat, Dog, Hyena, and the mountains. This seems impossible to me." He ran for another few strides before adding, "Unless...I am uncertain whether the mountains continue into Leopard territory. Could you go south from Dog, then east through Leopard and avoid the mountains entirely?"

"Maybe?" Hazō said. "I'm not sure because no one on this Path is willing or able to make Sagecursed maps." He grumbled under his breath.

Cannai huffed his amusement. "Truly, you are faced with great burdens, Summoner. There, there."

Hazō stuck his tongue out at his ride, secure in the knowledge that Cannai did not have eyes in the back of his head.

"Be careful," Cannai said. "Your face might freeze like that."

Hazō nearly fell off. "What?! How could you—"

Cannai's quiet laughter could be felt through Hazō chest and legs where they pressed tight against the big dog's barrel.

"You're guessing," Hazō accused. "You're guessing that I was making a face."

"You are in Dog Territory, Hazō," Cannai said. "Do you truly believe that anything, including your every word and deed and facial expression, is beyond my perception on my own land?"

"Bullshit," Hazō said. "You're putting me on. There's no way. I mean, you can't— You don't..."

"If you choose not to believe then I shall not press you," Cannai said gravely. "Experience is the best teacher."

Hazō eyed his mount suspiciously.

"Returning to the earlier topic," Cannai said. "If you wish to capture an Archaeopteryx and bring it to the Conclave, I have no objection. I consider it impractical but I will not prevent it. I suppose you could ask the Arachnids for a sea vessel and transport it that way...I suspect it would be significantly slower than running directly, but sea travel is not something I am familiar with."

"Okay," Hazō said. "As to gthsss, do you know anything more about it? Is it reversible?"

"I know little," Cannai admitted. His speed had not wavered and his voice was unstrained but his body was heating up. "It has not happened in my lifetime and I had thought it merely a legend. That said, I doubt very much that it is reversible. Once a person's mind has been destroyed, how can it be recovered? It is impossible to unburn a forest."

Rats.

o-o-o-o​

"Fascinating," Gaku said, eyes wide like a child at storytime. "I believe you said that Cannai has been the Alpha for multiple centuries? Would he simply have been unaware of the driver ants issue or did it happen before his birth?"

Hazō shrugged and swallowed the mouthful of dumplings that he'd been chewing. After riding Cannai for hours and negotiating for two hours more, he had been starving. Also, incredibly sore. He'd needed an extensive soak in the hot spring, some ointment for the abrasions on his thighs, and a couple minutes with a med-nin to get some of the soreness out of his muscles.

"No idea," he said. "Which is a shame. Anyway, it was a fruitful day. I've got contracts with eleven dogs who are willing to go to Pangolin. They're going to try to circle down through Leopard in hopes of missing the mountains. Cannai is escorting them to the border now and will negotiate with the Leopard boss.

"I spoke with Kumokōgō. She had also thought that gthsss was a purely legendary thing and also doesn't think it's reversible. She's willing to paddle a prisoner to wherever we like if we can capture one, but she also thinks it's completely impractical. Apparently her scouts haven't seen a single Archaeopteryx of manageable size. She also thinks it would take months and isn't sure it could be done without the boat getting wrecked by a surprise storm or something." He shrugged and ate a couple more dumplings. "Still, she's willing to try it, and she's not just willing but eager to host Enma on Arachnid territory in hopes that he can help get the allies she needs."

"Did you speak to the Inuzuka, sir?" Gaku asked. "I recall you said you intended to approach them to see if they had advice on tracking, capturing, and transporting dangerous animals."

Hazō shook his head. "They weren't available on short notice and I'm not sure it's worth it. Might do it tomorrow, maybe, but probably not." He sighed. "This whole situation is a clusterfuck."

"Because the Conclave members are failing to address the issue?"

"Well, yes, but I was thinking more short term. I'm going to have to escort these dogs through hundreds or maybe thousands of miles of dangerous territory. I need to be there in my actual physical body, which means I can't do seal research and running the clan is going to be done in snatches at best."

"Is this not why you had the conversation with the core family before you spoke to Cannai?" Gaku asked, head tilted in curiosity. "I seem to recall that our subsequent discussions included quite a few words devoted to the subject of 'I need everyone to step up'."

Hazō chuckled. "Yeah, I guess. Still. The last time I spent weeks away from home, things went south in a big way."

Gaku's face became suspiciously grave and he nodded with great seriousness. "Indeed, sir. It does seem like a concern—the clan falling apart the moment you look away, I mean."

Hazō studied his Chancellor, one eyebrow raised. "Are you mocking me, Gaku?"

"I would never, sir."

"Uh-huh." He served himself another gyoza without breaking eye contact, then let it go.

"I'm just glad that I ran the plan by the family before enacting it," Hazō admitted. "I had thought to tell Kumokōgō that if she wanted to send an embassy to the Conclave then I would escort them. Glad I didn't."

"Oh?"

"Yeah. Kei made the point that I'm going to need to escort the Dog embassy, so I can't simultaneously be escorting the Arachnid embassy. I mean, I could bring the Arachnids to Dog and then escort both groups together, but the routing on that is a nightmare—paddling around most of a continent would be way too slow, so we have to go by land. Do we cut through Cat, which I set on fire last time and Nekkar may not be too happy with me, or do we go south and east through a lot of unknown territories? Oh, and the Arachnids don't have the stamina of ninja or dogs, so they'd slow us down a lot. And the dogs would have to wait at the border for weeks until I got there, and they might lose their taste for adventure in that time." He shook his head. "No, there's no way to bring an Arachnid to the Conclave in any sort of timely way, which stinks."

"I see, sir." Gaku digested that. "In what way may I be of most service?"

Hazō sighed. "Starting a couple days from now, I'm going to be away most of the time for the next few weeks while I'm leading these dogs to the Conclave. Be a point of contact for me. Make a point of talking to everyone each day and have a consolidated report ready when I check in."

"Of course, sir." The little man seemed almost offended that Hazō felt the need to say it.

"You're a good man, Gaku. I don't know what I would do without you."

"It's my job, sir."





Author's Note: This update took 3 days.

The final shakeout is that you've got contracts with a pack of 11 dogs, 2 of whom are pups that cost 11 and 18 CP respectively to summon. This pack split off from the Dappled Hills pack and named themselves the Horizon Chasers. Cannai is leading them to the border with Leopard and will attempt to negotiate their passage. If that fails then he will take them up to Hyena and attempt to negotiate passage there. If that fails then you'll have to figure something out.

Once the Horizon Chasers leave Dog Territory, you're on escort duty. You'll be with them approximately 24/7 and will only be checking in on the Human Path for a couple hours a night. That means no seal research, no reading notes, and no FOOM. There is not good information available on the terrain and distances, but your best guess based on talking to everyone who might know anything is that it will take 2-8 weeks to reach the Conclave, depending on which path you need to take—either (south through Dog, then east through Leopard so as to duck the mountains, then north through Pangolin) or (due east through Hyena and over the mountains).

XP Award: 14 XP

Brevity XP: 3

"GM had fun" XP: 3
  • +1 for scene: Cannai


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting closes on
 
Last edited:
Back
Top